Switch mt7530 to use phylink_get_linkmodes() to generate the ethtool
linkmodes that can be supported. We are unable to use the generic
helper for this as pause modes are dependent on the interface as
the Autoneg bit depends on the interface mode.
Tested-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Now that mt7530 is not using the basex helper, it becomes unnecessary to
indicate support for both 1000baseX and 2500baseX when one of the 803.3z
PHY interface modes is being selected. Ensure that the driver indicates
only those linkmodes that can actually be supported by the PHY interface
mode.
Tested-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Now that we have a better method to select SFP interface modes, we
no longer need to use phylink_helper_basex_speed() in a driver's
validation function.
Tested-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
As phylink checks the interface mode against the supported_interfaces
bitmap, we no longer need to validate the interface mode, nor handle
PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_NA in the validation function. Remove these to
simplify the implementation.
Tested-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Populate the supported interfaces and MAC capabilities for mt7530,
mt7531 and mt7621 DSA switches. Filling this in will enable phylink
to pre-check the PHY interface mode against the the supported
interfaces bitmap prior to calling the validate function, and will
eventually allow us to convert to using the generic validation.
Tested-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
When using an external PHY connected using RGMII to mt7531 port 5, the
PHY can be used to used support 1000BASE-X connections. Moreover, if
1000BASE-T is supported, then we should allow 1000BASE-X as well, since
which are supported is a property of the PHY.
Therefore, it makes no sense to exclude this from the linkmodes when
1000BASE-T is supported.
Fixes: c288575f78 ("net: dsa: mt7530: Add the support of MT7531 switch")
Tested-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
The DSA master might not have been probed yet in which case the probe of
the felix switch fails with -EPROBE_DEFER:
[ 4.435305] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Failed to register DSA switch: -517
It is not an error. Use dev_err_probe() to demote this particular error
to a debug message.
Fixes: 5605194877 ("net: dsa: ocelot: add driver for Felix switch family")
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220408101521.281886-1-michael@walle.cc
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
As the possible failure of the allocation, kzalloc() may return NULL
pointer.
Therefore, it should be better to check the 'sgi' in order to prevent
the dereference of NULL pointer.
Fixes: 23ae3a7877 ("net: dsa: felix: add stream gate settings for psfp").
Signed-off-by: Zheng Yongjun <zhengyongjun3@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220329090800.130106-1-zhengyongjun3@huawei.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The bug is here:
return rule;
The list iterator value 'rule' will *always* be set and non-NULL
by list_for_each_entry(), so it is incorrect to assume that the
iterator value will be NULL if the list is empty or no element
is found.
To fix the bug, return 'rule' when found, otherwise return NULL.
Fixes: ae7a5aff78 ("net: dsa: bcm_sf2: Keep copy of inserted rules")
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Xiaomeng Tong <xiam0nd.tong@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220328032431.22538-1-xiam0nd.tong@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Some chips using the split VTU/STU design will not accept VTU entries
who's SID points to an invalid STU entry. Therefore, mark all those
chips with either the mv88e6352_g1_stu_* or mv88e6390_g1_stu_* ops as
appropriate.
Notably, chips for the Opal Plus (6085/6097) era seem to use a
different implementation than those from Agate (6352) and onwards,
even though their external interface is the same. The former happily
accepts VTU entries referencing invalid STU entries, while the latter
does not.
This fixes an issue where the driver would fail to probe switch trees
that contained chips of the Agate/Topaz generation which did not
declare STU support, as loaded VTU entries would be read back as
invalid.
Fixes: 49c98c1dc7 ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Disentangle STU from VTU")
Reported-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220319110345.555270-1-tobias@waldekranz.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
In the same way that we check for STU support in the MST state
callback, we should also verify it before trying to change a VLANs
MSTI membership.
Fixes: acaf4d2e36 ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: MST Offloading")
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Simply having a physical STU table in the device doesn't do us any
good if there's no implementation of the relevant ops to access that
table. So ensure that chips that claim STU support can also talk to
the hardware.
This fixes an issue where chips that had a their ->info->max_sid
set (due to their family membership), but no implementation (due to
their chip-specific ops struct) would fail to probe.
Fixes: 49c98c1dc7 ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Disentangle STU from VTU")
Reported-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Gain support for port mirroring using tc-matchall by forwarding the
calls to the ocelot switch library.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Drivers might have error messages to propagate to user space, most
common being that they support a single mirror port.
Propagate the netlink extack so that they can inform user space in a
verbal way of their limitations.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Allocate a SID in the STU for each MSTID in use by a bridge and handle
the mapping of MSTIDs to VLANs using the SID field of each VTU entry.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Export the raw STU data in a devlink region so that it can be
inspected from userspace and compared to the current bridge
configuration.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
In early LinkStreet silicon (e.g. 6095/6185), the per-VLAN STP states
were kept in the VTU - there was no concept of a SID. Later, the
information was split into two tables, where the VTU only tracked
memberships and deferred the STP state tracking to the STU via a
pointer (SID). This meant that a group of VLANs could share the same
STU entry. Most likely, this was done to align with MSTP (802.1Q-2018,
Clause 13), which is built on this principle.
While the VTU is still 4k lines on most devices, the STU is capped at
64 entries. This means that the current stategy, updating STU info
whenever a VTU entry is updated, can not easily support MSTP because:
- The maximum number of VIDs would also be capped at 64, as we would
have to allocate one SID for every VTU entry - even if many VLANs
would effectively share the same MST.
- MSTP updates would be unnecessarily slow as you would have to
iterate over all VLANs that share the same MST.
In order to support MSTP offloading in the future, manage the STU as a
separate entity from the VTU.
Only add support for newer hardware with separate VTU and
STU. VTU-only devices can also be supported, but essentially this
requires a software implementation of an STU (fanning out state
changed to all VLANs tied to the same MST).
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Follow the established programming model for this driver and provide
shims in the felix DSA driver which call the implementations from the
ocelot switch lib. The ocelot switchdev driver wasn't integrated with
dcbnl due to lack of hardware availability.
The switch doesn't have any fancy QoS classification enabled by default.
The provided getters will create a default-prio app table entry of 0,
and no dscp entry. However, the getters have been made to actually
retrieve the hardware configuration rather than static values, to be
future proof in case DSA will need this information from more call paths.
For default-prio, there is a single field per port, in ANA_PORT_QOS_CFG,
called QOS_DEFAULT_VAL.
DSCP classification is enabled per-port, again via ANA_PORT_QOS_CFG
(field QOS_DSCP_ENA), and individual DSCP values are configured as
trusted or not through register ANA_DSCP_CFG (replicated 64 times).
An untrusted DSCP value falls back to other QoS classification methods.
If trusted, the selected ANA_DSCP_CFG register also holds the QoS class
in the QOS_DSCP_VAL field.
The hardware also supports DSCP remapping (DSCP value X is translated to
DSCP value Y before the QoS class is determined based on the app table
entry for Y) and DSCP packet rewriting. The dcbnl framework, for being
so flexible in other useless areas, doesn't appear to support this.
So this functionality has been left out.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add spi_device_id tables to avoid logs like "SPI driver ksz9477-switch
has no spi_device_id".
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This enables non-standard MTUs on a per-port basis, with the overall
frame size set based on the CPU port.
When the MTU is not changed, this should have no effect.
Long packets crash the switch with MTUs of greater than 2526, so the
maximum is limited for now. Medium packets are sometimes dropped (e.g.
TCP over 2477, UDP over 2516-2519, ICMP over 2526), Hence an MTU value
of 2400 seems safe.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Nixon <tom@tomn.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <olek2@wp.pl>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220308230457.1599237-1-olek2@wp.pl
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This chips supports two ways to configure max MTU size:
- by setting SW_LEGAL_PACKET_DISABLE bit: if this bit is 0 allowed packed size
will be between 64 and bytes 1518. If this bit is 1, it will accept
packets up to 2000 bytes.
- by setting SW_JUMBO_PACKET bit. If this bit is set, the chip will
ignore SW_LEGAL_PACKET_DISABLE value and use REG_SW_MTU__2 register to
configure MTU size.
Current driver has disabled SW_JUMBO_PACKET bit and activates
SW_LEGAL_PACKET_DISABLE. So the switch will pass all packets up to 2000 without
any way to configure it.
By providing port_change_mtu we are switch to SW_JUMBO_PACKET way and will
be able to configure MTU up to ~9000.
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220308135857.1119028-1-o.rempel@pengutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The Felix driver declares FDB isolation but puts all standalone ports in
VID 0. This is mostly problem-free as discussed with Alvin here:
https://patchwork.kernel.org/project/netdevbpf/cover/20220302191417.1288145-1-vladimir.oltean@nxp.com/#24763870
however there is one catch. DSA still thinks that FDB entries are
installed on the CPU port as many times as there are user ports, and
this is problematic when multiple user ports share the same MAC address.
Consider the default case where all user ports inherit their MAC address
from the DSA master, and then the user runs:
ip link set swp0 address 00:01:02:03:04:05
The above will make dsa_slave_set_mac_address() call
dsa_port_standalone_host_fdb_add() for 00:01:02:03:04:05 in port 0's
standalone database, and dsa_port_standalone_host_fdb_del() for the old
address of swp0, again in swp0's standalone database.
Both the ->port_fdb_add() and ->port_fdb_del() will be propagated down
to the felix driver, which will end up deleting the old MAC address from
the CPU port. But this is still in use by other user ports, so we end up
breaking unicast termination for them.
There isn't a problem in the fact that DSA keeps track of host
standalone addresses in the individual database of each user port: some
drivers like sja1105 need this. There also isn't a problem in the fact
that some drivers choose the same VID/FID for all standalone ports.
It is just that the deletion of these host addresses must be delayed
until they are known to not be in use any longer, and only the driver
has this knowledge. Since DSA keeps these addresses in &cpu_dp->fdbs and
&cpu_db->mdbs, it is just a matter of walking over those lists and see
whether the same MAC address is present on the CPU port in the port db
of another user port.
I have considered reusing the generic dsa_port_walk_fdbs() and
dsa_port_walk_mdbs() schemes for this, but locking makes it difficult.
In the ->port_fdb_add() method and co, &dp->addr_lists_lock is held, but
dsa_port_walk_fdbs() also acquires that lock. Also, even assuming that
we introduce an unlocked variant of the address iterator, we'd still
need some relatively complex data structures, and a void *ctx in the
dsa_fdb_walk_cb_t which we don't currently pass, such that drivers are
able to figure out, after iterating, whether the same MAC address is or
isn't present in the port db of another port.
All the above, plus the fact that I expect other drivers to follow the
same model as felix where all standalone ports use the same FID, made me
conclude that a generic method provided by DSA is necessary:
dsa_fdb_present_in_other_db() and the mdb equivalent. Felix calls this
from the ->port_fdb_del() handler for the CPU port, when the database
was classified to either a port db, or a LAG db.
For symmetry, we also call this from ->port_fdb_add(), because if the
address was installed once, then installing it a second time serves no
purpose: it's already in hardware in VID 0 and it affects all standalone
ports.
This change moves dsa_db_equal() from switch.c to dsa.c, since it now
has one more caller.
Fixes: 54c3198460 ("net: mscc: ocelot: enforce FDB isolation when VLAN-unaware")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The two blamed commits were written/tested individually but not
together.
When put together, commit 90897569be ("net: dsa: felix: start off with
flooding disabled on the CPU port"), which deletes a reinitialization of
PGID_UC/PGID_MC/PGID_BC, is no longer sufficient to ensure that these
port masks don't contain the CPU port module.
This is because commit b903a6bd2e ("net: dsa: felix: migrate flood
settings from NPI to tag_8021q CPU port") overwrites the hardware
default settings towards the CPU port module with the settings that used
to be present on the NPI port treated as a regular port. There, flooding
is enabled, so flooding would get enabled on the CPU port module too.
Adding conditional logic somewhere within felix_setup_tag_npi() to
configure either the default no-flood policy or the flood policy
inherited from the tag_8021q CPU port from a previous call to
dsa_port_manage_cpu_flood() is getting complicated. So just let the
migration logic do its thing during initial setup (which will
temporarily turn on flooding), then turn flooding off for the NPI port
after felix_set_tag_protocol() finishes. Here we are in felix_setup(),
so the DSA slave interfaces are not yet created, and this doesn't affect
traffic in any way.
Fixes: 90897569be ("net: dsa: felix: start off with flooding disabled on the CPU port")
Fixes: b903a6bd2e ("net: dsa: felix: migrate flood settings from NPI to tag_8021q CPU port")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We no longer need the workaround in the felix driver to avoid calling
dsa_port_walk_fdbs() when &dp->fdbs is an uninitialized list, because
that list is now initialized from all call paths of felix_set_tag_protocol().
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Discussing one of the tests in mt753x_phylink_validate() with Landen
Chao confirms that the "||" should be "&&". Fix this.
Fixes: c288575f78 ("net: dsa: mt7530: Add the support of MT7531 switch")
Signed-off-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/E1nRCF0-00CiXD-7q@rmk-PC.armlinux.org.uk
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
The trailing tag is also supported by this family. The default is still
rtl8_4 but now the switch supports changing the tag to rtl8_4t.
Reintroduce the dropped cpu in struct rtl8365mb (removed by 6147631).
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvin Šipraga <alsi@bang-olufsen.dk>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit
baebdf48c3 ("net: dev: Makes sure netif_rx() can be invoked in any context.")
the function netif_rx() can be used in preemptible/thread context as
well as in interrupt context.
Use netif_rx().
Cc: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Cc: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Cc: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Acked-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de> # hellcreek
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Due to an apparently incorrect conflict resolution on my part in commit
54c3198460 ("net: mscc: ocelot: enforce FDB isolation when
VLAN-unaware"), "ocelot->ports[port]->is_dsa_8021q_cpu = false" was
supposed to be replaced by "ocelot_port_unset_dsa_8021q_cpu(ocelot, port)"
which does the same thing, and more. But now we have both, so the direct
assignment is redundant. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Packet extraction failures over register-based MMIO are silent, and
difficult to pinpoint. Add an error message to remedy this.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Automated tools complain that felix_check_xtr_pkt() has logic to drain
the CPU queue on the reception of a PTP packet over Ethernet, yet it
returns an uninitialized error code in the case where the CPU queue was
empty.
This is not likely to happen (/possible if hardware works correctly),
but it isn't a fatal condition either. The PTP packet will be dequeued
from the CPU queue when the next PTP packet arrives. So initialize "err"
to 0 for the case where nothing was dequeued during this iteration.
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA ->port_rxtstamp() function is never called for PTP_CLASS_NONE:
dsa_skb_defer_rx_timestamp:
if (type == PTP_CLASS_NONE)
return false;
if (likely(ds->ops->port_rxtstamp))
return ds->ops->port_rxtstamp(ds, p->dp->index, skb, type);
So practically, the argument is unused, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This assignment is redundant, since ocelot->npi has already been set to
-1 by felix_npi_port_deinit(). Call path:
felix_change_tag_protocol
-> felix_del_tag_protocol(DSA_TAG_PROTO_OCELOT)
-> felix_teardown_tag_npi
-> felix_npi_port_deinit
-> felix_set_tag_protocol(DSA_TAG_PROTO_OCELOT_8021Q)
-> felix_setup_tag_8021q
-> felix_8021q_cpu_port_init
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
felix_migrate_flood_to_tag_8021q_port() takes care of clearing the
flooding bits on the old CPU port (which was the CPU port module), so
manually clearing this bit from PGID_UC, PGID_MC, PGID_BC is redundant.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver probes with all ports as standalone, and it supports unicast
filtering. So DSA will call port_fdb_add() for all necessary addresses
on the current CPU port. We also handle migrations when the CPU port
hardware resource changes (on tagging protocol change), so there should
not be any unknown address that we have to receive while not promiscuous.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the tagging protocol changes from "ocelot" to "ocelot-8021q" or in
reverse, the DSA promiscuity setting that was applied for the old CPU
port must be transferred to the new one.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The "ocelot" and "ocelot-8021q" tagging protocols make use of different
hardware resources, and host FDB entries have different destination
ports in the switch analyzer module, practically speaking.
So when the user requests a tagging protocol change, the driver must
migrate all host FDB and MDB entries from the NPI port (in fact CPU port
module) towards the same physical port, but this time used as a regular
port.
It is pointless for the felix driver to keep a copy of the host
addresses, when we can create and export DSA helpers for walking through
the addresses that it already needs to keep on the CPU port, for
refcounting purposes.
felix_classify_db() is moved up to avoid a forward declaration.
We pass "bool change" because dp->fdbs and dp->mdbs are uninitialized
lists when felix_setup() first calls felix_set_tag_protocol(), so we
need to avoid calling dsa_port_walk_fdbs() during probe time.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This series from Uwe Kleine-König converts the spi remove function to
return void since there is nothing useful that we can do with a failure
and it as more buses are converted it'll enable further work on the
driver core.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEzBAABCgAdFiEEreZoqmdXGLWf4p/qJNaLcl1Uh9AFAmIdBQAACgkQJNaLcl1U
h9D1GQf/dVustBx4kCUNJt4QuMF4rozHtAzo2qK1grAnpHEqiMvVEzAuxfbTgJOx
9AUj+xEuVpPxoYUDLVJpJrxwdAl0Ue8tDRgP9Cqr/o6a3IoKrhEi+1KpSbvjcsgB
oqJEcvdjk1XAtl+QXmvyMjbMLxpz2x3Ne6dj7RL/LsfxXC0/om+NQIvJBfn78Dj2
JSNJcVtRDmdaApXfguDGA0u3COarypybYMuumIO4rRxjA5S4FXXovny4nwNXvOhS
Ki5/7GKq9rojeeIf0kD/IDdkmSS0WZp3Rc2mIrdsrXrTca+dTo3sYlcP+HMcZmtW
0+bzsht6VyApfGGZ1Ra/w3NxN6OMMg==
=TyvV
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'spi-remove-void' of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/broonie/spi
Mark Brown says:
====================
spi: Make remove() return void
This series from Uwe Kleine-König converts the spi remove function to
return void since there is nothing useful that we can do with a failure
and it as more buses are converted it'll enable further work on the
driver core.
====================
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220228173957.1262628-2-broonie@kernel.org/
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
All users of the felix driver were creating their own prevalidate_phy_mode
function. The same logic can be performed in a more general way by using a
simple array of bit fields.
Signed-off-by: Colin Foster <colin.foster@in-advantage.com>
Suggested-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As more police parameters are passed to flow_offload, driver can check
them to make sure hardware handles packets in the way indicated by tc.
The conform-exceed control should be drop/pipe or drop/ok. Besides,
for drop/ok, the police should be the last action. As hardware can't
configure peakrate/avrate/overhead, offload should not be supported if
any of them is configured.
Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently ocelot uses a pvid of 0 for standalone ports and ports under a
VLAN-unaware bridge, and the pvid of the bridge for ports under a
VLAN-aware bridge. Standalone ports do not perform learning, but packets
received on them are still subject to FDB lookups. So if the MAC DA that
a standalone port receives has been also learned on a VLAN-unaware
bridge port, ocelot will attempt to forward to that port, even though it
can't, so it will drop packets.
So there is a desire to avoid that, and isolate the FDBs of different
bridges from one another, and from standalone ports.
The ocelot switch library has two distinct entry points: the felix DSA
driver and the ocelot switchdev driver.
We need to code up a minimal bridge_num allocation in the ocelot
switchdev driver too, this is copied from DSA with the exception that
ocelot does not care about DSA trees, cross-chip bridging etc. So it
only looks at its own ports that are already in the same bridge.
The ocelot switchdev driver uses the bridge_num it has allocated itself,
while the felix driver uses the bridge_num allocated by DSA. They are
both stored inside ocelot_port->bridge_num by the common function
ocelot_port_bridge_join() which receives the bridge_num passed by value.
Once we have a bridge_num, we can only use it to enforce isolation
between VLAN-unaware bridges. As far as I can see, ocelot does not have
anything like a FID that further makes VLAN 100 from a port be different
to VLAN 100 from another port with regard to FDB lookup. So we simply
deny multiple VLAN-aware bridges.
For VLAN-unaware bridges, we crop the 4000-4095 VLAN region and we
allocate a VLAN for each bridge_num. This will be used as the pvid of
each port that is under that VLAN-unaware bridge, for as long as that
bridge is VLAN-unaware.
VID 0 remains only for standalone ports. It is okay if all standalone
ports use the same VID 0, since they perform no address learning, the
FDB will contain no entry in VLAN 0, so the packets will always be
flooded to the only possible destination, the CPU port.
The CPU port module doesn't need to be member of the VLANs to receive
packets, but if we use the DSA tag_8021q protocol, those packets are
part of the data plane as far as ocelot is concerned, so there it needs
to. Just ensure that the DSA tag_8021q CPU port is a member of all
reserved VLANs when it is created, and is removed when it is deleted.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For sja1105, to enforce FDB isolation simply means to turn on
Independent VLAN Learning unconditionally, and to remap VLAN-unaware FDB
and MDB entries towards the private VLAN allocated by tag_8021q for each
bridge.
Standalone ports each have their own standalone tag_8021q VLAN. No
learning happens in that VLAN due to:
- learning being disabled on standalone user ports
- learning being disabled on the CPU port (we use
assisted_learning_on_cpu_port which only installs bridge FDBs)
VLAN-aware ports learn FDB entries with the bridge VLANs.
VLAN-unaware bridge ports learn with the tag_8021q VLAN for bridging.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As FDB isolation cannot be enforced between VLAN-aware bridges in lack
of hardware assistance like extra FID bits, it seems plausible that many
DSA switches cannot do it. Therefore, they need to reject configurations
with multiple VLAN-aware bridges from the two code paths that can
transition towards that state:
- joining a VLAN-aware bridge
- toggling VLAN awareness on an existing bridge
The .port_vlan_filtering method already propagates the netlink extack to
the driver, let's propagate it from .port_bridge_join too, to make sure
that the driver can use the same function for both.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For DSA, to encourage drivers to perform FDB isolation simply means to
track which bridge does each FDB and MDB entry belong to. It then
becomes the driver responsibility to use something that makes the FDB
entry from one bridge not match the FDB lookup of ports from other
bridges.
The top-level functions where the bridge is determined are:
- dsa_port_fdb_{add,del}
- dsa_port_host_fdb_{add,del}
- dsa_port_mdb_{add,del}
- dsa_port_host_mdb_{add,del}
aka the pre-crosschip-notifier functions.
Changing the API to pass a reference to a bridge is not superfluous, and
looking at the passed bridge argument is not the same as having the
driver look at dsa_to_port(ds, port)->bridge from the ->port_fdb_add()
method.
DSA installs FDB and MDB entries on shared (CPU and DSA) ports as well,
and those do not have any dp->bridge information to retrieve, because
they are not in any bridge - they are merely the pipes that serve the
user ports that are in one or multiple bridges.
The struct dsa_bridge associated with each FDB/MDB entry is encapsulated
in a larger "struct dsa_db" database. Although only databases associated
to bridges are notified for now, this API will be the starting point for
implementing IFF_UNICAST_FLT in DSA. There, the idea is to install FDB
entries on the CPU port which belong to the corresponding user port's
port database. These are supposed to match only when the port is
standalone.
It is better to introduce the API in its expected final form than to
introduce it for bridges first, then to have to change drivers which may
have made one or more assumptions.
Drivers can use the provided bridge.num, but they can also use a
different numbering scheme that is more convenient.
DSA must perform refcounting on the CPU and DSA ports by also taking
into account the bridge number. So if two bridges request the same local
address, DSA must notify the driver twice, once for each bridge.
In fact, if the driver supports FDB isolation, DSA must perform
refcounting per bridge, but if the driver doesn't, DSA must refcount
host addresses across all bridges, otherwise it would be telling the
driver to delete an FDB entry for a bridge and the driver would delete
it for all bridges. So introduce a bool fdb_isolation in drivers which
would make all bridge databases passed to the cross-chip notifier have
the same number (0). This makes dsa_mac_addr_find() -> dsa_db_equal()
say that all bridge databases are the same database - which is
essentially the legacy behavior.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dsa_8021q_bridge_tx_fwd_offload_vid is no longer used just for
bridge TX forwarding offload, it is the private VLAN reserved for
VLAN-unaware bridging in a way that is compatible with FDB isolation.
So just rename it dsa_tag_8021q_bridge_vid.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the old Shared VLAN Learning mode of operation that tag_8021q
previously used for forwarding, we needed to have distinct concepts for
an RX and a TX VLAN.
An RX VLAN could be installed on all ports that were members of a given
bridge, so that autonomous forwarding could still work, while a TX VLAN
was dedicated for precise packet steering, so it just contained the CPU
port and one egress port.
Now that tag_8021q uses Independent VLAN Learning and imprecise RX/TX
all over, those lines have been blurred and we no longer have the need
to do precise TX towards a port that is in a bridge. As for standalone
ports, it is fine to use the same VLAN ID for both RX and TX.
This patch changes the tag_8021q format by shifting the VLAN range it
reserves, and halving it. Previously, our DIR bits were encoding the
VLAN direction (RX/TX) and were set to either 1 or 2. This meant that
tag_8021q reserved 2K VLANs, or 50% of the available range.
Change the DIR bits to a hardcoded value of 3 now, which makes tag_8021q
reserve only 1K VLANs, and a different range now (the last 1K). This is
done so that we leave the old format in place in case we need to return
to it.
In terms of code, the vid_is_dsa_8021q_rxvlan and vid_is_dsa_8021q_txvlan
functions go away. Any vid_is_dsa_8021q is both a TX and an RX VLAN, and
they are no longer distinct. For example, felix which did different
things for different VLAN types, now needs to handle the RX and the TX
logic for the same VLAN.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The felix driver, which also has a tagging protocol implementation based
on tag_8021q, does not care about adding the RX VLAN that is pvid on one
port on the other ports that are in the same bridge with it. It simply
doesn't need that, because in its implementation, the RX VLAN that is
pvid of a port is only used to install a TCAM rule that pushes that VLAN
ID towards the CPU port.
Now that tag_8021q no longer performs Shared VLAN Learning based
forwarding, the RX VLANs are actually segregated into two types:
standalone VLANs and VLAN-unaware bridging VLANs. Since you actually
have to call dsa_tag_8021q_bridge_join() to get a bridging VLAN from
tag_8021q, and felix does not do that because it doesn't need it, it
means that it only gets standalone port VLANs from tag_8021q. Which is
perfect because this means it can drop its workarounds that avoid the
VLANs it does not need.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For VLAN-unaware bridging, tag_8021q uses something perhaps a bit too
tied with the sja1105 switch: each port uses the same pvid which is also
used for standalone operation (a unique one from which the source port
and device ID can be retrieved when packets from that port are forwarded
to the CPU). Since each port has a unique pvid when performing
autonomous forwarding, the switch must be configured for Shared VLAN
Learning (SVL) such that the VLAN ID itself is ignored when performing
FDB lookups. Without SVL, packets would always be flooded, since FDB
lookup in the source port's VLAN would never find any entry.
First of all, to make tag_8021q more palatable to switches which might
not support Shared VLAN Learning, let's just use a common VLAN for all
ports that are under the same bridge.
Secondly, using Shared VLAN Learning means that FDB isolation can never
be enforced. But if all ports under the same VLAN-unaware bridge share
the same VLAN ID, it can.
The disadvantage is that the CPU port can no longer perform precise
source port identification for these packets. But at least we have a
mechanism which has proven to be adequate for that situation: imprecise
RX (dsa_find_designated_bridge_port_by_vid), which is what we use for
termination on VLAN-aware bridges.
The VLAN ID that VLAN-unaware bridges will use with tag_8021q is the
same one as we were previously using for imprecise TX (bridge TX
forwarding offload). It is already allocated, it is just a matter of
using it.
Note that because now all ports under the same bridge share the same
VLAN, the complexity of performing a tag_8021q bridge join decreases
dramatically. We no longer have to install the RX VLAN of a newly
joining port into the port membership of the existing bridge ports.
The newly joining port just becomes a member of the VLAN corresponding
to that bridge, and the other ports are already members of it from when
they joined the bridge themselves. So forwarding works properly.
This means that we can unhook dsa_tag_8021q_bridge_{join,leave} from the
cross-chip notifier level dsa_switch_bridge_{join,leave}. We can put
these calls directly into the sja1105 driver.
With this new mode of operation, a port controlled by tag_8021q can have
two pvids whereas before it could only have one. The pvid for standalone
operation is different from the pvid used for VLAN-unaware bridging.
This is done, again, so that FDB isolation can be enforced.
Let tag_8021q manage this by deleting the standalone pvid when a port
joins a bridge, and restoring it when it leaves it.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ocelot DSA driver does not make use of the speed, duplex, pause or
advertisement in its phylink_mac_config() implementation, so it can be
marked as a non-legacy driver.
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert the PCS selection to use mac_select_pcs, which allows the PCS
to perform any validation it needs, and removes the need to set the PCS
in the mac_config() callback, delving into the higher DSA levels to do
so.
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the supported interfaces bitmap is populated, phylink will itself
check that the interface mode is present in this bitmap. Drivers no
longer need to perform this check themselves. Remove these checks.
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Populate the supported interfaces bitmap for the Ocelot DSA switches.
Since all sub-drivers only support a single interface mode, defined by
ocelot_port->phy_mode, we can handle this in the main driver code
without reference to the sub-driver.
Signed-off-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently an invalid port throws a WARN_ON warning however invalid
uninitialized values in reg and cpu_port_index are being used later
on. Fix this by returning -EINVAL for an invalid port value.
Addresses clang-scan warnings:
drivers/net/dsa/qca8k.c:1981:3: warning: 2nd function call argument is an
uninitialized value [core.CallAndMessage]
drivers/net/dsa/qca8k.c:1999:9: warning: 2nd function call argument is an
uninitialized value [core.CallAndMessage]
Fixes: 7544b3ff74 ("net: dsa: qca8k: move pcs configuration")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.i.king@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220224220557.147075-1-colin.i.king@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Vladimir Oltean suggests that sja1105 can support switching between
SGMII and 2500BASE-X modes. Augment sja1105_phylink_get_caps() to
fill in both interface modes if they can be supported.
Signed-off-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Populate the MAC capabilities for the SJA1105 DSA switch using the same
decision making which sja1105_phylink_validate() uses. Remove the now
obsolete sja1105_phylink_validate() implementation to allow DSA to use
phylink_generic_validate() for this switch driver.
As noted by Vladimir, this fixes an inconsequential bug which allowed
gigabit and lower interface modes to be indicated when operating in
2500base-X mode.
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sja1105 DSA driver does not have a phylink_mac_config() method
implementation, it is safe to mark this as a non-legacy driver.
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert the PCS selection to use mac_select_pcs, which allows the PCS
to perform any validation it needs, and removes the need to set the PCS
in the mac_config() callback, delving into the higher DSA levels to do
so.
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the supported interfaces bitmap is populated, phylink will itself
check that the interface mode is present in this bitmap. Drivers no
longer need to perform this check themselves. Remove these checks.
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Populate the supported interfaces bitmap for the SJA1105 DSA switch.
This switch only supports a static model of configuration, so we
restrict the interface modes to the configured setting.
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir. │
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds the logic in the Felix DSA driver and Ocelot switch library.
For Ocelot switches, the DEST_IDX that is the output of the MAC table
lookup is a logical port (equal to physical port, if no LAG is used, or
a dynamically allocated number otherwise). The allocation we have in
place for LAG IDs is different from DSA's, so we can't use that:
- DSA allocates a continuous range of LAG IDs starting from 1
- Ocelot appears to require that physical ports and LAG IDs are in the
same space of [0, num_phys_ports), and additionally, ports that aren't
in a LAG must have physical port id == logical port id
The implication is that an FDB entry towards a LAG might need to be
deleted and reinstalled when the LAG ID changes.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The main purpose of this change is to create a data structure for a LAG
as seen by DSA. This is similar to what we have for bridging - we pass a
copy of this structure by value to ->port_lag_join and ->port_lag_leave.
For now we keep the lag_dev, id and a reference count in it. Future
patches will add a list of FDB entries for the LAG (these also need to
be refcounted to work properly).
The LAG structure is created using dsa_port_lag_create() and destroyed
using dsa_port_lag_destroy(), just like we have for bridging.
Because now, the dsa_lag itself is refcounted, we can simplify
dsa_lag_map() and dsa_lag_unmap(). These functions need to keep a LAG in
the dst->lags array only as long as at least one port uses it. The
refcounting logic inside those functions can be removed now - they are
called only when we should perform the operation.
dsa_lag_dev() is renamed to dsa_lag_by_id() and now returns the dsa_lag
structure instead of the lag_dev net_device.
dsa_lag_foreach_port() now takes the dsa_lag structure as argument.
dst->lags holds an array of dsa_lag structures.
dsa_lag_map() now also saves the dsa_lag->id value, so that linear
walking of dst->lags in drivers using dsa_lag_id() is no longer
necessary. They can just look at lag.id.
dsa_port_lag_id_get() is a helper, similar to dsa_port_bridge_num_get(),
which can be used by drivers to get the LAG ID assigned by DSA to a
given port.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Make the intent of the code more clear by using the dedicated helper for
iterating over the ports of a switch.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The DSA LAG API will be changed to become more similar with the bridge
data structures, where struct dsa_bridge holds an unsigned int num,
which is generated by DSA and is one-based. We have a similar thing
going with the DSA LAG, except that isn't stored anywhere, it is
calculated dynamically by dsa_lag_id() by iterating through dst->lags.
The idea of encoding an invalid (or not requested) LAG ID as zero for
the purpose of simplifying checks in drivers means that the LAG IDs
passed by DSA to drivers need to be one-based too. So back-and-forth
conversion is needed when indexing the dst->lags array, as well as in
drivers which assume a zero-based index.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
In preparation of converting struct net_device *dp->lag_dev into a
struct dsa_lag *dp->lag, we need to rename, for consistency purposes,
all occurrences of the "lag" variable in qca8k to "lag_dev".
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
In preparation of converting struct net_device *dp->lag_dev into a
struct dsa_lag *dp->lag, we need to rename, for consistency purposes,
all occurrences of the "lag" variable in mv88e6xxx to "lag_dev".
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Supporting bridge ports in locked mode using the drop on lock
feature in Marvell mv88e6xxx switchcores is described in the
'88E6096/88E6097/88E6097F Datasheet', sections 4.4.6, 4.4.7 and
5.1.2.1 (Drop on Lock).
This feature is implemented here facilitated by the locked port flag.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schultz <schultz.hans+netdev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Realtek switches in the rtl8365mb family can access the PHY registers of
the internal PHYs via the switch registers. This method is called
indirect access. At a high level, the indirect PHY register access
method involves reading and writing some special switch registers in a
particular sequence. This works for both SMI and MDIO connected
switches.
Currently the rtl8365mb driver does not take any care to serialize the
aforementioned access to the switch registers. In particular, it is
permitted for other driver code to access other switch registers while
the indirect PHY register access is ongoing. Locking is only done at the
regmap level. This, however, is a bug: concurrent register access, even
to unrelated switch registers, risks corrupting the PHY register value
read back via the indirect access method described above.
Arınç reported that the switch sometimes returns nonsense data when
reading the PHY registers. In particular, a value of 0 causes the
kernel's PHY subsystem to think that the link is down, but since most
reads return correct data, the link then flip-flops between up and down
over a period of time.
The aforementioned bug can be readily observed by:
1. Enabling ftrace events for regmap and mdio
2. Polling BSMR PHY register for a connected port;
it should always read the same (e.g. 0x79ed)
3. Wait for step 2 to give a different value
Example command for step 2:
while true; do phytool read swp2/2/0x01; done
On my i.MX8MM, the above steps will yield a bogus value for the BSMR PHY
register within a matter of seconds. The interleaved register access it
then evident in the trace log:
kworker/3:4-70 [003] ....... 1927.139849: regmap_reg_write: ethernet-switch reg=1004 val=bd
phytool-16816 [002] ....... 1927.139979: regmap_reg_read: ethernet-switch reg=1f01 val=0
kworker/3:4-70 [003] ....... 1927.140381: regmap_reg_read: ethernet-switch reg=1005 val=0
phytool-16816 [002] ....... 1927.140468: regmap_reg_read: ethernet-switch reg=1d15 val=a69
kworker/3:4-70 [003] ....... 1927.140864: regmap_reg_read: ethernet-switch reg=1003 val=0
phytool-16816 [002] ....... 1927.140955: regmap_reg_write: ethernet-switch reg=1f02 val=2041
kworker/3:4-70 [003] ....... 1927.141390: regmap_reg_read: ethernet-switch reg=1002 val=0
phytool-16816 [002] ....... 1927.141479: regmap_reg_write: ethernet-switch reg=1f00 val=1
kworker/3:4-70 [003] ....... 1927.142311: regmap_reg_write: ethernet-switch reg=1004 val=be
phytool-16816 [002] ....... 1927.142410: regmap_reg_read: ethernet-switch reg=1f01 val=0
kworker/3:4-70 [003] ....... 1927.142534: regmap_reg_read: ethernet-switch reg=1005 val=0
phytool-16816 [002] ....... 1927.142618: regmap_reg_read: ethernet-switch reg=1f04 val=0
phytool-16816 [002] ....... 1927.142641: mdio_access: SMI-0 read phy:0x02 reg:0x01 val:0x0000 <- ?!
kworker/3:4-70 [003] ....... 1927.143037: regmap_reg_read: ethernet-switch reg=1001 val=0
kworker/3:4-70 [003] ....... 1927.143133: regmap_reg_read: ethernet-switch reg=1000 val=2d89
kworker/3:4-70 [003] ....... 1927.143213: regmap_reg_write: ethernet-switch reg=1004 val=be
kworker/3:4-70 [003] ....... 1927.143291: regmap_reg_read: ethernet-switch reg=1005 val=0
kworker/3:4-70 [003] ....... 1927.143368: regmap_reg_read: ethernet-switch reg=1003 val=0
kworker/3:4-70 [003] ....... 1927.143443: regmap_reg_read: ethernet-switch reg=1002 val=6
The kworker here is polling MIB counters for stats, as evidenced by the
register 0x1004 that we are writing to (RTL8365MB_MIB_ADDRESS_REG). This
polling is performed every 3 seconds, but is just one example of such
unsynchronized access. In Arınç's case, the driver was not using the
switch IRQ, so the PHY subsystem was itself doing polling analogous to
phytool in the above example.
A test module was created [see second Link] to simulate such spurious
switch register accesses while performing indirect PHY register reads
and writes. Realtek was also consulted to confirm whether this is a
known issue or not. The conclusion of these lines of inquiry is as
follows:
1. Reading of PHY registers via indirect access will be aborted if,
after executing the read operation (via a write to the
INDIRECT_ACCESS_CTRL_REG), any register is accessed, other than
INDIRECT_ACCESS_STATUS_REG.
2. The PHY register indirect read is only complete when
INDIRECT_ACCESS_STATUS_REG reads zero.
3. The INDIRECT_ACCESS_DATA_REG, which is read to get the result of the
PHY read, will contain the result of the last successful read
operation. If there was spurious register access and the indirect
read was aborted, then this register is not guaranteed to hold
anything meaningful and the PHY read will silently fail.
4. PHY writes do not appear to be affected by this mechanism.
5. Other similar access routines, such as for MIB counters, although
similar to the PHY indirect access method, are actually table access.
Table access is not affected by spurious reads or writes of other
registers. However, concurrent table access is not allowed. Currently
this is protected via mib_lock, so there is nothing to fix.
The above statements are corroborated both via the test module and
through consultation with Realtek. In particular, Realtek states that
this is simply a property of the hardware design and is not a hardware
bug.
To fix this problem, one must guard against regmap access while the
PHY indirect register read is executing. Fix this by using the newly
introduced "nolock" regmap in all PHY-related functions, and by aquiring
the regmap mutex at the top level of the PHY register access callbacks.
Although no issue has been observed with PHY register _writes_, this
change also serializes the indirect access method there. This is done
purely as a matter of convenience and for reasons of symmetry.
Fixes: 4af2950c50 ("net: dsa: realtek-smi: add rtl8365mb subdriver for RTL8365MB-VC")
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/CAJq09z5FCgG-+jVT7uxh1a-0CiiFsoKoHYsAWJtiKwv7LXKofQ@mail.gmail.com/
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/871qzwjmtv.fsf@bang-olufsen.dk/
Reported-by: Arınç ÜNAL <arinc.unal@arinc9.com>
Reported-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alvin Šipraga <alsi@bang-olufsen.dk>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently there is no way for Realtek DSA subdrivers to serialize
consecutive regmap accesses. In preparation for a bugfix relating to
indirect PHY register access - which involves a series of regmap
reads and writes - add a facility for subdrivers to serialize their
regmap access.
Specifically, a mutex is added to the driver private data structure and
the standard regmap is initialized with custom lock/unlock ops which use
this mutex. Then, a "nolock" variant of the regmap is added, which is
functionally equivalent to the existing regmap except that regmap
locking is disabled. Functions that wish to serialize a sequence of
regmap accesses may then lock the newly introduced driver-owned mutex
before using the nolock regmap.
Doing things this way means that subdriver code that doesn't care about
serialized register access - i.e. the vast majority of code - needn't
worry about synchronizing register access with an external lock: it can
just continue to use the original regmap.
Another advantage of this design is that, while regmaps with locking
disabled do not expose a debugfs interface for obvious reasons, there
still exists the original regmap which does expose this interface. This
interface remains safe to use even combined with driver codepaths that
use the nolock regmap, because said codepaths will use the same mutex
to synchronize access.
With respect to disadvantages, it can be argued that having
near-duplicate regmaps is confusing. However, the naming is rather
explicit, and examples will abound.
Finally, while we are at it, rename realtek_smi_mdio_regmap_config to
realtek_smi_regmap_config. This makes it consistent with the naming
realtek_mdio_regmap_config in realtek-mdio.c.
Signed-off-by: Alvin Šipraga <alsi@bang-olufsen.dk>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The B53 driver does not make use of the speed, duplex, pause or
advertisement in its phylink_mac_config() implementation, so it can be
marked as a non-legacy driver.
Signed-off-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Switch the Broadcom b53 driver to using the phylink_generic_validate()
implementation by removing its own .phylink_validate method and
associated code.
Signed-off-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we have a better method to select SFP interface modes, we
no longer need to use phylink_helper_basex_speed() in a driver's
validation function.
Signed-off-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Populate the supported interfaces and MAC capabilities for the Broadcom
B53 DSA switches in preparation to using these for the generic
validation functionality.
The interface modes are derived from:
- b53_serdes_phylink_validate()
- SRAB mux configuration
Signed-off-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I've stared at this if() statement for a while trying to work out if
it really does correspond with the comment above, and it does seem to.
However, let's make it more readable and phrase it in the same way as
the comment.
Also add a FIXME into the comment - we appear to deny Gigabit modes for
802.3z interface modes, but 802.3z interface modes only operate at
gigabit and above.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The KSZ9477 SPI driver already has support for the KSZ8563. The same switch
chip can also be managed via i2c and we have an KSZ9477 I2C driver, but
that one lacks the relevant compatible entry. Add it.
DT bindings already describe this compatible.
Signed-off-by: Ahmad Fatoum <a.fatoum@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide access to HW offloaded packets over stats64 interface.
The rx/tx_bytes values needed some fixing since HW is accounting size of
the Ethernet frame together with FCS.
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit b3612ccdf2 ("net: dsa: microchip: implement multi-bridge support")
plugged a packet leak between ports that were members of different bridges.
Unfortunately, this broke another use case, namely that of more than two
ports that are members of the same bridge.
After that commit, when a port is added to a bridge, hardware bridging
between other member ports of that bridge will be cleared, preventing
packet exchange between them.
Fix by ensuring that the Port VLAN Membership bitmap includes any existing
ports in the bridge, not just the port being added.
Fixes: b3612ccdf2 ("net: dsa: microchip: implement multi-bridge support")
Signed-off-by: Svenning Sørensen <sss@secomea.com>
Tested-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The qca8k driver does not make use of the speed, duplex, pause or
advertisement in its phylink_mac_config() implementation, so it can be
marked as a non-legacy driver.
Signed-off-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the PCS configuration to qca8k_pcs_config().
Signed-off-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert the qca8k driver to use the phylink_pcs support to talk to the
SGMII PCS.
Signed-off-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move qca8k_phylink_mac_link_state() to separate the code movement from
code changes.
Signed-off-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move qca8k_setup() to be later in the file to avoid needing prototypes
for called functions.
Signed-off-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the master device does VLAN filtering, the IDs used by the switch
must be added for any frames to be received. Do this in the
port_enable() function, and remove them in port_disable().
Fixes: a1292595e0 ("net: dsa: add new DSA switch driver for the SMSC-LAN9303")
Signed-off-by: Mans Rullgard <mans@mansr.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220216204818.28746-1-mans@mansr.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Historically, the felix DSA driver has installed special traps such that
PTP over L2 works with the ocelot-8021q tagging protocol; commit
0a6f17c6ae ("net: dsa: tag_ocelot_8021q: add support for PTP
timestamping") has the details.
Then the ocelot switch library also gained more comprehensive support
for PTP traps through commit 96ca08c058 ("net: mscc: ocelot: set up
traps for PTP packets").
Right now, PTP over L2 works using ocelot-8021q via the traps it has set
for itself, but nothing else does. Consolidating the two code blocks
would make ocelot-8021q gain support for PTP over L4 and tc-flower
traps, and at the same time avoid some code and TCAM duplication.
The traps are similar in intent, but different in execution, so some
explanation is required. The traps set up by felix_setup_mmio_filtering()
are VCAP IS1 filters, which have a PAG that chains them to a VCAP IS2
filter, and the IS2 is where the 'trap' action resides. The traps set up
by ocelot_trap_add(), on the other hand, have a single filter, in VCAP
IS2. The reason for chaining VCAP IS1 and IS2 in Felix was to ensure
that the hardcoded traps take precedence and cannot be overridden by the
Ocelot switch library.
So in principle, the PTP traps needed for ocelot-8021q in the Felix
driver can rely on ocelot_trap_add(), but the filters need to be patched
to account for a quirk that LS1028A has: the quirk_no_xtr_irq described
in commit 0a6f17c6ae ("net: dsa: tag_ocelot_8021q: add support for PTP
timestamping"). Live-patching is done by iterating through the trap list
every time we know it has been updated, and transforming a trap into a
redirect + CPU copy if ocelot-8021q is in use.
Making the DSA ocelot-8021q tagger work with the Ocelot traps means we
can eliminate the dedicated OCELOT_VCAP_IS1_TAG_8021Q_PTP_MMIO and
OCELOT_VCAP_IS2_TAG_8021Q_PTP_MMIO cookies. To minimize the patch delta,
OCELOT_VCAP_IS2_MRP_TRAP takes the place of OCELOT_VCAP_IS2_TAG_8021Q_PTP_MMIO
(the alternative would have been to left-shift all cookie numbers by 1).
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There has been some controversy related to the sanity check that a CPU
port exists, and commit e8b1d76980 ("net: dsa: felix: Fix memory leak
in felix_setup_mmio_filtering") even "corrected" an apparent memory leak
as static analysis tools see it.
However, the check is completely dead code, since the earliest point at
which felix_setup_mmio_filtering() can be called is:
felix_pci_probe
-> dsa_register_switch
-> dsa_switch_probe
-> dsa_tree_setup
-> dsa_tree_setup_cpu_ports
-> dsa_tree_setup_default_cpu
-> contains the "DSA: tree %d has no CPU port\n" check
-> dsa_tree_setup_master
-> dsa_master_setup
-> sysfs_create_group(&dev->dev.kobj, &dsa_group);
-> makes tagging_store() callable
-> dsa_tree_change_tag_proto
-> dsa_tree_notify
-> dsa_switch_event
-> dsa_switch_change_tag_proto
-> ds->ops->change_tag_protocol
-> felix_change_tag_protocol
-> felix_set_tag_protocol
-> felix_setup_tag_8021q
-> felix_setup_mmio_filtering
-> breaks at first CPU port
So probing would have failed earlier if there wasn't any CPU port
defined.
To avoid all confusion, delete the dead code and replace it with a
comment.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the helpers that avoid the quadratic complexity associated with
calling dsa_to_port() indirectly: dsa_is_unused_port(),
dsa_is_cpu_port().
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Every use case that needed VCAP filters (in order: DSA tag_8021q, MRP,
PTP traps) has hardcoded filter identifiers that worked well enough for
that use case alone. But when two or more of those use cases would be
used together, some of those identifiers would overlap, leading to
breakage.
Add definitions for each cookie and centralize them in ocelot_vcap.h,
such that the overlaps are more obvious.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_node_put(priv->ds->slave_mii_bus->dev.of_node) should be
done before mdiobus_free(priv->ds->slave_mii_bus).
Signed-off-by: Alexey Khoroshilov <khoroshilov@ispras.ru>
Fixes: 0d120dfb5d ("net: dsa: lantiq_gswip: don't use devres for mdiobus")
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1644921768-26477-1-git-send-email-khoroshilov@ispras.ru
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
These chips have 8 built-in FE PHYs and 3 SERDES interfaces that can
run at 1G. With the blamed commit, the built-in PHYs could no longer
be connected to, using an MII PHY interface mode.
Create a separate .phylink_get_caps callback for these chips, which
takes the FE/GE split into consideration.
Fixes: 2ee84cfefb ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: convert to phylink_generic_validate()")
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220213185154.3262207-1-tobias@waldekranz.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Some devices, like the switch in Banana Pi BPI R64 only starts to answer
after a HW reset. It is the same reset code from realtek-smi.
Reported-by: Frank Wunderlich <frank-w@public-files.de>
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Frank Wunderlich <frank-w@public-files.de>
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Alvin Šipraga <alsi@bang-olufsen.dk>
Acked-by: Arınç ÜNAL <arinc.unal@arinc9.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When reset GPIO was missing, the driver was still printing an info
message and still trying to assert the reset. Although gpiod_set_value()
will silently ignore calls with NULL gpio_desc, it is better to make it
clear the driver might allow gpio_desc to be NULL.
The initial value for the reset pin was changed to GPIOD_OUT_LOW,
followed by a gpiod_set_value() asserting the reset. This way, it will
be easier to spot if and where the reset really happens.
A new "asserted RESET" message was added just after the reset is
asserted, similar to the existing "deasserted RESET" message. Both
messages were demoted to dbg. The code comment is not needed anymore.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Arınç ÜNAL <arinc.unal@arinc9.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mv88e6xxx is special among DSA drivers in that it requires the VTU to
contain the VID of the FDB entry it modifies in
mv88e6xxx_port_db_load_purge(), otherwise it will return -EOPNOTSUPP.
Sometimes due to races this is not always satisfied even if external
code does everything right (first deletes the FDB entries, then the
VLAN), because DSA commits to hardware FDB entries asynchronously since
commit c9eb3e0f87 ("net: dsa: Add support for learning FDB through
notification").
Therefore, the mv88e6xxx driver must close this race condition by
itself, by asking DSA to flush the switchdev workqueue of any FDB
deletions in progress, prior to exiting a VLAN.
Fixes: c9eb3e0f87 ("net: dsa: Add support for learning FDB through notification")
Reported-by: Rafael Richter <rafael.richter@gin.de>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The reset input to the LAN9303 chip is active low, and devicetree
gpio handles reflect this. Therefore, the gpio should be requested
with an initial state of high in order for the reset signal to be
asserted. Other uses of the gpio already use the correct polarity.
Fixes: a1292595e0 ("net: dsa: add new DSA switch driver for the SMSC-LAN9303")
Signed-off-by: Mans Rullgard <mans@mansr.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fianelil <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220209145454.19749-1-mans@mansr.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The mv88e6352, mv88e6240 and mv88e6176 have a serdes interface. This patch
allows to configure the output swing to a desired value in the
phy-handle of the port. The value which is peak to peak has to be
specified in microvolts. As the chips only supports eight dedicated
values we return EINVAL if the value in the DTS does not match one of
these values.
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@hitachienergy.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since struct mv88e6xxx_mdio_bus *mdio_bus is the bus->priv of something
allocated with mdiobus_alloc_size(), this means that mdiobus_free(bus)
will free the memory backing the mdio_bus as well. Therefore, the
mdio_bus->list element is freed memory, but we continue to iterate
through the list of MDIO buses using that list element.
To fix this, use the proper list iterator that handles element deletion
by keeping a copy of the list element next pointer.
Fixes: f53a2ce893 ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: don't use devres for mdiobus")
Reported-by: Rafael Richter <rafael.richter@gin.de>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220210174017.3271099-1-vladimir.oltean@nxp.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
drivers/net/dsa/qca8k.c:422:37-43: ERROR: application of sizeof to pointer
sizeof when applied to a pointer typed expression gives the size of
the pointer
Generated by: scripts/coccinelle/misc/noderef.cocci
Fixes: 90386223f4 ("net: dsa: qca8k: add support for larger read/write size with mgmt Ethernet")
CC: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220209221304.GA17529@d2214a582157
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The value returned by an spi driver's remove function is mostly ignored.
(Only an error message is printed if the value is non-zero that the
error is ignored.)
So change the prototype of the remove function to return no value. This
way driver authors are not tempted to assume that passing an error to
the upper layer is a good idea. All drivers are adapted accordingly.
There is no intended change of behaviour, all callbacks were prepared to
return 0 before.
Signed-off-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Acked-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Acked-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Acked-by: Jérôme Pouiller <jerome.pouiller@silabs.com>
Acked-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Acked-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Claudius Heine <ch@denx.de>
Acked-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@datenfreihafen.org>
Acked-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Acked-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> # For MMC
Acked-by: Marcus Folkesson <marcus.folkesson@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Łukasz Stelmach <l.stelmach@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220123175201.34839-6-u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@kernel.org>
As explained in commits:
74b6d7d133 ("net: dsa: realtek: register the MDIO bus under devres")
5135e96a3d ("net: dsa: don't allocate the slave_mii_bus using devres")
mdiobus_free() will panic when called from devm_mdiobus_free() <-
devres_release_all() <- __device_release_driver(), and that mdiobus was
not previously unregistered.
The GSWIP switch is a platform device, so the initial set of constraints
that I thought would cause this (I2C or SPI buses which call ->remove on
->shutdown) do not apply. But there is one more which applies here.
If the DSA master itself is on a bus that calls ->remove from ->shutdown
(like dpaa2-eth, which is on the fsl-mc bus), there is a device link
between the switch and the DSA master, and device_links_unbind_consumers()
will unbind the GSWIP switch driver on shutdown.
So the same treatment must be applied to all DSA switch drivers, which
is: either use devres for both the mdiobus allocation and registration,
or don't use devres at all.
The gswip driver has the code structure in place for orderly mdiobus
removal, so just replace devm_mdiobus_alloc() with the non-devres
variant, and add manual free where necessary, to ensure that we don't
let devres free a still-registered bus.
Fixes: ac3a68d566 ("net: phy: don't abuse devres in devm_mdiobus_register()")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Nobody in this driver calls mdiobus_unregister(), which is necessary if
mdiobus_register() completes successfully. So if the devres callbacks
that free the mdiobus get invoked (this is the case when unbinding the
driver), mdiobus_free() will BUG if the mdiobus is still registered,
which it is.
My speculation is that this is due to the fact that prior to commit
ac3a68d566 ("net: phy: don't abuse devres in devm_mdiobus_register()")
from June 2020, _devm_mdiobus_free() used to call mdiobus_unregister().
But at the time that the mt7530 support was introduced in May 2021, the
API was already changed. It's therefore likely that the blamed patch was
developed on an older tree, and incorrectly adapted to net-next. This
makes the Fixes: tag correct.
Fix the problem by using the devres variant of mdiobus_register.
Fixes: ba751e28d4 ("net: dsa: mt7530: add interrupt support")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
As explained in commits:
74b6d7d133 ("net: dsa: realtek: register the MDIO bus under devres")
5135e96a3d ("net: dsa: don't allocate the slave_mii_bus using devres")
mdiobus_free() will panic when called from devm_mdiobus_free() <-
devres_release_all() <- __device_release_driver(), and that mdiobus was
not previously unregistered.
The Seville VSC9959 switch is a platform device, so the initial set of
constraints that I thought would cause this (I2C or SPI buses which call
->remove on ->shutdown) do not apply. But there is one more which
applies here.
If the DSA master itself is on a bus that calls ->remove from ->shutdown
(like dpaa2-eth, which is on the fsl-mc bus), there is a device link
between the switch and the DSA master, and device_links_unbind_consumers()
will unbind the seville switch driver on shutdown.
So the same treatment must be applied to all DSA switch drivers, which
is: either use devres for both the mdiobus allocation and registration,
or don't use devres at all.
The seville driver has a code structure that could accommodate both the
mdiobus_unregister and mdiobus_free calls, but it has an external
dependency upon mscc_miim_setup() from mdio-mscc-miim.c, which calls
devm_mdiobus_alloc_size() on its behalf. So rather than restructuring
that, and exporting yet one more symbol mscc_miim_teardown(), let's work
with devres and replace of_mdiobus_register with the devres variant.
When we use all-devres, we can ensure that devres doesn't free a
still-registered bus (it either runs both callbacks, or none).
Fixes: ac3a68d566 ("net: phy: don't abuse devres in devm_mdiobus_register()")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
As explained in commits:
74b6d7d133 ("net: dsa: realtek: register the MDIO bus under devres")
5135e96a3d ("net: dsa: don't allocate the slave_mii_bus using devres")
mdiobus_free() will panic when called from devm_mdiobus_free() <-
devres_release_all() <- __device_release_driver(), and that mdiobus was
not previously unregistered.
The Felix VSC9959 switch is a PCI device, so the initial set of
constraints that I thought would cause this (I2C or SPI buses which call
->remove on ->shutdown) do not apply. But there is one more which
applies here.
If the DSA master itself is on a bus that calls ->remove from ->shutdown
(like dpaa2-eth, which is on the fsl-mc bus), there is a device link
between the switch and the DSA master, and device_links_unbind_consumers()
will unbind the felix switch driver on shutdown.
So the same treatment must be applied to all DSA switch drivers, which
is: either use devres for both the mdiobus allocation and registration,
or don't use devres at all.
The felix driver has the code structure in place for orderly mdiobus
removal, so just replace devm_mdiobus_alloc_size() with the non-devres
variant, and add manual free where necessary, to ensure that we don't
let devres free a still-registered bus.
Fixes: ac3a68d566 ("net: phy: don't abuse devres in devm_mdiobus_register()")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
As explained in commits:
74b6d7d133 ("net: dsa: realtek: register the MDIO bus under devres")
5135e96a3d ("net: dsa: don't allocate the slave_mii_bus using devres")
mdiobus_free() will panic when called from devm_mdiobus_free() <-
devres_release_all() <- __device_release_driver(), and that mdiobus was
not previously unregistered.
The Starfighter 2 is a platform device, so the initial set of
constraints that I thought would cause this (I2C or SPI buses which call
->remove on ->shutdown) do not apply. But there is one more which
applies here.
If the DSA master itself is on a bus that calls ->remove from ->shutdown
(like dpaa2-eth, which is on the fsl-mc bus), there is a device link
between the switch and the DSA master, and device_links_unbind_consumers()
will unbind the bcm_sf2 switch driver on shutdown.
So the same treatment must be applied to all DSA switch drivers, which
is: either use devres for both the mdiobus allocation and registration,
or don't use devres at all.
The bcm_sf2 driver has the code structure in place for orderly mdiobus
removal, so just replace devm_mdiobus_alloc() with the non-devres
variant, and add manual free where necessary, to ensure that we don't
let devres free a still-registered bus.
Fixes: ac3a68d566 ("net: phy: don't abuse devres in devm_mdiobus_register()")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
As explained in commits:
74b6d7d133 ("net: dsa: realtek: register the MDIO bus under devres")
5135e96a3d ("net: dsa: don't allocate the slave_mii_bus using devres")
mdiobus_free() will panic when called from devm_mdiobus_free() <-
devres_release_all() <- __device_release_driver(), and that mdiobus was
not previously unregistered.
The ar9331 is an MDIO device, so the initial set of constraints that I
thought would cause this (I2C or SPI buses which call ->remove on
->shutdown) do not apply. But there is one more which applies here.
If the DSA master itself is on a bus that calls ->remove from ->shutdown
(like dpaa2-eth, which is on the fsl-mc bus), there is a device link
between the switch and the DSA master, and device_links_unbind_consumers()
will unbind the ar9331 switch driver on shutdown.
So the same treatment must be applied to all DSA switch drivers, which
is: either use devres for both the mdiobus allocation and registration,
or don't use devres at all.
The ar9331 driver doesn't have a complex code structure for mdiobus
removal, so just replace of_mdiobus_register with the devres variant in
order to be all-devres and ensure that we don't free a still-registered
bus.
Fixes: ac3a68d566 ("net: phy: don't abuse devres in devm_mdiobus_register()")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
As explained in commits:
74b6d7d133 ("net: dsa: realtek: register the MDIO bus under devres")
5135e96a3d ("net: dsa: don't allocate the slave_mii_bus using devres")
mdiobus_free() will panic when called from devm_mdiobus_free() <-
devres_release_all() <- __device_release_driver(), and that mdiobus was
not previously unregistered.
The mv88e6xxx is an MDIO device, so the initial set of constraints that
I thought would cause this (I2C or SPI buses which call ->remove on
->shutdown) do not apply. But there is one more which applies here.
If the DSA master itself is on a bus that calls ->remove from ->shutdown
(like dpaa2-eth, which is on the fsl-mc bus), there is a device link
between the switch and the DSA master, and device_links_unbind_consumers()
will unbind the Marvell switch driver on shutdown.
systemd-shutdown[1]: Powering off.
mv88e6085 0x0000000008b96000:00 sw_gl0: Link is Down
fsl-mc dpbp.9: Removing from iommu group 7
fsl-mc dpbp.8: Removing from iommu group 7
------------[ cut here ]------------
kernel BUG at drivers/net/phy/mdio_bus.c:677!
Internal error: Oops - BUG: 0 [#1] PREEMPT SMP
Modules linked in:
CPU: 0 PID: 1 Comm: systemd-shutdow Not tainted 5.16.5-00040-gdc05f73788e5 #15
pc : mdiobus_free+0x44/0x50
lr : devm_mdiobus_free+0x10/0x20
Call trace:
mdiobus_free+0x44/0x50
devm_mdiobus_free+0x10/0x20
devres_release_all+0xa0/0x100
__device_release_driver+0x190/0x220
device_release_driver_internal+0xac/0xb0
device_links_unbind_consumers+0xd4/0x100
__device_release_driver+0x4c/0x220
device_release_driver_internal+0xac/0xb0
device_links_unbind_consumers+0xd4/0x100
__device_release_driver+0x94/0x220
device_release_driver+0x28/0x40
bus_remove_device+0x118/0x124
device_del+0x174/0x420
fsl_mc_device_remove+0x24/0x40
__fsl_mc_device_remove+0xc/0x20
device_for_each_child+0x58/0xa0
dprc_remove+0x90/0xb0
fsl_mc_driver_remove+0x20/0x5c
__device_release_driver+0x21c/0x220
device_release_driver+0x28/0x40
bus_remove_device+0x118/0x124
device_del+0x174/0x420
fsl_mc_bus_remove+0x80/0x100
fsl_mc_bus_shutdown+0xc/0x1c
platform_shutdown+0x20/0x30
device_shutdown+0x154/0x330
kernel_power_off+0x34/0x6c
__do_sys_reboot+0x15c/0x250
__arm64_sys_reboot+0x20/0x30
invoke_syscall.constprop.0+0x4c/0xe0
do_el0_svc+0x4c/0x150
el0_svc+0x24/0xb0
el0t_64_sync_handler+0xa8/0xb0
el0t_64_sync+0x178/0x17c
So the same treatment must be applied to all DSA switch drivers, which
is: either use devres for both the mdiobus allocation and registration,
or don't use devres at all.
The Marvell driver already has a good structure for mdiobus removal, so
just plug in mdiobus_free and get rid of devres.
Fixes: ac3a68d566 ("net: phy: don't abuse devres in devm_mdiobus_register()")
Reported-by: Rafael Richter <Rafael.Richter@gin.de>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Klauer <daniel.klauer@gin.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Call mv88e6xxx_reg_unlock(chip) before returning on this error path.
Fixes: 7af4a361a6 ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Improve isolation of standalone ports")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The <= ARRAY_SIZE() needs to be < ARRAY_SIZE() to prevent an out of
bounds error.
Fixes: d4ebf12bce ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: populate supported_interfaces and mac_capabilities")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We generally default the vendor to y and the drivers itself
to n. NET_DSA_REALTEK, however, selects a whole bunch of things,
so it's not a pure "vendor selection" knob. Let's default it all
to n.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Arınç ÜNAL <arinc.unal@arinc9.com>
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a copy and paste bug. It was supposed to check "clear_skb"
instead of "write_skb".
Fixes: 2cd5485663 ("net: dsa: qca8k: add support for phy read/write with mgmt Ethernet")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Populate the supported interfaces and MAC capabilities for the Realtek
rtl8365 DSA switch and remove the old validate implementation to allow
DSA to use phylink_generic_validate() for this switch driver.
Signed-off-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The decision whether to report serdes statistics currently depends on
the cached C_Mode value for the port, read at probe time or updated by
configuration. However, port 4 can be in "automedia" mode when it is
used as a serdes port, meaning it switches between the internal PHY and
the serdes, changing the read-only C_Mode value depending on which
first gains link. Consequently, the C_Mode value read at probe does not
accurately reflect whether the port has the serdes associated with it.
In "net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: add mv88e6352_g2_scratch_port_has_serdes()",
we added a way to read the hardware configuration to determine which
port has the serdes associated with it. Use this to determine which
port reports the serdes statistics.
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that the mv88e6xxx chip drivers are supplying the supported
interfaces and MAC capabilities, switch the driver to use the generic
phylink validation implementation by removing our own validation
implementations. This causes DSA to call phylink_generic_validate()
on our behalf.
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Populate the supported interfaces and MAC capabilities for the
Marvell MV88E6xxx DSA switches in preparation to using these for the
validation functionality.
Patch co-authored by Marek.
Signed-off-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org> [ fixed 6341 and 6393x ]
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Read the hardware configuration to determine which port is attached
to the serdes.
Signed-off-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Given that standalone ports are now configured to bypass the ATU and
forward all frames towards the upstream port, extend the ATU bypass to
multichip systems.
Load VID 0 (standalone) into the VTU with the policy bit set. Since
VID 4095 (bridged) is already loaded, we now know that all VIDs in use
are always available in all VTUs. Therefore, we can safely enable
802.1Q on DSA ports.
Setting the DSA ports' VTU policy to TRAP means that all incoming
frames on VID 0 will be classified as MGMT - as a result, the ATU is
bypassed on all subsequent switches.
With this isolation in place, we are able to support configurations
that are simultaneously very quirky and very useful. Quirky because it
involves looping cables between local switchports like in this
example:
CPU
| .------.
.---0---. | .----0----.
| sw0 | | | sw1 |
'-1-2-3-' | '-1-2-3-4-'
$ @ '---' $ @ % %
We have three physically looped pairs ($, @, and %).
This is very useful because it allows us to run the kernel's
kselftests for the bridge on mv88e6xxx hardware.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This chip has support for the same per-port policy actions found in
later versions of LinkStreet devices.
Fixes: f3a2cd326e ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: introduce .port_set_policy")
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A VTU entry with policy enabled is used in combination with a port's
VTU policy setting to override normal switching behavior for frames
assigned to the entry's VID.
A typical example is to Treat all frames in a particular VLAN as
control traffic, and trap them to the CPU. In which case the relevant
user port's VTU policy would be set to TRAP.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clear MapDA on standalone ports to bypass any ATU lookup that might
point the packet in the wrong direction. This means that all packets
are flooded using the PVT config. So make sure that standalone ports
are only allowed to communicate with the local upstream port.
Here is a scenario in which this is needed:
CPU
| .----.
.---0---. | .--0--.
| sw0 | | | sw1 |
'-1-2-3-' | '-1-2-'
'---'
- sw0p1 and sw1p1 are bridged
- sw0p2 and sw1p2 are in standalone mode
- Learning must be enabled on sw0p3 in order for hardware forwarding
to work properly between bridged ports
1. A packet with SA :aa comes in on sw1p2
1a. Egresses sw1p0
1b. Ingresses sw0p3, ATU adds an entry for :aa towards port 3
1c. Egresses sw0p0
2. A packet with DA :aa comes in on sw0p2
2a. If an ATU lookup is done at this point, the packet will be
incorrectly forwarded towards sw0p3. With this change in place,
the ATU is bypassed and the packet is forwarded in accordance
with the PVT, which only contains the CPU port.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Populate the supported interfaces and MAC capabilities for the xrs700x
family of DSA switches and remove the old validate implementation to
allow DSA to use phylink_generic_validate() for this switch driver.
According to commit ee00b24f32 ("net: dsa: add Arrow SpeedChips
XRS700x driver") the switch supports one RMII port and up to three
RGMII ports. This commit assumes that port 0 is the RMII port and the
remainder are RGMII.
This commit also results in the Autoneg bit being set in the ethtool
link modes, which wasn't in the original; if this switch supports
RGMII to a 10/100/1G PHY, then surely we want to allow Autoneg on the
PHY.
Signed-off-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Populate the supported interfaces and MAC capabilities for the QCA8K
DSA switch and remove the old validate implementation to allow DSA to
use phylink_generic_validate() for this switch driver.
In making this change, we bring consistency to the ethtool linkmodes
that phylink's validate step produces, thereby following the expected
behaviour as the phylink documentation has explained. Specifically, the
ethtool 1000baseX_Full capability is now permitted for all interface
modes, as it is a property of the PHY driver whether 1000baseX fiber
connections can be supported.
Signed-off-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Populate the supported interfaces and MAC capabilities for the
Microchip KSZ8795 DSA switch and remove the old validate implementation
to allow DSA to use phylink_generic_validate() for this switch driver.
Signed-off-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Populate the supported interfaces and MAC capabilities for the bcm_sf2
DSA switch and remove the old validate implementation to allow DSA to
use phylink_generic_validate() for this switch driver.
The exclusion of Gigabit linkmodes for MII and Reverse MII links is
handled within phylink_generic_validate() in phylink, so there is no
need to make them conditional on the interface mode in the driver.
Thanks to Florian Fainelli for suggesting how to populate the supported
interfaces.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/3b3fed98-0c82-99e9-dc72-09fe01c2bcf3@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Populate the supported interfaces and MAC capabilities for the AR9331
DSA switch and remove the old validate implementation to allow DSA to
use phylink_generic_validate() for this switch driver.
Signed-off-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce qca8k_bulk_read/write() function to use mgmt Ethernet way to
read/write packet in bulk. Make use of this new function in the fdb
function and while at it reduce the reg for fdb_read from 4 to 3 as the
max bit for the ARL(fdb) table is 83 bits.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mgmt Ethernet packet can read/write up to 16byte at times. The len reg
is limited to 15 (0xf). The switch actually sends and accepts data in 4
different steps of len values.
Len steps:
- 0: nothing
- 1-4: first 4 byte
- 5-6: first 12 byte
- 7-15: all 16 byte
In the alloc skb function we check if the len is 16 and we fix it to a
len of 15. It the read/write function interest to extract the real asked
data. The tagger handler will always copy the fully 16byte with a READ
command. This is useful for some big regs like the fdb reg that are
more than 4byte of data. This permits to introduce a bulk function that
will send and request the entire entry in one go.
Write function is changed and it does now require to pass the pointer to
val to also handle array val.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
From Documentation, we can cache lo and hi the same way we do with the
page. This massively reduce the mdio write as 3/4 of the time as we only
require to write the lo or hi part for a mdio write.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There can be multiple qca8k switch on the same system. Move the static
qca8k_current_page to qca8k_priv and make it specific for each switch.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use mgmt Ethernet also for phy read/write if availabale. Use a different
seq number to make sure we receive the correct packet.
On any error, we fallback to the legacy mdio read/write.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The switch can autocast MIB counter using Ethernet packet.
Add support for this and provide a handler for the tagger.
The switch will send packet with MIB counter for each port, the switch
will use completion API to wait for the correct packet to be received
and will complete the task only when each packet is received.
Although the handler will drop all the other packet, we still have to
consume each MIB packet to complete the request. This is done to prevent
mixed data with concurrent ethtool request.
connect_tag_protocol() is used to add the handler to the tag_qca tagger,
master_state_change() use the MIB lock to make sure no MIB Ethernet is
in progress.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add qca8k side support for mgmt read/write in Ethernet packet.
qca8k supports some specially crafted Ethernet packet that can be used
for mgmt read/write instead of the legacy method uart/internal mdio.
This add support for the qca8k side to craft the packet and enqueue it.
Each port and the qca8k_priv have a special struct to put data in it.
The completion API is used to wait for the packet to be received back
with the requested data.
The various steps are:
1. Craft the special packet with the qca hdr set to mgmt read/write
mode.
2. Set the lock in the dedicated mgmt struct.
3. Increment the seq number and set it in the mgmt pkt
4. Reinit the completion.
5. Enqueue the packet.
6. Wait the packet to be received.
7. Use the data set by the tagger to complete the mdio operation.
If the completion timeouts or the ack value is not true, the legacy
mdio way is used.
It has to be considered that in the initial setup mdio is still used and
mdio is still used until DSA is ready to accept and tag packet.
tag_proto_connect() is used to fill the required handler for the tagger
to correctly parse and elaborate the special Ethernet mdio packet.
Locking is added to qca8k_master_change() to make sure no mgmt Ethernet
are in progress.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MDIO/MIB Ethernet require the master port and the tagger availabale to
correctly work. Use the new api master_state_change to track when master
is operational or not and set a bool in qca8k_priv.
We cache the first cached master available and we check if other cpu
port are operational when the cached one goes down.
This cached master will later be used by mdio read/write and mib request to
correctly use the working function.
qca8k implementation for MDIO/MIB Ethernet is bad. CPU port0 is the only
one that answers with the ack packet or sends MIB Ethernet packets. For
this reason the master_state_change ignore CPU port6 and only checks
CPU port0 if it's operational and enables this mode.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make MediaTek MT753x DSA driver enable MediaTek Gigabit PHYs driver to
properly control MT7530 and MT7531 switch PHYs.
A noticeable change is that the behaviour of switchport interfaces going
up-down-up-down is no longer there.
Fixes: b8f126a8d5 ("net-next: dsa: add dsa support for Mediatek MT7530 switch")
Signed-off-by: Arınç ÜNAL <arinc.unal@arinc9.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220129062703.595-1-arinc.unal@arinc9.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Before this change, both the read and write callback would start out
by asserting that the chip's busy flag was cleared. However, both
callbacks also made sure to wait for the clearing of the busy bit
before returning - making the initial check superfluous. The only
time that would ever have an effect was if the busy bit was initially
set for some reason.
With that in mind, make sure to perform an initial check of the busy
bit, after which both read and write can rely the previous operation
to have waited for the bit to clear.
This cuts the number of operations on the underlying MDIO bus by 25%
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid a long delay when a busy bit is still set and has to be polled
again.
Measurements on a system with 2 Opals (6097F) and one Agate (6352)
show that even with this much tighter loop, we have about a 50% chance
of the bit being cleared on the first poll, all other accesses see the
bit being cleared on the second poll.
On a standard MDIO bus running MDC at 2.5MHz, a single access with 32
bits of preamble plus 32 bits of data takes 64*(1/2.5MHz) = 25.6us.
This means that mv88e6xxx_smi_direct_wait took 26us + CPU overhead in
the fast scenario, but 26us + 1500us + 26us + CPU overhead in the slow
case - bringing the average close to 1ms.
With this change in place, the slow case is closer to 2*26us + CPU
overhead, with the average well below 100us - a 10x improvement.
This translates to real-world winnings. On a 3-chip 20-port system,
the modprobe time drops by 88%:
Before:
root@coronet:~# time modprobe mv88e6xxx
real 0m 15.99s
user 0m 0.00s
sys 0m 1.52s
After:
root@coronet:~# time modprobe mv88e6xxx
real 0m 2.21s
user 0m 0.00s
sys 0m 1.54s
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trap door number is a 4-bit number divided in two regions (3 and 1-bit).
Both values were not masked properly. This bug does not affect supported
devices as they use up to port 7 (ext2). It would only be a problem if
the driver becomes compatible with 10-port switches like RTL8370MB and
RTL8310SR.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
External interfaces can be configured, even if they are not CPU ports.
The first CPU port will also be the trap port (for receiving trapped
frames from the switch).
The CPU information was dropped from chip data as it was not used
outside setup. The only other place it was used is when it wrongly
checks for CPU port when it should check for extint.
The supported modes check now uses port type and not port usage.
As a byproduct, more than one CPU can be configured. although this
might not work well with DSA setups. Also, this driver is still only
blindly forwarding all traffic to CPU port(s).
This change was not tested in a device with multiple active external
interfaces ports.
realtek_priv->cpu_port is now only used by rtl8366rb.c
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RTL8367RB-VB is a 5+2 port 10/100/1000M Ethernet switch.
It is similar to RTL8367S but in this version, both
external interfaces are RGMII.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Realtek's RTL8367S, a 5+2 port 10/100/1000M Ethernet switch.
It shares the same driver family (RTL8367C) with other models
as the RTL8365MB-VC. Its compatible string is "realtek,rtl8367s".
It was tested only with MDIO interface (realtek-mdio), although it might
work out-of-the-box with SMI interface (using realtek-smi).
This patch was based on an unpublished patch from Alvin Šipraga
<alsi@bang-olufsen.dk>.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Arınç ÜNAL <arinc.unal@arinc9.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvin Šipraga <alsi@bang-olufsen.dk>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of a fixed CPU port, assume that DSA is correct.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Arınç ÜNAL <arinc.unal@arinc9.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvin Šipraga <alsi@bang-olufsen.dk>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"extport" 0, 1, 2 was used to reference external ports id (ext0, ext1,
ext2). Meanwhile, port 0..9 is used as switch ports, including external
ports. "extport" was renamed to extint to make it clear it does not mean
the port number but the external interface number id.
The macros that map extint numbers to registers addresses now use inline
ifs instead of binary arithmetic.
Realtek uses in docs and drivers EXT_PORT0 (GMAC1) and EXT_PORT1
(GMAC2), with EXT_PORT0 being converted to ext_id == 1 and so on. It
might introduce some confusing while reading datasheets but it will not
be exposed to users.
"extint" was hardcoded to 1. However, some chips have multiple external
interfaces. It's not right to assume the CPU port uses extint 1 nor that
all extint are CPU ports. Now it came from a map between port number and
external interface id number.
This patch still does not allow multiple CPU ports nor extint as a non
CPU port.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This driver is a mdio_driver instead of a platform driver (like
realtek-smi).
ds_ops was duplicated for smi and mdio usage as mdio interfaces uses
phy_{read,write} in ds_ops and the presence of phy_read is incompatible
with external slave_mii_bus allocation.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Arınç ÜNAL <arinc.unal@arinc9.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preparing for multiple interfaces support, the drivers
must be independent of realtek-smi.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Arınç ÜNAL <arinc.unal@arinc9.com>
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Alvin Šipraga <alsi@bang-olufsen.dk>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the only two direct calls from subdrivers to realtek-smi.
Now they are called from realtek_priv. Subdrivers can now be
linked independently from realtek-smi.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvin Šipraga <alsi@bang-olufsen.dk>
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to adding other interfaces, the private data structure
was renamed to priv. Also, realtek_smi_variant and realtek_smi_ops
were renamed to realtek_variant and realtek_ops as those structs are
not SMI specific.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Arınç ÜNAL <arinc.unal@arinc9.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvin Šipraga <alsi@bang-olufsen.dk>
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Removed kdoc mark for incomplete struct description.
Added a return description for rtl8366rb_drop_untagged.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new microchip,synclko-disable property which can be specified
to disable the reference clock output from the device if not required
by the board design.
Signed-off-by: Robert Hancock <robert.hancock@calian.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 2nd param of phy_init_eee(): clk_stop_enable is a bool param, use
true or false instead of 1/0.
Signed-off-by: Jisheng Zhang <jszhang@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220123152241.1480-1-jszhang@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Add support for flushing the MAC table on a given port in the ocelot
switch library, and use this functionality in the felix DSA driver.
This operation is needed when a port leaves a bridge to become
standalone, and when the learning is disabled, and when the STP state
changes to a state where no FDB entry should be present.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220107144229.244584-1-vladimir.oltean@nxp.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
A simple variable update from "pcs" to "mdio_device" for the mdio device
will make things a little cleaner.
Signed-off-by: Colin Foster <colin.foster@in-advantage.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simple rename of a variable to make things more logical.
Signed-off-by: Colin Foster <colin.foster@in-advantage.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove references to lynx_pcs structures so drivers like the Felix DSA
can reference alternate PCS drivers.
Signed-off-by: Colin Foster <colin.foster@in-advantage.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alexei Starovoitov says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2021-12-30
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
We've added 72 non-merge commits during the last 20 day(s) which contain
a total of 223 files changed, 3510 insertions(+), 1591 deletions(-).
The main changes are:
1) Automatic setrlimit in libbpf when bpf is memcg's in the kernel, from Andrii.
2) Beautify and de-verbose verifier logs, from Christy.
3) Composable verifier types, from Hao.
4) bpf_strncmp helper, from Hou.
5) bpf.h header dependency cleanup, from Jakub.
6) get_func_[arg|ret|arg_cnt] helpers, from Jiri.
7) Sleepable local storage, from KP.
8) Extend kfunc with PTR_TO_CTX, PTR_TO_MEM argument support, from Kumar.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. Define more regs. Some switches (e.g. BCM4908) have up to 6 regs.
2. Add helper for handling non-lineral port <-> reg mappings.
3. Add support for 12 B LED reg blocks on BCM4908 (different layout)
Complete support for LEDs setup will be implemented once Linux receives
a proper design & implementation for "hardware" LEDs.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211229171642.22942-1-zajec5@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
sock.h is pretty heavily used (5k objects rebuilt on x86 after
it's touched). We can drop the include of filter.h from it and
add a forward declaration of struct sk_filter instead.
This decreases the number of rebuilt objects when bpf.h
is touched from ~5k to ~1k.
There's a lot of missing includes this was masking. Primarily
in networking tho, this time.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Stefano Garzarella <sgarzare@redhat.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20211229004913.513372-1-kuba@kernel.org
Add index to flow_action_entry structure and delete index from police and
gate child structure.
We make this change to offload tc action for driver to identify a tc
action.
Signed-off-by: Baowen Zheng <baowen.zheng@corigine.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove unneeded variable used to store return value.
Reported-by: Zeal Robot <zealci@zte.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: Changcheng Deng <deng.changcheng@zte.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Debug print uses invalid check to detect if speed is unforced:
(speed != SPEED_UNFORCED) should be used instead of (!speed).
Found by Linux Verification Center (linuxtesting.org) with SVACE.
Signed-off-by: Andrey Eremeev <Axtone4all@yandex.ru>
Fixes: 96a2b40c7b ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: add port's MAC speed setter")
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Recent net-next fails to initialize ports with:
realtek-smi switch: phy mode gmii is unsupported on port 0
realtek-smi switch lan5 (uninitialized): validation of gmii with
support 0000000,00000000,000062ef and advertisement
0000000,00000000,000062ef failed: -22
realtek-smi switch lan5 (uninitialized): failed to connect to PHY:
-EINVAL
realtek-smi switch lan5 (uninitialized): error -22 setting up PHY
for tree 1, switch 0, port 0
Current net branch(3dd7d40b43) is not
affected.
I also noticed the same issue before with older versions but using
a MDIO interface driver, not realtek-smi.
Tested-by: Arınç ÜNAL <arinc.unal@arinc9.com>
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The switch supports PTP for UDP transport too. Therefore, add the missing static
FDB entries to ensure correct forwarding of these packets.
Fixes: ddd56dfe52 ("net: dsa: hellcreek: Add PTP clock support")
Signed-off-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Allow PTP peer delay measurements on blocked ports by STP. In case of topology
changes the PTP stack can directly start with the correct delays.
Fixes: ddd56dfe52 ("net: dsa: hellcreek: Add PTP clock support")
Signed-off-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Treat STP as management traffic. STP traffic is designated for the CPU port
only. In addition, STP traffic has to pass blocked ports.
Fixes: e4b27ebc78 ("net: dsa: Add DSA driver for Hirschmann Hellcreek switches")
Signed-off-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The insertion of static FDB entries ignores the pass_blocked bit. That bit is
evaluated with regards to STP. Add the missing functionality.
Fixes: e4b27ebc78 ("net: dsa: Add DSA driver for Hirschmann Hellcreek switches")
Signed-off-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The driver was incorrectly converted assuming that "sja1105" is the only
tagger supported by this driver. This results in SJA1110 switches
failing to probe:
sja1105 spi1.0: Unable to connect to tag protocol "sja1110": -EPROTONOSUPPORT
sja1105: probe of spi1.2 failed with error -93
Add DSA_TAG_PROTO_SJA1110 to the list of supported taggers by the
sja1105 driver. The sja1105_tagger_data structure format is common for
the two tagging protocols.
Fixes: c79e84866d ("net: dsa: tag_sja1105: convert to tagger-owned data")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 94dd016ae5 ("bond: pass get_ts_info and SIOC[SG]HWTSTAMP
ioctl to active device") the user could get bond active interface's
PHC index directly. But when there is a failover, the bond active
interface will change, thus the PHC index is also changed. This may
break the user's program if they did not update the PHC timely.
This patch adds a new hwtstamp_config flag HWTSTAMP_FLAG_BONDED_PHC_INDEX.
When the user wants to get the bond active interface's PHC, they need to
add this flag and be aware the PHC index may be changed.
With the new flag. All flag checks in current drivers are removed. Only
the checking in net_hwtstamp_validate() is kept.
Suggested-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Hangbin Liu <liuhangbin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 64d47d50be ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: configure interface settings
in mac_config") removed forcing of speed and duplex from
mv88e6xxx_mac_config(), where the link is forced down, and left it only
in mv88e6xxx_mac_link_up(), by which time link is unforced.
It seems that (at least on 88E6190) when changing cmode to 2500base-x,
if the link is not forced down, but the speed or duplex are still
forced, the forcing of new settings for speed & duplex doesn't take in
mv88e6xxx_mac_link_up().
Fix this by unforcing speed & duplex in mv88e6xxx_mac_link_down().
Fixes: 64d47d50be ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: configure interface settings in mac_config")
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sja1105 driver messes with the tagging protocol's state when PTP RX
timestamping is enabled/disabled. This is fundamentally necessary
because the tagger needs to know what to do when it receives a PTP
packet. If RX timestamping is enabled, then a metadata follow-up frame
is expected, and this holds the (partial) timestamp. So the tagger plays
hide-and-seek with the network stack until it also gets the metadata
frame, and then presents a single packet, the timestamped PTP packet.
But when RX timestamping isn't enabled, there is no metadata frame
expected, so the hide-and-seek game must be turned off and the packet
must be delivered right away to the network stack.
Considering this, we create a pseudo isolation by devising two tagger
methods callable by the switch: one to get the RX timestamping state,
and one to set it. Since we can't export symbols between the tagger and
the switch driver, these methods are exposed through function pointers.
After this change, the public portion of the sja1105_tagger_data
contains only function pointers.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 6d709cadfd.
The above change was done to avoid calling symbols exported by the
switch driver from the tagging protocol driver.
With the tagger-owned storage model, we have a new option on our hands,
and that is for the switch driver to provide a data consumer handler in
the form of a function pointer inside the ->connect_tag_protocol()
method. Having a function pointer avoids the problems of the exported
symbols approach.
By creating a handler for metadata frames holding TX timestamps on
SJA1110, we are able to eliminate an skb queue from the tagger data, and
replace it with a simple, and stateless, function pointer. This skb
queue is now handled exclusively by sja1105_ptp.c, which makes the code
easier to follow, as it used to be before the reverted patch.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, struct sja1105_tagger_data is a part of struct
sja1105_private, and is used by the sja1105 driver to populate dp->priv.
With the movement towards tagger-owned storage, the sja1105 driver
should not be the owner of this memory.
This change implements the connection between the sja1105 switch driver
and its tagging protocol, which means that sja1105_tagger_data no longer
stays in dp->priv but in ds->tagger_data, and that the sja1105 driver
now only populates the sja1105_port_deferred_xmit callback pointer.
The kthread worker is now the responsibility of the tagger.
The sja1105 driver also alters the tagger's state some more, especially
with regard to the PTP RX timestamping state. This will be fixed up a
bit in further changes.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TX timestamp ID is incremented by the SJA1110 PTP timestamping
callback (->port_tx_timestamp) for every packet, when cloning it.
It isn't used by the tagger at all, even though it sits inside the
struct sja1105_tagger_data.
Also, serialization to this structure is currently done through
tagger_data->meta_lock, which is a cheap hack because the meta_lock
isn't used for anything else on SJA1110 (sja1105_rcv_meta_state_machine
isn't called).
This change moves ts_id from sja1105_tagger_data to sja1105_private and
introduces a dedicated spinlock for it, also in sja1105_private.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The design of the sja1105 tagger dp->priv is that each port has a
separate struct sja1105_port, and the sp->data pointer points to a
common struct sja1105_tagger_data.
We have removed all per-port members accessible by the tagger, and now
only struct sja1105_tagger_data remains. Make dp->priv point directly to
this.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This tagger property is in fact not used at all by the tagger, only by
the switch driver. Therefore it makes sense to be moved to
sja1105_private.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the ocelot-8021q driver was converted to deferred xmit as part of
commit 8d5f7954b7 ("net: dsa: felix: break at first CPU port during
init and teardown"), the deferred implementation was deliberately made
subtly different from what sja1105 has.
The implementation differences lied on the following observations:
- There might be a race between these two lines in tag_sja1105.c:
skb_queue_tail(&sp->xmit_queue, skb_get(skb));
kthread_queue_work(sp->xmit_worker, &sp->xmit_work);
and the skb dequeue logic in sja1105_port_deferred_xmit(). For
example, the xmit_work might be already queued, however the work item
has just finished walking through the skb queue. Because we don't
check the return code from kthread_queue_work, we don't do anything if
the work item is already queued.
However, nobody will take that skb and send it, at least until the
next timestampable skb is sent. This creates additional (and
avoidable) TX timestamping latency.
To close that race, what the ocelot-8021q driver does is it doesn't
keep a single work item per port, and a skb timestamping queue, but
rather dynamically allocates a work item per packet.
- It is also unnecessary to have more than one kthread that does the
work. So delete the per-port kthread allocations and replace them with
a single kthread which is global to the switch.
This change brings the two implementations in line by applying those
observations to the sja1105 driver as well.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This code is not necessary and complicates the conversion of this driver
to tagger-owned memory. If there is a PTP packet that is sent
concurrently with the port getting disabled, the deferred xmit mechanism
is robust enough to time out when it sees that it hasn't been delivered,
and recovers.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The felix driver makes very light use of dp->priv, and the tagger is
effectively stateless. dp->priv is practically only needed to set up a
callback to perform deferred xmit of PTP and STP packets using the
ocelot-8021q tagging protocol (the main ocelot tagging protocol makes no
use of dp->priv, although this driver sets up dp->priv irrespective of
actual tagging protocol in use).
struct felix_port (what used to be pointed to by dp->priv) is removed
and replaced with a two-sided structure. The public side of this
structure, visible to the switch driver, is ocelot_8021q_tagger_data.
The private side is ocelot_8021q_tagger_private, and the latter
structure physically encapsulates the former. The public half of the
tagger data structure can be accessed through a helper of the same name
(ocelot_8021q_tagger_data) which also sanity-checks the protocol
currently in use by the switch. The public/private split was requested
by Andrew Lunn.
Suggested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In a typical mv88e6xxx switch tree like this:
CPU
| .----.
.--0--. | .--0--.
| sw0 | | | sw1 |
'-1-2-' | '-1-2-'
'---'
If sw1p{1,2} are added to a bridge that sw0p1 is not a part of, sw0
still needs to add a crosschip PVT entry for the virtual DSA device
assigned to represent the bridge.
Fixes: ce5df6894a ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: map virtual bridges with forwarding offload in the PVT")
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Martyn Welch reports that his CPU port is unable to link where it has
been necessary to use one of the switch ports with an internal PHY for
the CPU port. The reason behind this is the port control register is
left forcing the link down, preventing traffic flow.
This occurs because during initialisation, phylink expects the link to
be down, and DSA forces the link down by synthesising a call to the
DSA drivers phylink_mac_link_down() method, but we don't touch the
forced-link state when we later reconfigure the port.
Resolve this by also unforcing the link state when we are operating in
PHY mode and the PPU is set to poll the PHY to retrieve link status
information.
Reported-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.com>
Tested-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.com>
Fixes: 3be98b2d5f ("net: dsa: Down cpu/dsa ports phylink will control")
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 5.7: 2b29cb9e3f: net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: fix "don't use PHY_DETECT on internal PHY's"
Signed-off-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/E1mvFhP-00F8Zb-Ul@rmk-PC.armlinux.org.uk
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Avoid a memory leak if there is not a CPU port defined.
Fixes: 8d5f7954b7 ("net: dsa: felix: break at first CPU port during init and teardown")
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 1492897 ("Resource leak")
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 1492899 ("Resource leak")
Signed-off-by: José Expósito <jose.exposito89@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211209110538.11585-1-jose.exposito89@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Added default case to handle undefined cmode scenario in
mv88e6393x_serdes_power() and mv88e6393x_serdes_power() methods.
Addresses-Coverity: 1494644 ("Uninitialized scalar variable")
Fixes: 21635d9203 (net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Fix application of erratum 4.8 for 88E6393X)
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Ameer Hamza <amhamza.mgc@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211209041552.9810-1-amhamza.mgc@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This commit fixes a misunderstanding in commit 4a3e0aeddf ("net: dsa:
mv88e6xxx: don't use PHY_DETECT on internal PHY's").
For Marvell DSA switches with the PHY_DETECT bit (for non-6250 family
devices), controls whether the PPU polls the PHY to retrieve the link,
speed, duplex and pause status to update the port configuration. This
applies for both internal and external PHYs.
For some switches such as 88E6352 and 88E6390X, PHY_DETECT has an
additional function of enabling auto-media mode between the internal
PHY and SERDES blocks depending on which first gains link.
The original intention of commit 5d5b231da7 (net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: use
PHY_DETECT in mac_link_up/mac_link_down) was to allow this bit to be
used to detect when this propagation is enabled, and allow software to
update the port configuration. This has found to be necessary for some
switches which do not automatically propagate status from the SERDES to
the port, which includes the 88E6390. However, commit 4a3e0aeddf
("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: don't use PHY_DETECT on internal PHY's") breaks
this assumption.
Maarten Zanders has confirmed that the issue he was addressing was for
an 88E6250 switch, which does not have a PHY_DETECT bit in bit 12, but
instead a link status bit. Therefore, mv88e6xxx_port_ppu_updates() does
not report correctly.
This patch resolves the above issues by reverting Maarten's change and
instead making mv88e6xxx_port_ppu_updates() indicate whether the port
is internal for the 88E6250 family of switches.
Yes, you're right, I'm targeting the 6250 family. And yes, your
suggestion would solve my case and is a better implementation for
the other devices (as far as I can see).
Fixes: 4a3e0aeddf ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: don't use PHY_DETECT on internal PHY's")
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Tested-by: Maarten Zanders <maarten.zanders@mind.be>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/E1muXm7-00EwJB-7n@rmk-PC.armlinux.org.uk
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
We don't really need new switch API for these, and with new switches
which intend to add support for this feature, it will become cumbersome
to maintain.
The change consists in restructuring the two drivers that implement this
offload (sja1105 and mv88e6xxx) such that the offload is enabled and
disabled from the ->port_bridge_{join,leave} methods instead of the old
->port_bridge_tx_fwd_{,un}offload.
The only non-trivial change is that mv88e6xxx_map_virtual_bridge_to_pvt()
has been moved to avoid a forward declaration, and the
mv88e6xxx_reg_lock() calls from inside it have been removed, since
locking is now done from mv88e6xxx_port_bridge_{join,leave}.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvin Šipraga <alsi@bang-olufsen.dk>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This is a preparation patch for the removal of the DSA switch methods
->port_bridge_tx_fwd_offload() and ->port_bridge_tx_fwd_unoffload().
The plan is for the switch to report whether it offloads TX forwarding
directly as a response to the ->port_bridge_join() method.
This change deals with the noisy portion of converting all existing
function prototypes to take this new boolean pointer argument.
The bool is placed in the cross-chip notifier structure for bridge join,
and a reference to it is provided to drivers. In the next change, DSA
will then actually look at this value instead of calling
->port_bridge_tx_fwd_offload().
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvin Šipraga <alsi@bang-olufsen.dk>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The main desire behind this is to provide coherent bridge information to
the fast path without locking.
For example, right now we set dp->bridge_dev and dp->bridge_num from
separate code paths, it is theoretically possible for a packet
transmission to read these two port properties consecutively and find a
bridge number which does not correspond with the bridge device.
Another desire is to start passing more complex bridge information to
dsa_switch_ops functions. For example, with FDB isolation, it is
expected that drivers will need to be passed the bridge which requested
an FDB/MDB entry to be offloaded, and along with that bridge_dev, the
associated bridge_num should be passed too, in case the driver might
want to implement an isolation scheme based on that number.
We already pass the {bridge_dev, bridge_num} pair to the TX forwarding
offload switch API, however we'd like to remove that and squash it into
the basic bridge join/leave API. So that means we need to pass this
pair to the bridge join/leave API.
During dsa_port_bridge_leave, first we unset dp->bridge_dev, then we
call the driver's .port_bridge_leave with what used to be our
dp->bridge_dev, but provided as an argument.
When bridge_dev and bridge_num get folded into a single structure, we
need to preserve this behavior in dsa_port_bridge_leave: we need a copy
of what used to be in dp->bridge.
Switch drivers check bridge membership by comparing dp->bridge_dev with
the provided bridge_dev, but now, if we provide the struct dsa_bridge as
a pointer, they cannot keep comparing dp->bridge to the provided
pointer, since this only points to an on-stack copy. To make this
obvious and prevent driver writers from forgetting and doing stupid
things, in this new API, the struct dsa_bridge is provided as a full
structure (not very large, contains an int and a pointer) instead of a
pointer. An explicit comparison function needs to be used to determine
bridge membership: dsa_port_offloads_bridge().
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvin Šipraga <alsi@bang-olufsen.dk>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The location of the bridge device pointer and number is going to change.
It is not going to be kept individually per port, but in a common
structure allocated dynamically and which will have lockdep validation.
Use the helpers to access these elements so that we have a migration
path to the new organization.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The goal of this change is to reduce mv88e6xxx_port_vlan() to a form
where dsa_port_bridge_same() can be used, since the dp->bridge_dev
pointer will be hidden in a future change.
To do that, we observe that the "br" pointer is deduced from a
dp->bridge_dev in both cases (of a physical switch port as well as a
virtual bridge). So instead of keeping the "br" pointer, we can just
keep the "dp" pointer from which "br" gets derived.
In the last iteration over switch ports, we must use another iterator
variable, "other_dp"since now we use the "dp" variable to keep an
indirect reference to the bridge. While at it, the old code used to
filter only the ports which were part of the same switch as "ds".
There exists a dedicated DSA port iterator for that:
dsa_switch_for_each_port (which skips the ports in the tree that belong
to non-local switches), so we can just use that.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Avoid a plethora of dsa_to_port() calls (some hidden behind
dsa_is_*_port and some in plain sight) by keeping two struct dsa_port
references: one to the port passed as argument, and another to the other
ports of the switch that we're iterating over.
This isn't called from the DSA initialization path, so there is no risk
that we have user ports without a dp->slave populated. So the combined
checks that a port isn't a DSA port, a CPU port, or doesn't have a slave
net device (therefore is unused), are strictly equivalent to the simple
check that the port is a user port. This is already handled by the DSA
iterator.
i gets replaced by other_dp->index, dsa_is_*_port calls get replaced by
dsa_port_is_*, and dsa_to_port gets replaced by the respective pointer
directly.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Avoid repeated calls to dsa_to_port() (some hidden behind dsa_is_user_port
and some in plain sight) by keeping two struct dsa_port references: one
to the port passed as argument, and another to the other ports of the
switch that we're iterating over.
dsa_to_port(ds, i) gets replaced by other_dp, i gets replaced by
other_port which is derived from other_dp->index, dsa_is_user_port is
handled by the DSA iterator.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The service where DSA assigns a unique bridge number for each forwarding
domain is useful even for drivers which do not implement the TX
forwarding offload feature.
For example, drivers might use the dp->bridge_num for FDB isolation.
So rename ds->num_fwd_offloading_bridges to ds->max_num_bridges, and
calculate a unique bridge_num for all drivers that set this value.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvin Šipraga <alsi@bang-olufsen.dk>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
I have seen too many bugs already due to the fact that we must encode an
invalid dp->bridge_num as a negative value, because the natural tendency
is to check that invalid value using (!dp->bridge_num). Latest example
can be seen in commit 1bec0f0506 ("net: dsa: fix bridge_num not
getting cleared after ports leaving the bridge").
Convert the existing users to assume that dp->bridge_num == 0 is the
encoding for invalid, and valid bridge numbers start from 1.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvin Šipraga <alsi@bang-olufsen.dk>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Fix following coccicheck warning:
/drivers/net/dsa/ocelot/felix_vsc9959.c:1627:13-20:
WARNING opportunity for kmemdup
/drivers/net/dsa/ocelot/felix_vsc9959.c:1506:16-23:
WARNING opportunity for kmemdup
Signed-off-by: Yihao Han <hanyihao@vivo.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211207064419.38632-1-hanyihao@vivo.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Add an interface so that non-mmio regmaps can be used
Signed-off-by: Colin Foster <colin.foster@in-advantage.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Existing felix devices all have an initialized pcs array. Future devices
might not, so running a NULL check on the array before dereferencing it
will allow those future drivers to not crash at this point
Signed-off-by: Colin Foster <colin.foster@in-advantage.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The pci_bar variables for the switch and imdio don't make sense for the
generic felix driver. Moving them to felix_vsc9959 to limit scope and
simplify the felix_info struct.
Signed-off-by: Colin Foster <colin.foster@in-advantage.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
GPIO library does copy the of_node from the parent device of
the GPIO chip, there is no need to repeat this in the individual
drivers. Remove assignment here.
For the details one may look into the of_gpio_dev_init() implementation.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently autoloading for SPI devices does not use the DT ID table, it
uses SPI modalises. Supporting OF modalises is going to be difficult if
not impractical, an attempt was made but has been reverted, so ensure
that module autoloading works for this driver by adding an id_table
listing the SPI IDs for everything.
Fixes: 96c8395e21 ("spi: Revert modalias changes")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Populate the supported interfaces and MAC capabilities for the Lantiq
DSA switches and remove the old validate implementation to allow DSA to
use phylink_generic_validate() for this switch driver.
The exclusion of Gigabit linkmodes for MII, Reverse MII and Reduced MII
links is handled within phylink_generic_validate() in phylink, so there
is no need to make them conditional on the interface mode in the driver.
Reviewed-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Populate the supported interfaces and MAC capabilities for the
hellcreek DSA switch and remove the old validate implementation to
allow DSA to use phylink_generic_validate() for this switch driver.
The switch actually only supports MII and RGMII, but as phylib defaults
to GMII, we need to include this interface mode to keep existing DT
working.
Reviewed-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Tested-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Function mv88e6xxx_serdes_pcs_get_state() currently does not report link
up if AN is enabled, Link bit is set, but Speed and Duplex Resolved bit
is not set, which testing shows is the case for when auto-negotiation
was bypassed (we have AN enabled but link partner does not).
An example of such link partner is Marvell 88X3310 PHY, when put into
the mode where host interface changes between 10gbase-r, 5gbase-r,
2500base-x and sgmii according to copper speed. The 88X3310 does not
enable AN in 2500base-x, and so SerDes on mv88e6xxx currently does not
link with it.
Fix this.
Fixes: a5a6858b79 ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: extend phylink to Serdes PHYs")
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Inband AN is broken on Amethyst in 2500base-x mode when set by standard
mechanism (via cmode).
(There probably is some weird setting done by default in the switch for
this mode that make it cycle in some state or something, because when
the peer is the mvneta controller, it receives link change interrupts
every ~0.3ms, but the link is always down.)
Get around this by configuring the PCS mode to 1000base-x (where inband
AN works), and then changing the SerDes frequency while SerDes
transmitter and receiver are disabled, before enabling SerDes PHY. After
disabling SerDes PHY, change the PCS mode back to 2500base-x, to avoid
confusing the device (if we leave it at 1000base-x PCS mode but with
different frequency, and then change cmode to sgmii, the device won't
change the frequency because it thinks it already has the correct one).
The register which changes the frequency is undocumented. I discovered
it by going through all registers in the ranges 4.f000-4.f100 and
1e.8000-1e.8200 for all SerDes cmodes (sgmii, 1000base-x, 2500base-x,
5gbase-r, 10gbase-r, usxgmii) and filtering out registers that didn't
make sense (the value was the same for modes which have different
frequency). The result of this was:
reg sgmii 1000base-x 2500base-x 5gbase-r 10gbase-r usxgmii
04.f002 005b 0058 0059 005c 005d 005f
04.f076 3000 0000 1000 4000 5000 7000
04.f07c 0950 0950 1850 0550 0150 0150
1e.8000 0059 0059 0058 0055 0051 0051
1e.8140 0e20 0e20 0e28 0e21 0e42 0e42
Register 04.f002 is the documented Port Operational Confiuration
register, it's last 3 bits select PCS type, so changing this register
also changes the frequency to the appropriate value.
Registers 04.f076 and 04.f07c are not writable.
Undocumented register 1e.8000 was the one: changing bits 3:0 from 9 to 8
changed SerDes frequency to 3.125 GHz, while leaving the value of PCS
mode in register 04.f002.2:0 at 1000base-x. Inband autonegotiation
started working correctly.
(I didn't try anything with register 1e.8140 since 1e.8000 solved the
problem.)
Since I don't have documentation for this register 1e.8000.3:0, I am
using the constants without names, but my hypothesis is that this
register selects PHY frequency. If in the future I have access to an
oscilloscope able to handle these frequencies, I will try to test this
hypothesis.
Fixes: de776d0d31 ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: add support for mv88e6393x family")
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add fix for erratum 5.2 of the 88E6393X (Amethyst) family: for 10gbase-r
mode, some undocumented registers need to be written some special
values.
Fixes: de776d0d31 ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: add support for mv88e6393x family")
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Save power on 88E6393X by disabling SerDes receiver and transmitter
after SerDes is SerDes is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # de776d0d31 ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: add support for mv88e6393x family")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The check for lane is unnecessary, since the function is called only
with allowed lane argument.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to SERDES scripts for 88E6393X, erratum 4.8 has to be applied
every time before SerDes is powered on.
Split the code for erratum 4.8 into separate function and call it in
mv88e6393x_serdes_power().
Fixes: de776d0d31 ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: add support for mv88e6393x family")
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Zero-length and one-element arrays are deprecated, see
Documentation/process/deprecated.rst
Flexible-array members should be used instead.
Generated by: scripts/coccinelle/misc/flexible_array.cocci
Fixes: 23ae3a7877 ("net: dsa: felix: add stream gate settings for psfp")
CC: Xiaoliang Yang <xiaoliang.yang_1@nxp.com>
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <julia.lawall@inria.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Switch to a shared MDIO access implementation by way of the mdio-mscc-miim
driver.
Signed-off-by: Colin Foster <colin.foster@in-advantage.com>
Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Switch seville to use of_mdiobus_register(bus, NULL) instead of just
mdiobus_register. This code is about to be pulled into a separate module
that can optionally define ports by the device_node.
Signed-off-by: Colin Foster <colin.foster@in-advantage.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A contact at Realtek has clarified what exactly the units of RGMII RX
delay are. The answer is that the unit of RX delay is "about 0.3 ns".
Take this into account when parsing rx-internal-delay-ps by
approximating the closest step value. Delays of more than 2.1 ns are
rejected.
This obviously contradicts the previous assumption in the driver that a
step value of 4 was "about 2 ns", but Realtek also points out that it is
easy to find more than one RX delay step value which makes RGMII work.
Fixes: 4af2950c50 ("net: dsa: realtek-smi: add rtl8365mb subdriver for RTL8365MB-VC")
Cc: Arınç ÜNAL <arinc.unal@arinc9.com>
Signed-off-by: Alvin Šipraga <alsi@bang-olufsen.dk>
Acked-by: Arınç ÜNAL <arinc.unal@arinc9.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: 4af2950c50 ("net: dsa: realtek-smi: add rtl8365mb subdriver for RTL8365MB-VC")
Signed-off-by: Alvin Šipraga <alsi@bang-olufsen.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Probe deferral is not an error, so don't log this as an error:
[0.590156] realtek-smi ethernet-switch: unable to register switch ret = -517
Signed-off-by: Alvin Šipraga <alsi@bang-olufsen.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This switch family can have up to 8 UTP ports {0..7}. However,
INDIRECT_ACCESS_ADDRESS_PHYNUM_MASK was using 2 bits instead of 3,
dropping the most significant bit during indirect register reads and
writes. Reading or writing ports 4, 5, 6, and 7 registers was actually
manipulating, respectively, ports 0, 1, 2, and 3 registers.
This is not sufficient but necessary to support any variant with more
than 4 UTP ports, like RTL8367S.
rtl8365mb_phy_{read,write} will now returns -EINVAL if phy is greater
than 7.
Fixes: 4af2950c50 ("net: dsa: realtek-smi: add rtl8365mb subdriver for RTL8365MB-VC")
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current driver version is able to handle only one bridge at time.
Configuring two bridges on two different ports would end up shorting this
bridges by HW. To reproduce it:
ip l a name br0 type bridge
ip l a name br1 type bridge
ip l s dev br0 up
ip l s dev br1 up
ip l s lan1 master br0
ip l s dev lan1 up
ip l s lan2 master br1
ip l s dev lan2 up
Ping on lan1 and get response on lan2, which should not happen.
This happened, because current driver version is storing one global "Port VLAN
Membership" and applying it to all ports which are members of any
bridge.
To solve this issue, we need to handle each port separately.
This patch is dropping the global port member storage and calculating
membership dynamically depending on STP state and bridge participation.
Note: STP support was broken before this patch and should be fixed
separately.
Fixes: c2e866911e ("net: dsa: microchip: break KSZ9477 DSA driver into two files")
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211126123926.2981028-1-o.rempel@pengutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The VSC9959 switch embedded within NXP LS1028A (and that version of
Ocelot switches only) supports cut-through forwarding - meaning it can
start the process of looking up the destination ports for a packet, and
forward towards those ports, before the entire packet has been received
(as opposed to the store-and-forward mode).
The up side is having lower forwarding latency for large packets. The
down side is that frames with FCS errors are forwarded instead of being
dropped. However, erroneous frames do not result in incorrect updates of
the FDB or incorrect policer updates, since these processes are deferred
inside the switch to the end of frame. Since the switch starts the
cut-through forwarding process after all packet headers (including IP,
if any) have been processed, packets with large headers and small
payload do not see the benefit of lower forwarding latency.
There are two cases that need special attention.
The first is when a packet is multicast (or flooded) to multiple
destinations, one of which doesn't have cut-through forwarding enabled.
The switch deals with this automatically by disabling cut-through
forwarding for the frame towards all destination ports.
The second is when a packet is forwarded from a port of lower link speed
towards a port of higher link speed. This is not handled by the hardware
and needs software intervention.
Since we practically need to update the cut-through forwarding domain
from paths that aren't serialized by the rtnl_mutex (phylink
mac_link_down/mac_link_up ops), this means we need to serialize physical
link events with user space updates of bonding/bridging domains.
Enabling cut-through forwarding is done per {egress port, traffic class}.
I don't see any reason why this would be a configurable option as long
as it works without issues, and there doesn't appear to be any user
space configuration tool to toggle this on/off, so this patch enables
cut-through forwarding on all eligible ports and traffic classes.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211125125808.2383984-2-vladimir.oltean@nxp.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Fix warning reported by bot.
Make sure hash is init to 0 and fix wrong logic for hash_type in
qca8k_lag_can_offload.
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Fixes: def975307c ("net: dsa: qca8k: add LAG support")
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211123154446.31019-1-ansuelsmth@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Add LAG support to this switch. In Documentation this is described as
trunk mode. A max of 4 LAGs are supported and each can support up to 4
port. The current tx mode supported is Hash mode with both L2 and L2+3
mode.
When no port are present in the trunk, the trunk is disabled in the
switch.
When a port is disconnected, the traffic is redirected to the other
available port.
The hash mode is global and each LAG require to have the same hash mode
set. To change the hash mode when multiple LAG are configured, it's
required to remove each LAG and set the desired hash mode to the last.
An error is printed when it's asked to set a not supported hadh mode.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The switch supports mirror mode. Only one port can set as mirror port and
every other port can set to both ingress and egress mode. The mirror
port is disabled and reverted to normal operation once every port is
removed from sending packet to it.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for mdb add/del function. The ARL table is used to insert
the rule. The rule will be searched, deleted and reinserted with the
port mask updated. The function will check if the rule has to be updated
or insert directly with no deletion of the old rule.
If every port is removed from the port mask, the rule is removed.
The rule is set STATIC in the ARL table (aka it doesn't age) to not be
flushed by fast age function.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
qca8k support setting ageing time in step of 7s. Add support for it and
set the max value accepted of 7645m.
Documentation talks about support for 10000m but that values doesn't
make sense as the value doesn't match the max value in the reg.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The switch supports fast aging by flushing any rule in the ARL
table for a specific port.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We are currently missing 2 additionals MIB counter present in QCA833x
switch.
QC832x switch have 39 MIB counter and QCA833X have 41 MIB counter.
Add the additional MIB counter and rework the MIB function to print the
correct supported counter from the match_data struct.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert any qca8k set/clear/pool to regmap helper and add
missing config to regmap_config struct.
Read/write/rmw operation are reworked to use the regmap helper
internally to keep the delta of this patch low. These additional
function will then be dropped when the code split will be proposed.
Ipq40xx SoC have the internal switch based on the qca8k regmap but use
mmio for read/write/rmw operation instead of mdio.
In preparation for the support of this internal switch, convert the
driver to regmap API to later split the driver to common and specific
code. The overhead introduced by the use of regamp API is marginal as the
internal mdio will bypass it by using its direct access and regmap will be
used only by configuration functions or fdb access.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for regmap conversion, move regmap init in the probe
function and make it mandatory as any read/write/rmw operation will be
converted to regmap API.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mutex is already init in sw_probe. Remove the extra init in qca8k_setup.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert and try to standardize bit fields using
GENMASK/FIELD_PREP/FIELD_GET macros. Rework some logic to support the
standard macro and tidy things up. No functional change intended.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The very next check for port 0 and 6 already makes sure we don't go out
of bounds with the ports_config delay table.
Remove the redundant check.
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
qca8k has a global MTU, so its tracking the MTU per port to make sure
that the largest MTU gets applied.
Since it uses the frame size instead of MTU the driver MTU change function
will then add the size of Ethernet header and checksum on top of MTU.
The driver currently populates the per port MTU size as Ethernet frame
length + checksum which equals 1518.
The issue is that then MTU change function will go through all of the
ports, find the largest MTU and apply the Ethernet header + checksum on
top of it again, so for a desired MTU of 1500 you will end up with 1536.
This is obviously incorrect, so to correct it populate the per port struct
MTU with just the MTU and not include the Ethernet header + checksum size
as those will be added by the MTU change function.
Fixes: f58d2598cf ("net: dsa: qca8k: implement the port MTU callbacks")
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With SGMII phy the internal delay is always applied to the PAD0 config.
This is caused by the falling edge configuration that hardcode the reg
to PAD0 (as the falling edge bits are present only in PAD0 reg)
Move the delay configuration before the reg overwrite to correctly apply
the delay.
Fixes: cef0811584 ("net: dsa: qca8k: set internal delay also for sgmii")
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PSFP rules take effect on the streams from any port of VSC9959 switch.
This patch use ingress port to limit the rule only active on this port.
Each stream can only match two ingress source ports in VSC9959. Streams
from lowest port gets the configuration of SFID pointed by MAC Table
lookup and streams from highest port gets the configuration of (SFID+1)
pointed by MAC Table lookup. This patch defines the PSFP rule on highest
port as dummy rule, which means that it does not modify the MAC table.
Signed-off-by: Xiaoliang Yang <xiaoliang.yang_1@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch add police action to set flow meter table which is defined
in IEEE802.1Qci. Flow metering is two rates two buckets and three color
marker to policing the frames, we only enable one rate one bucket in
this patch.
Flow metering shares a same policer pool with VCAP policers, so the PSFP
policer calls ocelot_vcap_policer_add() and ocelot_vcap_policer_del() to
set flow meter police.
Signed-off-by: Xiaoliang Yang <xiaoliang.yang_1@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Policer was previously automatically assigned from the highest index to
the lowest index from policer pool. But police action of tc flower now
uses index to set an police entry. This patch uses the police index to
set vcap policers, so that one policer can be shared by multiple rules.
Signed-off-by: Xiaoliang Yang <xiaoliang.yang_1@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds stream gate settings for PSFP. Use SGI table to store
stream gate entries. Disable the gate entry when it is not used by any
stream.
Signed-off-by: Xiaoliang Yang <xiaoliang.yang_1@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
VSC9959 supports Per-Stream Filtering and Policing(PSFP) that complies
with the IEEE 802.1Qci standard. The stream is identified by Null stream
identification(DMAC and VLAN ID) defined in IEEE802.1CB.
For PSFP, four tables need to be set up: stream table, stream filter
table, stream gate table, and flow meter table. Identify the stream by
parsing the tc flower keys and add it to the stream table. The stream
filter table is automatically maintained, and its index is determined by
SGID(flow gate index) and FMID(flow meter index).
Signed-off-by: Xiaoliang Yang <xiaoliang.yang_1@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
vsc73xx_remove() returns zero unconditionally and no caller checks the
returned value. So convert the function to return no value.
Signed-off-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Model 88E6191X only supports >1G speeds on port 10. Port 0 and 9 are
only 1G.
Fixes: de776d0d31 ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: add support for mv88e6393x family")
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Cc: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211104171747.10509-1-kabel@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Normally it is expected that the dsa_device_ops :: rcv() method finishes
parsing the DSA tag and consumes it, then never looks at it again.
But commit c0bcf53766 ("net: dsa: ocelot: add hardware timestamping
support for Felix") added support for RX timestamping in a very
unconventional way. On this switch, a partial timestamp is available in
the DSA header, but the driver got away with not parsing that timestamp
right away, but instead delayed that parsing for a little longer:
dsa_switch_rcv():
nskb = cpu_dp->rcv(skb, dev); <------------- not here
-> ocelot_rcv()
...
skb = nskb;
skb_push(skb, ETH_HLEN);
skb->pkt_type = PACKET_HOST;
skb->protocol = eth_type_trans(skb, skb->dev);
...
if (dsa_skb_defer_rx_timestamp(p, skb)) <--- but here
-> felix_rxtstamp()
return 0;
When in felix_rxtstamp(), this driver accounted for the fact that
eth_type_trans() happened in the meanwhile, so it got a hold of the
extraction header again by subtracting (ETH_HLEN + OCELOT_TAG_LEN) bytes
from the current skb->data.
This worked for quite some time but was quite fragile from the very
beginning. Not to mention that having DSA tag parsing split in two
different files, under different folders (net/dsa/tag_ocelot.c vs
drivers/net/dsa/ocelot/felix.c) made it quite non-obvious for patches to
come that they might break this.
Finally, the blamed commit does the following: at the end of
ocelot_rcv(), it checks whether the skb payload contains a VLAN header.
If it does, and this port is under a VLAN-aware bridge, that VLAN ID
might not be correct in the sense that the packet might have suffered
VLAN rewriting due to TCAM rules (VCAP IS1). So we consume the VLAN ID
from the skb payload using __skb_vlan_pop(), and take the classified
VLAN ID from the DSA tag, and construct a hwaccel VLAN tag with the
classified VLAN, and the skb payload is VLAN-untagged.
The big problem is that __skb_vlan_pop() does:
memmove(skb->data + VLAN_HLEN, skb->data, 2 * ETH_ALEN);
__skb_pull(skb, VLAN_HLEN);
aka it moves the Ethernet header 4 bytes to the right, and pulls 4 bytes
from the skb headroom (effectively also moving skb->data, by definition).
So for felix_rxtstamp()'s fragile logic, all bets are off now.
Instead of having the "extraction" pointer point to the DSA header,
it actually points to 4 bytes _inside_ the extraction header.
Corollary, the last 4 bytes of the "extraction" header are in fact 4
stale bytes of the destination MAC address from the Ethernet header,
from prior to the __skb_vlan_pop() movement.
So of course, RX timestamps are completely bogus when the system is
configured in this way.
The fix is actually very simple: just don't structure the code like that.
For better or worse, the DSA PTP timestamping API does not offer a
straightforward way for drivers to present their RX timestamps, but
other drivers (sja1105) have established a simple mechanism to carry
their RX timestamp from dsa_device_ops :: rcv() all the way to
dsa_switch_ops :: port_rxtstamp() and even later. That mechanism is to
simply save the partial timestamp to the skb->cb, and complete it later.
Question: why don't we simply populate the skb's struct
skb_shared_hwtstamps from ocelot_rcv(), and bother with this
complication of propagating the timestamp to felix_rxtstamp()?
Answer: dsa_switch_ops :: port_rxtstamp() answers the question whether
PTP packets need sleepable context to retrieve the full RX timestamp.
Currently felix_rxtstamp() answers "no, thanks" to that question, and
calls ocelot_ptp_gettime64() from softirq atomic context. This is
understandable, since Felix VSC9959 is a PCIe memory-mapped switch, so
hardware access does not require sleeping. But the felix driver is
preparing for the introduction of other switches where hardware access
is over a slow bus like SPI or MDIO:
https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/20210814025003.2449143-1-colin.foster@in-advantage.com/
So I would like to keep this code structure, so the rework needed when
that driver will need PTP support will be minimal (answer "yes, I need
deferred context for this skb's RX timestamp", then the partial
timestamp will still be found in the skb->cb.
Fixes: ea440cd2d9 ("net: dsa: tag_ocelot: use VLAN information from tagging header when available")
Reported-by: Po Liu <po.liu@nxp.com>
Cc: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some device set MAC06 exchange in the bootloader. This cause some
problem as we don't support this strange mode and we just set the port6
as the primary CPU port. With MAC06 exchange, PAD0 reg configure port6
instead of port0. Add an extra check and explicitly disable MAC06 exchange
to correctly configure the port PAD config.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Fixes: 3fcf734aa4 ("net: dsa: qca8k: add support for cpu port 6")
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The GSWIP switch accesses various bridging layer tables (VLANs, FDBs,
forwarding rules) indirectly through PCE registers. These hardware
accesses are non-atomic, being comprised of several register reads and
writes.
These accesses are currently serialized by the rtnl_lock, but DSA is
changing its driver API and that lock will no longer be held when
calling ->port_fdb_add() and ->port_fdb_del().
So this driver needs to serialize the access to the PCE registers using
its own locking scheme. This patch adds that.
Note that the driver also uses the gswip_pce_load_microcode() function
to load a static configuration for the packet classification engine into
a table using the same registers. It is currently not protected, but
since that configuration is only done from the dsa_switch_ops :: setup
method, there is no risk of it being concurrent with other operations.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The b53 driver performs non-atomic transactions to the ARL table when
adding, deleting and reading FDB and MDB entries.
Traditionally these were all serialized by the rtnl_lock(), but now it
is possible that DSA calls ->port_fdb_add and ->port_fdb_del without
holding that lock.
So the driver must have its own serialization logic. Add a mutex and
hold it from all entry points (->port_fdb_{add,del,dump},
->port_mdb_{add,del}).
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sja1105 hardware seems as concurrent as can be, but when we create a
background script that adds/removes a rain of FDB entries without the
rtnl_mutex taken, then in parallel we do another operation like run
'bridge fdb show', we can notice these errors popping up:
sja1105 spi2.0: port 2 failed to read back entry for 00:01:02:03:00:40 vid 0: -ENOENT
sja1105 spi2.0: port 2 failed to add 00:01:02:03:00:40 vid 0 to fdb: -2
sja1105 spi2.0: port 2 failed to read back entry for 00:01:02:03:00:46 vid 0: -ENOENT
sja1105 spi2.0: port 2 failed to add 00:01:02:03:00:46 vid 0 to fdb: -2
Luckily what is going on does not require a major rework in the driver.
The sja1105_dynamic_config_read() function sends multiple SPI buffers to
the peripheral until the operation completes. We should not do anything
until the hardware clears the VALID bit.
But since there is no locking (i.e. right now we are implicitly
serialized by the rtnl_mutex, but if we remove that), it might be
possible that the process which performs the dynamic config read is
preempted and another one performs a dynamic config write.
What will happen in that case is that sja1105_dynamic_config_read(),
when it resumes, expects to see VALIDENT set for the entry it reads
back. But it won't.
This can be corrected by introducing a mutex for serializing SPI
accesses to the dynamic config interface which should be atomic with
respect to each other.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The hardware manual says that software should attempt a new dynamic
config access (be it a a write or a read-back) only while the VALID bit
is cleared. The VALID bit is set by software to 1, and it remains set as
long as the hardware is still processing the request.
Currently the driver only polls for the command completion only for
reads, because that's when we need the actual data read back. Writes
have been more or less "asynchronous", although this has never been an
observable issue.
This change makes sja1105_dynamic_config_write poll the VALID bit as
well, to absolutely ensure that a follow-up access to the static config
finds the VALID bit cleared.
So VALID means "work in progress", while VALIDENT means "entry being
read is valid". On reads we check the VALIDENT bit too, while on writes
that bit is not always defined. So we need to factor it out of the loop,
and make the loop provide back the unpacked command structure, so that
sja1105_dynamic_config_read can check the VALIDENT bit.
The change also attempts to convert the open-coded loop to use the
read_poll_timeout macro, since I know this will come up during review.
It's more code, but hey, it uses read_poll_timeout!
Tested on SJA1105T, SJA1105S, SJA1110A.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Looking at the code, the GSWIP switch appears to hold bridging service
structures (VLANs, FDBs, forwarding rules) in PCE table entries.
Hardware access to the PCE table is non-atomic, and is comprised of
several register reads and writes.
These accesses are currently serialized by the rtnl_lock, but DSA is
changing its driver API and that lock will no longer be held when
calling ->port_fdb_add() and ->port_fdb_del().
So this driver needs to serialize the access to the PCE table using its
own locking scheme. This patch adds that.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The b53 driver performs non-atomic transactions to the ARL table when
adding, deleting and reading FDB and MDB entries.
Traditionally these were all serialized by the rtnl_lock(), but now it
is possible that DSA calls ->port_fdb_add and ->port_fdb_del without
holding that lock.
So the driver must have its own serialization logic. Add a mutex and
hold it from all entry points (->port_fdb_{add,del,dump},
->port_mdb_{add,del}).
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sja1105 hardware seems as concurrent as can be, but when we create a
background script that adds/removes a rain of FDB entries without the
rtnl_mutex taken, then in parallel we do another operation like run
'bridge fdb show', we can notice these errors popping up:
sja1105 spi2.0: port 2 failed to read back entry for 00:01:02:03:00:40 vid 0: -ENOENT
sja1105 spi2.0: port 2 failed to add 00:01:02:03:00:40 vid 0 to fdb: -2
sja1105 spi2.0: port 2 failed to read back entry for 00:01:02:03:00:46 vid 0: -ENOENT
sja1105 spi2.0: port 2 failed to add 00:01:02:03:00:46 vid 0 to fdb: -2
Luckily what is going on does not require a major rework in the driver.
The sja1105_dynamic_config_read() function sends multiple SPI buffers to
the peripheral until the operation completes. We should not do anything
until the hardware clears the VALID bit.
But since there is no locking (i.e. right now we are implicitly
serialized by the rtnl_mutex, but if we remove that), it might be
possible that the process which performs the dynamic config read is
preempted and another one performs a dynamic config write.
What will happen in that case is that sja1105_dynamic_config_read(),
when it resumes, expects to see VALIDENT set for the entry it reads
back. But it won't.
This can be corrected by introducing a mutex for serializing SPI
accesses to the dynamic config interface which should be atomic with
respect to each other.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The hardware manual says that software should attempt a new dynamic
config access (be it a a write or a read-back) only while the VALID bit
is cleared. The VALID bit is set by software to 1, and it remains set as
long as the hardware is still processing the request.
Currently the driver only polls for the command completion only for
reads, because that's when we need the actual data read back. Writes
have been more or less "asynchronous", although this has never been an
observable issue.
This change makes sja1105_dynamic_config_write poll the VALID bit as
well, to absolutely ensure that a follow-up access to the static config
finds the VALID bit cleared.
So VALID means "work in progress", while VALIDENT means "entry being
read is valid". On reads we check the VALIDENT bit too, while on writes
that bit is not always defined. So we need to factor it out of the loop,
and make the loop provide back the unpacked command structure, so that
sja1105_dynamic_config_read can check the VALIDENT bit.
The change also attempts to convert the open-coded loop to use the
read_poll_timeout macro, since I know this will come up during review.
It's more code, but hey, it uses read_poll_timeout!
Tested on SJA1105T, SJA1105S, SJA1110A.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This converts users of mdiobus to mdiodev using the following semantic
patch:
@@
identifier mdiodev;
expression regnum;
@@
- mdiobus_read(mdiodev->bus, mdiodev->addr, regnum)
+ mdiodev_read(mdiodev, regnum)
@@
identifier mdiodev;
expression regnum, val;
@@
- mdiobus_write(mdiodev->bus, mdiodev->addr, regnum, val)
+ mdiodev_write(mdiodev, regnum, val)
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix following coccicheck warning:
./drivers/net/dsa/sja1105/sja1105_main.c:1193:1-33: WARNING: Function
for_each_available_child_of_node should have of_node_put() before return.
Early exits from for_each_available_child_of_node should decrement the
node reference counter.
Fixes: 9ca482a246 ("net: dsa: sja1105: parse {rx, tx}-internal-delay-ps properties for RGMII delays")
Signed-off-by: Wan Jiabing <wanjiabing@vivo.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211021094606.7118-1-wanjiabing@vivo.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Pass a single argument to dsa_8021q_rx_vid and dsa_8021q_tx_vid that
contains the necessary information from the two arguments that are
currently provided: the switch and the port number.
Also rename those functions so that they have a dsa_port_* prefix, since
they operate on a struct dsa_port *.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tidy and organize qca8k setup function from multiple for loop.
Change for loop in bridge leave/join to scan all port and skip cpu port.
No functional change intended.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change does not fix any functional issue or address any real life
use case that wasn't possible before. It is just a small step in the
process of standardizing the way in which Ethernet MAC drivers may apply
RGMII delays (traditionally these have been applied by PHYs, with no
clear definition of what to do in the case of a fixed-link).
The sja1105 driver used to apply MAC-level RGMII delays on the RX data
lines when in fixed-link mode and using a phy-mode of "rgmii-rxid" or
"rgmii-id" and on the TX data lines when using "rgmii-txid" or "rgmii-id".
But the standard definitions don't say anything about behaving
differently when the port is in fixed-link vs when it isn't, and the new
device tree bindings are about having a way of applying the delays in a
way that is independent of the phy-mode and of the fixed-link property.
When the {rx,tx}-internal-delay-ps properties are present, use them,
otherwise fall back to the old behavior and warn.
One other thing to note is that the SJA1105 hardware applies a delay
value in degrees rather than in picoseconds (the delay in ps changes
depending on the frequency of the RGMII clock - 125 MHz at 1G, 25 MHz at
100M, 2.5MHz at 10M). I assume that is fine, we calculate the phase
shift of the internal delay lines assuming that the device tree meant
gigabit, and we let the hardware scale those according to the link speed.
Link: https://patchwork.kernel.org/project/netdevbpf/patch/20210723173108.459770-6-prasanna.vengateshan@microchip.com/
Link: https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/netdev/patch/20200616074955.GA9092@laureti-dev/#2461123
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix delay settings applied to wrong cpu in parse_port_config. The delay
values is set to the wrong index as the cpu_port_index is incremented
too early. Start the cpu_port_index to -1 so the correct value is
applied to address also the case with invalid phy mode and not available
port.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a realtek-smi subdriver for the RTL8365MB-VC 4+1 port
10/100/1000M switch controller. The driver has been developed based on a
GPL-licensed OS-agnostic Realtek vendor driver known as rtl8367c found
in the OpenWrt source tree.
Despite the name, the RTL8365MB-VC has an entirely different register
layout to the already-supported RTL8366RB ASIC. Notwithstanding this,
the structure of the rtl8365mb subdriver is loosely based on the rtl8366rb
subdriver. Like the 'rb, it establishes its own irqchip to handle
cascaded PHY link status interrupts.
The RTL8365MB-VC switch is capable of offloading a large number of
features from the software, but this patch introduces only the most
basic DSA driver functionality. The ports always function as standalone
ports, with bridging handled in software.
One more thing. Realtek's nomenclature for switches makes it hard to
know exactly what other ASICs might be supported by this driver. The
vendor driver goes by the name rtl8367c, but as far as I can tell, no
chip actually exists under this name. As such, the subdriver is named
rtl8365mb to emphasize the potentially limited support. But it is clear
from the vendor sources that a number of other more advanced switches
share a similar register layout, and further support should not be too
hard to add given access to the relevant hardware. With this in mind,
the subdriver has been written with as few assumptions about the
particular chip as is reasonable. But the RTL8365MB-VC is the only
hardware I have available, so some further work is surely needed.
Co-developed-by: Michael Rasmussen <mir@bang-olufsen.dk>
Signed-off-by: Michael Rasmussen <mir@bang-olufsen.dk>
Signed-off-by: Alvin Šipraga <alsi@bang-olufsen.dk>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Arınç ÜNAL <arinc.unal@arinc9.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Setting ds->num_ports to DSA_MAX_PORTS made DSA core allocate unnecessary
dsa_port's and call mt7530_port_disable for non-existent ports.
Set it to MT7530_NUM_PORTS to fix that, and dsa_is_user_port check in
port_enable/disable is no longer required.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I compared the register definitions with the D-Link DWR-966
GPL sources and found that the PUAFD field definition was
incorrect. This definition is unused and causes no issues.
Fixes: 14fceff477 ("net: dsa: Add Lantiq / Intel DSA driver for vrx200")
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <olek2@wp.pl>
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move ports related config to dedicated struct to keep things organized.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
QCA original code report port instability and sa that SGMII also require
to set internal delay. Generalize the rgmii delay function and apply the
advised value if they are not defined in DT.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
QCA8328 switch is the bigger brother of the qca8327. Same regs different
chip. Change the function to set the correct pin layout and introduce a
new match_data to differentiate the 2 switch as they have the same ID
and their internal PHY have the same ID.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some qca8327 switch require to force the ignore of power on sel
strapping. Some switch require to set the led open drain mode in regs
instead of using strapping. While most of the device implements this
using the correct way using pin strapping, there are still some broken
device that require to be set using sw regs.
Introduce a new binding and support these special configuration.
As led open drain require to ignore pin strapping to work, the probe
fails with EINVAL error with incorrect configuration.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Support enabling PLL on the SGMII CPU port. Some device require this
special configuration or no traffic is transmitted and the switch
doesn't work at all. A dedicated binding is added to the CPU node
port to apply the correct reg on mac config.
Fail to correctly configure sgmii with qca8327 switch and warn if pll is
used on qca8337 with a revision greater than 1.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Future proof commit. This switch have 2 CPU ports and one valid
configuration is first CPU port set to sgmii and second CPU port set to
rgmii-id. The current implementation detects delay only for CPU port
zero set to rgmii and doesn't count any delay set in a secondary CPU
port. Drop the current delay scan function and move it to the sgmii
parser function to generalize and implicitly add support for secondary
CPU port set to rgmii-id. Introduce new logic where delay is enabled
also with internal delay binding declared and rgmii set as PHY mode.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently CPU port is always hardcoded to port 0. This switch have 2 CPU
ports. The original intention of this driver seems to be use the
mac06_exchange bit to swap MAC0 with MAC6 in the strange configuration
where device have connected only the CPU port 6. To skip the
introduction of a new binding, rework the driver to address the
secondary CPU port as primary and drop any reference of hardcoded port.
With configuration of mac06 exchange, just skip the definition of port0
and define the CPU port as a secondary. The driver will autoconfigure
the switch to use that as the primary CPU port.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for this in the qca8k driver. Also add support for SGMII
rx/tx clock falling edge. This is only present for pad0, pad5 and
pad6 have these bit reserved from Documentation. Add a comment that this
is hardcoded to PAD0 as qca8327/28/34/37 have an unique sgmii line and
setting falling in port0 applies to both configuration with sgmii used
for port0 or port6.
Co-developed-by: Matthew Hagan <mnhagan88@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Hagan <mnhagan88@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add missing mac power sel support needed for ipq8064/5 SoC that require
1.8v for the internal regulator port instead of the default 1.5v.
If other device needs this, consider adding a dedicated binding to
support this.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tools/testing/selftests/net/ioam6.sh
7b1700e009 ("selftests: net: modify IOAM tests for undef bits")
bf77b1400a ("selftests: net: Test for the IOAM encapsulation with IPv6")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The NXP LS1028A switch has two Ethernet ports towards the CPU, but only
one of them is capable of acting as an NPI port at a time (inject and
extract packets using DSA tags).
However, using the alternative ocelot-8021q tagging protocol, it should
be possible to use both CPU ports symmetrically, but for that we need to
mark both ports in the device tree as DSA masters.
In the process of doing that, it can be seen that traffic to/from the
network stack gets broken, and this is because the Felix driver iterates
through all DSA CPU ports and configures them as NPI ports. But since
there can only be a single NPI port, we effectively end up in a
situation where DSA thinks the default CPU port is the first one, but
the hardware port configured to be an NPI is the last one.
I would like to treat this as a bug, because if the updated device trees
are going to start circulating, it would be really good for existing
kernels to support them, too.
Fixes: adb3dccf09 ("net: dsa: felix: convert to the new .change_tag_protocol DSA API")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
At present, when a PTP packet which requires TX timestamping gets
dropped under congestion by the switch, things go downhill very fast.
The driver keeps a clone of that skb in a queue of packets awaiting TX
timestamp interrupts, but interrupts will never be raised for the
dropped packets.
Moreover, matching timestamped packets to timestamps is done by a 2-bit
timestamp ID, and this can wrap around and we can match on the wrong skb.
Since with the default NPI-based tagging protocol, we get no notification
about packet drops, the best we can do is eventually recover from the
drop of a PTP frame: its skb will be dead memory until another skb which
was assigned the same timestamp ID happens to find it.
However, with the ocelot-8021q tagger which injects packets using the
manual register interface, it appears that we can check for more
information, such as:
- whether the input queue has reached the high watermark or not
- whether the injection group's FIFO can accept additional data or not
so we know that a PTP frame is likely to get dropped before actually
sending it, and drop it ourselves (because DSA uses NETIF_F_LLTX, so it
can't return NETDEV_TX_BUSY to ask the qdisc to requeue the packet).
But when we do that, we can also remove the skb from the timestamping
queue, because there surely won't be any timestamp that matches it.
Fixes: 0a6f17c6ae ("net: dsa: tag_ocelot_8021q: add support for PTP timestamping")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Michael reported that when using the "ocelot-8021q" tagging protocol,
the switch driver module must be manually loaded before the tagging
protocol can be loaded/is available.
This appears to be the same problem described here:
https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20210908220834.d7gmtnwrorhharna@skbuf/
where due to the fact that DSA tagging protocols make use of symbols
exported by the switch drivers, circular dependencies appear and this
breaks module autoloading.
The ocelot_8021q driver needs the ocelot_can_inject() and
ocelot_port_inject_frame() functions from the switch library. Previously
the wrong approach was taken to solve that dependency: shims were
provided for the case where the ocelot switch library was compiled out,
but that turns out to be insufficient, because the dependency when the
switch lib _is_ compiled is problematic too.
We cannot declare ocelot_can_inject() and ocelot_port_inject_frame() as
static inline functions, because these access I/O functions like
__ocelot_write_ix() which is called by ocelot_write_rix(). Making those
static inline basically means exposing the whole guts of the ocelot
switch library, not ideal...
We already have one tagging protocol driver which calls into the switch
driver during xmit but not using any exported symbol: sja1105_defer_xmit.
We can do the same thing here: create a kthread worker and one work item
per skb, and let the switch driver itself do the register accesses to
send the skb, and then consume it.
Fixes: 0a6f17c6ae ("net: dsa: tag_ocelot_8021q: add support for PTP timestamping")
Reported-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
PTP packets with 2-step TX timestamp requests are matched to packets
based on the egress port number and a 6-bit timestamp identifier.
All PTP timestamps are held in a common FIFO that is 128 entry deep.
This patch ensures that back-to-back timestamping requests cannot exceed
the hardware FIFO capacity. If that happens, simply send the packets
without requesting a TX timestamp to be taken (in the case of felix,
since the DSA API has a void return code in ds->ops->port_txtstamp) or
drop them (in the case of ocelot).
I've moved the ts_id_lock from a per-port basis to a per-switch basis,
because we need separate accounting for both numbers of PTP frames in
flight. And since we need locking to inc/dec the per-switch counter,
that also offers protection for the per-port counter and hence there is
no reason to have a per-port counter anymore.
Fixes: 4e3b0468e6 ("net: mscc: PTP Hardware Clock (PHC) support")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
It's nice to be able to test a tagging protocol with dsa_loop, but not
at the cost of losing the ability of building the tagging protocol and
switch driver as modules, because as things stand, there is a circular
dependency between the two. Tagging protocol drivers cannot depend on
switch drivers, that is a hard fact.
The reasoning behind the blamed patch was that accessing dp->priv should
first make sure that the structure behind that pointer is what we really
think it is.
Currently the "sja1105" and "sja1110" tagging protocols only operate
with the sja1105 switch driver, just like any other tagging protocol and
switch combination. The only way to mix and match them is by modifying
the code, and this applies to dsa_loop as well (by default that uses
DSA_TAG_PROTO_NONE). So while in principle there is an issue, in
practice there isn't one.
Until we extend dsa_loop to allow user space configuration, treat the
problem as a non-issue and just say that DSA ports found by tag_sja1105
are always sja1105 ports, which is in fact true. But keep the
dsa_port_is_sja1105 function so that it's easy to patch it during
testing, and rely on dead code elimination.
Fixes: 994d2cbb08 ("net: dsa: tag_sja1105: be dsa_loop-safe")
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20210908220834.d7gmtnwrorhharna@skbuf/
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The problem is that DSA tagging protocols really must not depend on the
switch driver, because this creates a circular dependency at insmod
time, and the switch driver will effectively not load when the tagging
protocol driver is missing.
The code was structured in the way it was for a reason, though. The DSA
driver-facing API for PTP timestamping relies on the assumption that
two-step TX timestamps are provided by the hardware in an out-of-band
manner, typically by raising an interrupt and making that timestamp
available inside some sort of FIFO which is to be accessed over
SPI/MDIO/etc.
So the API puts .port_txtstamp into dsa_switch_ops, because it is
expected that the switch driver needs to save some state (like put the
skb into a queue until its TX timestamp arrives).
On SJA1110, TX timestamps are provided by the switch as Ethernet
packets, so this makes them be received and processed by the tagging
protocol driver. This in itself is great, because the timestamps are
full 64-bit and do not require reconstruction, and since Ethernet is the
fastest I/O method available to/from the switch, PTP timestamps arrive
very quickly, no matter how bottlenecked the SPI connection is, because
SPI interaction is not needed at all.
DSA's code structure and strict isolation between the tagging protocol
driver and the switch driver break the natural code organization.
When the tagging protocol driver receives a packet which is classified
as a metadata packet containing timestamps, it passes those timestamps
one by one to the switch driver, which then proceeds to compare them
based on the recorded timestamp ID that was generated in .port_txtstamp.
The communication between the tagging protocol and the switch driver is
done through a method exported by the switch driver, sja1110_process_meta_tstamp.
To satisfy build requirements, we force a dependency to build the
tagging protocol driver as a module when the switch driver is a module.
However, as explained in the first paragraph, that causes the circular
dependency.
To solve this, move the skb queue from struct sja1105_private :: struct
sja1105_ptp_data to struct sja1105_private :: struct sja1105_tagger_data.
The latter is a data structure for which hacks have already been put
into place to be able to create persistent storage per switch that is
accessible from the tagging protocol driver (see sja1105_setup_ports).
With the skb queue directly accessible from the tagging protocol driver,
we can now move sja1110_process_meta_tstamp into the tagging driver
itself, and avoid exporting a symbol.
Fixes: 566b18c8b7 ("net: dsa: sja1105: implement TX timestamping for SJA1110")
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20210908220834.d7gmtnwrorhharna@skbuf/
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
When the ksz module is installed and removed using rmmod, kernel crashes
with null pointer dereferrence error. During rmmod, ksz_switch_remove
function tries to cancel the mib_read_workqueue using
cancel_delayed_work_sync routine and unregister switch from dsa.
During dsa_unregister_switch it calls ksz_mac_link_down, which in turn
reschedules the workqueue since mib_interval is non-zero.
Due to which queue executed after mib_interval and it tries to access
dp->slave. But the slave is unregistered in the ksz_switch_remove
function. Hence kernel crashes.
To avoid this crash, before canceling the workqueue, resetted the
mib_interval to 0.
v1 -> v2:
-Removed the if condition in ksz_mib_read_work
Fixes: 469b390e1b ("net: dsa: microchip: use delayed_work instead of timer + work")
Signed-off-by: Arun Ramadoss <arun.ramadoss@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mv88e6xxx_port_ppu_updates() interpretes data in the PORT_STS
register incorrectly for internal ports (ie no PPU). In these
cases, the PHY_DETECT bit indicates link status. This results
in forcing the MAC state whenever the PHY link goes down which
is not intended. As a side effect, LED's configured to show
link status stay lit even though the physical link is down.
Add a check in mac_link_down and mac_link_up to see if it
concerns an external port and only then, look at PPU status.
Fixes: 5d5b231da7 (net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: use PHY_DETECT in mac_link_up/mac_link_down)
Reported-by: Maarten Zanders <m.zanders@televic.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: Maarten Zanders <maarten.zanders@mind.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to commit 6087175b79 ("net: dsa: mt7530: use independent VLAN
learning on VLAN-unaware bridges"), software forwarding between an
unoffloaded LAG port (a bonding interface with an unsupported policy)
and a mv88e6xxx user port directly under a bridge is broken.
We adopt the same strategy, which is to make the standalone ports not
find any ATU entry learned on a bridge port.
Theory: the mv88e6xxx ATU is looked up by FID and MAC address. There are
as many FIDs as VIDs (4096). The FID is derived from the VID when
possible (the VTU maps a VID to a FID), with a fallback to the port
based default FID value when not (802.1Q Mode is disabled on the port,
or the classified VID isn't present in the VTU).
The mv88e6xxx driver makes the following use of FIDs and VIDs:
- the port's DefaultVID (to which untagged & pvid-tagged packets get
classified) is 0 and is absent from the VTU, so this kind of packets is
processed in FID 0, the default FID assigned by mv88e6xxx_setup_port.
- every time a bridge VLAN is created, mv88e6xxx_port_vlan_join() ->
mv88e6xxx_atu_new() associates a FID with that VID which increases
linearly starting from 1. Like this:
bridge vlan add dev lan0 vid 100 # FID 1
bridge vlan add dev lan1 vid 100 # still FID 1
bridge vlan add dev lan2 vid 1024 # FID 2
The FID allocation made by the driver is sub-optimal for the following
reasons:
(a) A standalone port has a DefaultPVID of 0 and a default FID of 0 too.
A VLAN-unaware bridged port has a DefaultPVID of 0 and a default FID
of 0 too. The difference is that the bridged ports may learn ATU
entries, while the standalone port has the requirement that it must
not, and must not find them either. Standalone ports must not use
the same FID as ports belonging to a bridge. All standalone ports
can use the same FID, since the ATU will never have an entry in
that FID.
(b) Multiple VLAN-unaware bridges will all use a DefaultPVID of 0 and a
default FID of 0 on all their ports. The FDBs will not be isolated
between these bridges. Every VLAN-unaware bridge must use the same
FID on all its ports, different from the FID of other bridge ports.
(c) Each bridge VLAN uses a unique FID which is useful for Independent
VLAN Learning, but the same VLAN ID on multiple VLAN-aware bridges
will result in the same FID being used by mv88e6xxx_atu_new().
The correct behavior is for VLAN 1 in br0 to have a different FID
compared to VLAN 1 in br1.
This patch cannot fix all the above. Traditionally the DSA framework did
not care about this, and the reality is that DSA core involvement is
needed for the aforementioned issues to be solved. The only thing we can
solve here is an issue which does not require API changes, and that is
issue (a), aka use a different FID for standalone ports vs ports under
VLAN-unaware bridges.
The first step is deciding what VID and FID to use for standalone ports,
and what VID and FID for bridged ports. The 0/0 pair for standalone
ports is what they used up till now, let's keep using that. For bridged
ports, there are 2 cases:
- VLAN-aware ports will never end up using the port default FID, because
packets will always be classified to a VID in the VTU or dropped
otherwise. The FID is the one associated with the VID in the VTU.
- On VLAN-unaware ports, we _could_ leave their DefaultVID (pvid) at
zero (just as in the case of standalone ports), and just change the
port's default FID from 0 to a different number (say 1).
However, Tobias points out that there is one more requirement to cater to:
cross-chip bridging. The Marvell DSA header does not carry the FID in
it, only the VID. So once a packet crosses a DSA link, if it has a VID
of zero it will get classified to the default FID of that cascade port.
Relying on a port default FID for upstream cascade ports results in
contradictions: a default FID of 0 breaks ATU isolation of bridged ports
on the downstream switch, a default FID of 1 breaks standalone ports on
the downstream switch.
So not only must standalone ports have different FIDs compared to
bridged ports, they must also have different DefaultVID values.
IEEE 802.1Q defines two reserved VID values: 0 and 4095. So we simply
choose 4095 as the DefaultVID of ports belonging to VLAN-unaware
bridges, and VID 4095 maps to FID 1.
For the xmit operation to look up the same ATU database, we need to put
VID 4095 in DSA tags sent to ports belonging to VLAN-unaware bridges
too. All shared ports are configured to map this VID to the bridging
FID, because they are members of that VLAN in the VTU. Shared ports
don't need to have 802.1QMode enabled in any way, they always parse the
VID from the DSA header, they don't need to look at the 802.1Q header.
We install VID 4095 to the VTU in mv88e6xxx_setup_port(), with the
mention that mv88e6xxx_vtu_setup() which was located right below that
call was flushing the VTU so those entries wouldn't be preserved.
So we need to relocate the VTU flushing prior to the port initialization
during ->setup(). Also note that this is why it is safe to assume that
VID 4095 will get associated with FID 1: the user ports haven't been
created, so there is no avenue for the user to create a bridge VLAN
which could otherwise race with the creation of another FID which would
otherwise use up the non-reserved FID value of 1.
[ Currently mv88e6xxx_port_vlan_join() doesn't have the option of
specifying a preferred FID, it always calls mv88e6xxx_atu_new(). ]
mv88e6xxx_port_db_load_purge() is the function to access the ATU for
FDB/MDB entries, and it used to determine the FID to use for
VLAN-unaware FDB entries (VID=0) using mv88e6xxx_port_get_fid().
But the driver only called mv88e6xxx_port_set_fid() once, during probe,
so no surprises, the port FID was always 0, the call to get_fid() was
redundant. As much as I would have wanted to not touch that code, the
logic is broken when we add a new FID which is not the port-based
default. Now the port-based default FID only corresponds to standalone
ports, and FDB/MDB entries belong to the bridging service. So while in
the future, when the DSA API will support FDB isolation, we will have to
figure out the FID based on the bridge number, for now there's a single
bridging FID, so hardcode that.
Lastly, the tagger needs to check, when it is transmitting a VLAN
untagged skb, whether it is sending it towards a bridged or a standalone
port. When we see it is bridged we assume the bridge is VLAN-unaware.
Not because it cannot be VLAN-aware but:
- if we are transmitting from a VLAN-aware bridge we are likely doing so
using TX forwarding offload. That code path guarantees that skbs have
a vlan hwaccel tag in them, so we would not enter the "else" branch
of the "if (skb->protocol == htons(ETH_P_8021Q))" condition.
- if we are transmitting on behalf of a VLAN-aware bridge but with no TX
forwarding offload (no PVT support, out of space in the PVT, whatever),
we would indeed be transmitting with VLAN 4095 instead of the bridge
device's pvid. However we would be injecting a "From CPU" frame, and
the switch won't learn from that - it only learns from "Forward" frames.
So it is inconsequential for address learning. And VLAN 4095 is
absolutely enough for the frame to exit the switch, since we never
remove that VLAN from any port.
Fixes: 57e661aae6 ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Link aggregation support")
Reported-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The VLAN support in mv88e6xxx has a loaded history. Commit 2ea7a679ca
("net: dsa: Don't add vlans when vlan filtering is disabled") noticed
some issues with VLAN and decided the best way to deal with them was to
make the DSA core ignore VLANs added by the bridge while VLAN awareness
is turned off. Those issues were never explained, just presented as
"at least one corner case".
That approach had problems of its own, presented by
commit 54a0ed0df4 ("net: dsa: provide an option for drivers to always
receive bridge VLANs") for the DSA core, followed by
commit 1fb7419198 ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: fix vlan setup") which
applied ds->configure_vlan_while_not_filtering = true for mv88e6xxx in
particular.
We still don't know what corner case Andrew saw when he wrote
commit 2ea7a679ca ("net: dsa: Don't add vlans when vlan filtering is
disabled"), but Tobias now reports that when we use TX forwarding
offload, pinging an external station from the bridge device is broken if
the front-facing DSA user port has flooding turned off. The full
description is in the link below, but for short, when a mv88e6xxx port
is under a VLAN-unaware bridge, it inherits that bridge's pvid.
So packets ingressing a user port will be classified to e.g. VID 1
(assuming that value for the bridge_default_pvid), whereas when
tag_dsa.c xmits towards a user port, it always sends packets using a VID
of 0 if that port is standalone or under a VLAN-unaware bridge - or at
least it did so prior to commit d82f8ab0d8 ("net: dsa: tag_dsa:
offload the bridge forwarding process").
In any case, when there is a conversation between the CPU and a station
connected to a user port, the station's MAC address is learned in VID 1
but the CPU tries to transmit through VID 0. The packets reach the
intended station, but via flooding and not by virtue of matching the
existing ATU entry.
DSA has established (and enforced in other drivers: sja1105, felix,
mt7530) that a VLAN-unaware port should use a private pvid, and not
inherit the one from the bridge. The bridge's pvid should only be
inherited when that bridge is VLAN-aware, so all state transitions need
to be handled. On the other hand, all bridge VLANs should sit in the VTU
starting with the moment when the bridge offloads them via switchdev,
they are just not used.
This solves the problem that Tobias sees because packets ingressing on
VLAN-unaware user ports now get classified to VID 0, which is also the
VID used by tag_dsa.c on xmit.
Fixes: d82f8ab0d8 ("net: dsa: tag_dsa: offload the bridge forwarding process")
Link: https://patchwork.kernel.org/project/netdevbpf/patch/20211003222312.284175-2-vladimir.oltean@nxp.com/#24491503
Reported-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Eliminate the following coccicheck warning:
./drivers/net/dsa/rtl8366rb.c:1348:2-3: Unneeded semicolon
Reported-by: Abaci Robot <abaci@linux.alibaba.com>
Signed-off-by: Yang Li <yang.lee@linux.alibaba.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for setting the STP state to the RTL8366RB
DSA switch. This rids the following message from the kernel on
e.g. OpenWrt:
DSA: failed to set STP state 3 (-95)
Since the RTL8366RB has one STP state register per FID with
two bit per port in each, we simply loop over all the FIDs
and set the state on all of them.
Cc: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Cc: Alvin Šipraga <alsi@bang-olufsen.dk>
Cc: Mauri Sandberg <sandberg@mailfence.com>
Cc: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This implements fast aging per-port using the special "security"
register, which will flush any learned L2 LUT entries on a port.
The vendor API just enabled setting and clearing this bit, so
we set it to age out any entries on the port and then we clear
it again.
Suggested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Cc: Mauri Sandberg <sandberg@mailfence.com>
Cc: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvin Šipraga <alsi@bang-olufsen.dk>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The RTL8366RB hardware supports disabling learning per-port
so let's make use of this feature. Rename some unfortunately
named registers in the process.
Suggested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Cc: Alvin Šipraga <alsi@bang-olufsen.dk>
Cc: Mauri Sandberg <sandberg@mailfence.com>
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Cc: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We added a state variable to track whether a certain port
was VLAN filtering or not, but we can just inquire the DSA
core about this.
Cc: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Cc: Mauri Sandberg <sandberg@mailfence.com>
Cc: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Cc: Alvin Šipraga <alsi@bang-olufsen.dk>
Cc: Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We don't need a message for every VLAN association, dbg
is fine. The message about adding the DSA or CPU
port to a VLAN is directly misleading, this is perfectly
fine.
Cc: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Cc: Mauri Sandberg <sandberg@mailfence.com>
Cc: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvin Šipraga <alsi@bang-olufsen.dk>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We were checking that the MC (member config) was != 0
for some reason, all we need to check is that the config
has no ports, i.e. no members. Then it can be recycled.
This must be some misunderstanding.
Fixes: 4ddcaf1ebb ("net: dsa: rtl8366: Properly clear member config")
Cc: Mauri Sandberg <sandberg@mailfence.com>
Cc: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvin Šipraga <alsi@bang-olufsen.dk>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The max VLAN number with non-4K VLAN activated is 15, and the
range is 0..15. Not 16.
The impact should be low since we by default have 4K VLAN and
thus have 4095 VLANs to play with in this switch. There will
not be a problem unless the code is rewritten to only use
16 VLANs.
Fixes: d8652956cf ("net: dsa: realtek-smi: Add Realtek SMI driver")
Cc: Mauri Sandberg <sandberg@mailfence.com>
Cc: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvin Šipraga <alsi@bang-olufsen.dk>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While we were defining one VLAN per port for isolating the ports
the port_vlan_filtering() callback was implemented to enable a
VLAN on the port + 1. This function makes no sense, not only is
it incomplete as it only enables the VLAN, it doesn't do what
the callback is supposed to do, which is to selectively enable
and disable filtering on a certain port.
Implement the correct callback: we have two registers dealing
with filtering on the RTL9366RB, so we implement an ASIC-specific
callback and implement filering using the register bit that makes
the switch drop frames if the port is not in the VLAN member set.
The DSA documentation Documentation/networking/switchdev.rst states:
When the bridge has VLAN filtering enabled and a PVID is not
configured on the ingress port, untagged and 802.1p tagged
packets must be dropped. When the bridge has VLAN filtering
enabled and a PVID exists on the ingress port, untagged and
priority-tagged packets must be accepted and forwarded according
to the bridge's port membership of the PVID VLAN. When the
bridge has VLAN filtering disabled, the presence/lack of a
PVID should not influence the packet forwarding decision.
To comply with this, we add two arrays of bool in the RTL8366RB
state that keeps track of if filtering and PVID is enabled or
not for each port. We then add code such that whenever filtering
or PVID changes, we update the filter according to the
specification.
Cc: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Cc: Mauri Sandberg <sandberg@mailfence.com>
Cc: Alvin Šipraga <alsi@bang-olufsen.dk>
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Cc: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This hacky default VLAN setup was done in order to direct
packets to the right ports and provide port isolation, both
which we now support properly using custom tags and proper
bridge port isolation.
We can drop the custom VLAN code and leave all VLAN handling
alone, as users expect things to be. We can also drop
ds->configure_vlan_while_not_filtering = false; and let
the core deal with any VLANs it wants.
Cc: Mauri Sandberg <sandberg@mailfence.com>
Cc: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvin Šipraga <alsi@bang-olufsen.dk>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use port isolation registers to configure bridge offloading.
Tested on the D-Link DIR-685, switching between ports and
sniffing ports to make sure no packets leak.
Cc: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Cc: Mauri Sandberg <sandberg@mailfence.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvin Šipraga <alsi@bang-olufsen.dk>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Same members of the Marvell Ethernet switches impose MTU restrictions
on ports used for connecting to the CPU or another switch for DSA. If
the MTU is set too low, tagged frames will be discarded. Ensure the
worst case tagger overhead is included in setting the MTU for DSA and
CPU ports.
Fixes: 1baf0fac10 ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Use chip-wide max frame size for MTU")
Reported by: 曹煜 <cao88yu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MTU passed to the DSA driver is the payload size, typically 1500.
However, the switch uses the frame size when applying restrictions.
Adjust the MTU with the size of the Ethernet header and the frame
checksum. The VLAN header also needs to be included when the frame
size it per port, but not when it is global.
Fixes: 1baf0fac10 ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Use chip-wide max frame size for MTU")
Reported by: 曹煜 <cao88yu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The datasheets suggests the 6161 uses a per port setting for jumbo
frames. Testing has however shown this is not correct, it uses the old
style chip wide MTU control. Change the ops in the 6161 structure to
reflect this.
Fixes: 1baf0fac10 ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Use chip-wide max frame size for MTU")
Reported by: 曹煜 <cao88yu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since both forms are accepted, let's search for both when we
pre-validate the PHY modes.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/mptcp/protocol.c
977d293e23 ("mptcp: ensure tx skbs always have the MPTCP ext")
efe686ffce ("mptcp: ensure tx skbs always have the MPTCP ext")
same patch merged in both trees, keep net-next.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Now that the sja1105 driver is finally sane enough again to stop having
a ternary VLAN awareness state, we can remove priv->vlan_aware and query
DSA for the ds->vlan_filtering value (for SJA1105, VLAN filtering is a
global property).
Also drop the paranoid checking that DSA calls ->port_vlan_filtering
multiple times without the VLAN awareness state changing. It doesn't,
the same check is present inside dsa_port_vlan_filtering too.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver only needs the reset GPIO for a very brief period, so instead
of using devres and keeping the descriptor pointer inside priv, just use
that descriptor inside the sja1105_hw_reset function and then let go of
it.
Also use gpiod_get_optional while at it, and error out on real errors
(bad flags etc).
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's nice to be able to test a tagging protocol with dsa_loop, but not
at the cost of losing the ability of building the tagging protocol and
switch driver as modules, because as things stand, there is a circular
dependency between the two. Tagging protocol drivers cannot depend on
switch drivers, that is a hard fact.
The reasoning behind the blamed patch was that accessing dp->priv should
first make sure that the structure behind that pointer is what we really
think it is.
Currently the "sja1105" and "sja1110" tagging protocols only operate
with the sja1105 switch driver, just like any other tagging protocol and
switch combination. The only way to mix and match them is by modifying
the code, and this applies to dsa_loop as well (by default that uses
DSA_TAG_PROTO_NONE). So while in principle there is an issue, in
practice there isn't one.
Until we extend dsa_loop to allow user space configuration, treat the
problem as a non-issue and just say that DSA ports found by tag_sja1105
are always sja1105 ports, which is in fact true. But keep the
dsa_port_is_sja1105 function so that it's easy to patch it during
testing, and rely on dead code elimination.
Fixes: 994d2cbb08 ("net: dsa: tag_sja1105: be dsa_loop-safe")
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20210908220834.d7gmtnwrorhharna@skbuf/
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The problem is that DSA tagging protocols really must not depend on the
switch driver, because this creates a circular dependency at insmod
time, and the switch driver will effectively not load when the tagging
protocol driver is missing.
The code was structured in the way it was for a reason, though. The DSA
driver-facing API for PTP timestamping relies on the assumption that
two-step TX timestamps are provided by the hardware in an out-of-band
manner, typically by raising an interrupt and making that timestamp
available inside some sort of FIFO which is to be accessed over
SPI/MDIO/etc.
So the API puts .port_txtstamp into dsa_switch_ops, because it is
expected that the switch driver needs to save some state (like put the
skb into a queue until its TX timestamp arrives).
On SJA1110, TX timestamps are provided by the switch as Ethernet
packets, so this makes them be received and processed by the tagging
protocol driver. This in itself is great, because the timestamps are
full 64-bit and do not require reconstruction, and since Ethernet is the
fastest I/O method available to/from the switch, PTP timestamps arrive
very quickly, no matter how bottlenecked the SPI connection is, because
SPI interaction is not needed at all.
DSA's code structure and strict isolation between the tagging protocol
driver and the switch driver break the natural code organization.
When the tagging protocol driver receives a packet which is classified
as a metadata packet containing timestamps, it passes those timestamps
one by one to the switch driver, which then proceeds to compare them
based on the recorded timestamp ID that was generated in .port_txtstamp.
The communication between the tagging protocol and the switch driver is
done through a method exported by the switch driver, sja1110_process_meta_tstamp.
To satisfy build requirements, we force a dependency to build the
tagging protocol driver as a module when the switch driver is a module.
However, as explained in the first paragraph, that causes the circular
dependency.
To solve this, move the skb queue from struct sja1105_private :: struct
sja1105_ptp_data to struct sja1105_private :: struct sja1105_tagger_data.
The latter is a data structure for which hacks have already been put
into place to be able to create persistent storage per switch that is
accessible from the tagging protocol driver (see sja1105_setup_ports).
With the skb queue directly accessible from the tagging protocol driver,
we can now move sja1110_process_meta_tstamp into the tagging driver
itself, and avoid exporting a symbol.
Fixes: 566b18c8b7 ("net: dsa: sja1105: implement TX timestamping for SJA1110")
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20210908220834.d7gmtnwrorhharna@skbuf/
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It looks like this field was never used since its introduction in commit
227d07a07e ("net: dsa: sja1105: Add support for traffic through
standalone ports") remove it.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Linux device model permits both the ->shutdown and ->remove driver
methods to get called during a shutdown procedure. Example: a DSA switch
which sits on an SPI bus, and the SPI bus driver calls this on its
->shutdown method:
spi_unregister_controller
-> device_for_each_child(&ctlr->dev, NULL, __unregister);
-> spi_unregister_device(to_spi_device(dev));
-> device_del(&spi->dev);
So this is a simple pattern which can theoretically appear on any bus,
although the only other buses on which I've been able to find it are
I2C:
i2c_del_adapter
-> device_for_each_child(&adap->dev, NULL, __unregister_client);
-> i2c_unregister_device(client);
-> device_unregister(&client->dev);
The implication of this pattern is that devices on these buses can be
unregistered after having been shut down. The drivers for these devices
might choose to return early either from ->remove or ->shutdown if the
other callback has already run once, and they might choose that the
->shutdown method should only perform a subset of the teardown done by
->remove (to avoid unnecessary delays when rebooting).
So in other words, the device driver may choose on ->remove to not
do anything (therefore to not unregister an MDIO bus it has registered
on ->probe), because this ->remove is actually triggered by the
device_shutdown path, and its ->shutdown method has already run and done
the minimally required cleanup.
This used to be fine until the blamed commit, but now, the following
BUG_ON triggers:
void mdiobus_free(struct mii_bus *bus)
{
/* For compatibility with error handling in drivers. */
if (bus->state == MDIOBUS_ALLOCATED) {
kfree(bus);
return;
}
BUG_ON(bus->state != MDIOBUS_UNREGISTERED);
bus->state = MDIOBUS_RELEASED;
put_device(&bus->dev);
}
In other words, there is an attempt to free an MDIO bus which was not
unregistered. The attempt to free it comes from the devres release
callbacks of the SPI device, which are executed after the device is
unregistered.
I'm not saying that the fact that MDIO buses allocated using devres
would automatically get unregistered wasn't strange. I'm just saying
that the commit didn't care about auditing existing call paths in the
kernel, and now, the following code sequences are potentially buggy:
(a) devm_mdiobus_alloc followed by plain mdiobus_register, for a device
located on a bus that unregisters its children on shutdown. After
the blamed patch, either both the alloc and the register should use
devres, or none should.
(b) devm_mdiobus_alloc followed by plain mdiobus_register, and then no
mdiobus_unregister at all in the remove path. After the blamed
patch, nobody unregisters the MDIO bus anymore, so this is even more
buggy than the previous case which needs a specific bus
configuration to be seen, this one is an unconditional bug.
In this case, the Realtek drivers fall under category (b). To solve it,
we can register the MDIO bus under devres too, which restores the
previous behavior.
Fixes: ac3a68d566 ("net: phy: don't abuse devres in devm_mdiobus_register()")
Reported-by: Lino Sanfilippo <LinoSanfilippo@gmx.de>
Reported-by: Alvin Šipraga <alsi@bang-olufsen.dk>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When interfacing with a Broadcom PHY, request the auto-power down, DLL
disable and IDDQ-SR modes to be enabled.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 86f8b1c01a ("net: dsa: Do not make user port errors fatal")
decided it was fine to ignore errors on certain ports that fail to
probe, and go on with the ports that do probe fine.
Commit fb6ec87f72 ("net: dsa: Fix type was not set for devlink port")
noticed that devlink_port_type_eth_set(dlp, dp->slave); does not get
called, and devlink notices after a timeout of 3600 seconds and prints a
WARN_ON. So it went ahead to unregister the devlink port. And because
there exists an UNUSED port flavour, we actually re-register the devlink
port as UNUSED.
Commit 08156ba430 ("net: dsa: Add devlink port regions support to
DSA") added devlink port regions, which are set up by the driver and not
by DSA.
When we trigger the devlink port deregistration and reregistration as
unused, devlink now prints another WARN_ON, from here:
devlink_port_unregister:
WARN_ON(!list_empty(&devlink_port->region_list));
So the port still has regions, which makes sense, because they were set
up by the driver, and the driver doesn't know we're unregistering the
devlink port.
Somebody needs to tear them down, and optionally (actually it would be
nice, to be consistent) set them up again for the new devlink port.
But DSA's layering stays in our way quite badly here.
The options I've considered are:
1. Introduce a function in devlink to just change a port's type and
flavour. No dice, devlink keeps a lot of state, it really wants the
port to not be registered when you set its parameters, so changing
anything can only be done by destroying what we currently have and
recreating it.
2. Make DSA cache the parameters passed to dsa_devlink_port_region_create,
and the region returned, keep those in a list, then when the devlink
port unregister needs to take place, the existing devlink regions are
destroyed by DSA, and we replay the creation of new regions using the
cached parameters. Problem: mv88e6xxx keeps the region pointers in
chip->ports[port].region, and these will remain stale after DSA frees
them. There are many things DSA can do, but updating mv88e6xxx's
private pointers is not one of them.
3. Just let the driver do it (i.e. introduce a very specific method
called ds->ops->port_reinit_as_unused, which unregisters its devlink
port devlink regions, then the old devlink port, then registers the
new one, then the devlink port regions for it). While it does work,
as opposed to the others, it's pretty horrible from an API
perspective and we can do better.
4. Introduce a new pair of methods, ->port_setup and ->port_teardown,
which in the case of mv88e6xxx must register and unregister the
devlink port regions. Call these 2 methods when the port must be
reinitialized as unused.
Naturally, I went for the 4th approach.
Fixes: 08156ba430 ("net: dsa: Add devlink port regions support to DSA")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 2f1e8ea726 ("net: dsa: link interfaces with the DSA
master to get rid of lockdep warnings"), DSA gained a requirement which
it did not fulfill, which is to unlink itself from the DSA master at
shutdown time.
Since the Arrow SpeedChips XRS700x driver was introduced after the bad
commit, it has never worked with DSA masters which decide to unregister
their net_device on shutdown, effectively hanging the reboot process.
To fix that, we need to call dsa_switch_shutdown.
These devices can be connected by I2C or by MDIO, and if I search for
I2C or MDIO bus drivers that implement their ->shutdown by redirecting
it to ->remove I don't see any, however this does not mean it would not
be possible. To be compatible with that pattern, it is necessary to
implement an "if this then not that" scheme, to avoid ->remove and
->shutdown from being called both for the same struct device.
Fixes: ee00b24f32 ("net: dsa: add Arrow SpeedChips XRS700x driver")
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20210909095324.12978-1-LinoSanfilippo@gmx.de/
Reported-by: Lino Sanfilippo <LinoSanfilippo@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: George McCollister <george.mccollister@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 2f1e8ea726 ("net: dsa: link interfaces with the DSA
master to get rid of lockdep warnings"), DSA gained a requirement which
it did not fulfill, which is to unlink itself from the DSA master at
shutdown time.
Since the Microchip sub-driver for KSZ8863 was introduced after the bad
commit, it has never worked with DSA masters which decide to unregister
their net_device on shutdown, effectively hanging the reboot process.
To fix that, we need to call dsa_switch_shutdown.
Since this driver expects the MDIO bus to be backed by mdio_bitbang, I
don't think there is currently any MDIO bus driver which implements its
->shutdown by redirecting it to ->remove, but in any case, to be
compatible with that pattern, it is necessary to implement an "if this
then not that" scheme, to avoid ->remove and ->shutdown from being
called both for the same struct device.
Fixes: 60a3647600 ("net: dsa: microchip: Add Microchip KSZ8863 SMI based driver support")
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20210909095324.12978-1-LinoSanfilippo@gmx.de/
Reported-by: Lino Sanfilippo <LinoSanfilippo@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 2f1e8ea726 ("net: dsa: link interfaces with the DSA
master to get rid of lockdep warnings"), DSA gained a requirement which
it did not fulfill, which is to unlink itself from the DSA master at
shutdown time.
Since the hellcreek driver was introduced after the bad commit, it has
never worked with DSA masters which decide to unregister their
net_device on shutdown, effectively hanging the reboot process.
Hellcreek is a platform device driver, so we probably cannot have the
oddities of ->shutdown and ->remove getting both called for the exact
same struct device. But to be in line with the pattern from the other
device drivers which are on slow buses, implement the same "if this then
not that" pattern of either running the ->shutdown or the ->remove hook.
The driver's current ->remove implementation makes that very easy
because it already zeroes out its device_drvdata on ->remove.
Fixes: e4b27ebc78 ("net: dsa: Add DSA driver for Hirschmann Hellcreek switches")
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20210909095324.12978-1-LinoSanfilippo@gmx.de/
Reported-by: Lino Sanfilippo <LinoSanfilippo@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Lino reports that on his system with bcmgenet as DSA master and KSZ9897
as a switch, rebooting or shutting down never works properly.
What does the bcmgenet driver have special to trigger this, that other
DSA masters do not? It has an implementation of ->shutdown which simply
calls its ->remove implementation. Otherwise said, it unregisters its
network interface on shutdown.
This message can be seen in a loop, and it hangs the reboot process there:
unregister_netdevice: waiting for eth0 to become free. Usage count = 3
So why 3?
A usage count of 1 is normal for a registered network interface, and any
virtual interface which links itself as an upper of that will increment
it via dev_hold. In the case of DSA, this is the call path:
dsa_slave_create
-> netdev_upper_dev_link
-> __netdev_upper_dev_link
-> __netdev_adjacent_dev_insert
-> dev_hold
So a DSA switch with 3 interfaces will result in a usage count elevated
by two, and netdev_wait_allrefs will wait until they have gone away.
Other stacked interfaces, like VLAN, watch NETDEV_UNREGISTER events and
delete themselves, but DSA cannot just vanish and go poof, at most it
can unbind itself from the switch devices, but that must happen strictly
earlier compared to when the DSA master unregisters its net_device, so
reacting on the NETDEV_UNREGISTER event is way too late.
It seems that it is a pretty established pattern to have a driver's
->shutdown hook redirect to its ->remove hook, so the same code is
executed regardless of whether the driver is unbound from the device, or
the system is just shutting down. As Florian puts it, it is quite a big
hammer for bcmgenet to unregister its net_device during shutdown, but
having a common code path with the driver unbind helps ensure it is well
tested.
So DSA, for better or for worse, has to live with that and engage in an
arms race of implementing the ->shutdown hook too, from all individual
drivers, and do something sane when paired with masters that unregister
their net_device there. The only sane thing to do, of course, is to
unlink from the master.
However, complications arise really quickly.
The pattern of redirecting ->shutdown to ->remove is not unique to
bcmgenet or even to net_device drivers. In fact, SPI controllers do it
too (see dspi_shutdown -> dspi_remove), and presumably, I2C controllers
and MDIO controllers do it too (this is something I have not researched
too deeply, but even if this is not the case today, it is certainly
plausible to happen in the future, and must be taken into consideration).
Since DSA switches might be SPI devices, I2C devices, MDIO devices, the
insane implication is that for the exact same DSA switch device, we
might have both ->shutdown and ->remove getting called.
So we need to do something with that insane environment. The pattern
I've come up with is "if this, then not that", so if either ->shutdown
or ->remove gets called, we set the device's drvdata to NULL, and in the
other hook, we check whether the drvdata is NULL and just do nothing.
This is probably not necessary for platform devices, just for devices on
buses, but I would really insist for consistency among drivers, because
when code is copy-pasted, it is not always copy-pasted from the best
sources.
So depending on whether the DSA switch's ->remove or ->shutdown will get
called first, we cannot really guarantee even for the same driver if
rebooting will result in the same code path on all platforms. But
nonetheless, we need to do something minimally reasonable on ->shutdown
too to fix the bug. Of course, the ->remove will do more (a full
teardown of the tree, with all data structures freed, and this is why
the bug was not caught for so long). The new ->shutdown method is kept
separate from dsa_unregister_switch not because we couldn't have
unregistered the switch, but simply in the interest of doing something
quick and to the point.
The big question is: does the DSA switch's ->shutdown get called earlier
than the DSA master's ->shutdown? If not, there is still a risk that we
might still trigger the WARN_ON in unregister_netdevice that says we are
attempting to unregister a net_device which has uppers. That's no good.
Although the reference to the master net_device won't physically go away
even if DSA's ->shutdown comes afterwards, remember we have a dev_hold
on it.
The answer to that question lies in this comment above device_link_add:
* A side effect of the link creation is re-ordering of dpm_list and the
* devices_kset list by moving the consumer device and all devices depending
* on it to the ends of these lists (that does not happen to devices that have
* not been registered when this function is called).
so the fact that DSA uses device_link_add towards its master is not
exactly for nothing. device_shutdown() walks devices_kset from the back,
so this is our guarantee that DSA's shutdown happens before the master's
shutdown.
Fixes: 2f1e8ea726 ("net: dsa: link interfaces with the DSA master to get rid of lockdep warnings")
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20210909095324.12978-1-LinoSanfilippo@gmx.de/
Reported-by: Lino Sanfilippo <LinoSanfilippo@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After d12e1c4649 ("net: dsa: b53: Set correct number of ports in the
DSA struct") we stopped setting dsa_switch::num_ports to DSA_MAX_PORTS,
which created an off by one error between the statically allocated
bcm_sf2_priv::port_sts array (of size DSA_MAX_PORTS). When
dsa_is_cpu_port() is used, we end-up accessing an out of bounds member
and causing a NPD.
Fix this by iterating with the appropriate port count using
ds->num_ports.
Fixes: d12e1c4649 ("net: dsa: b53: Set correct number of ports in the DSA struct")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NXP Legal insists that the following are not fine:
- Saying "NXP Semiconductors" instead of "NXP", since the company's
registered name is "NXP"
- Putting a "(c)" sign in the copyright string
- Putting a comma in the copyright string
The only accepted copyright string format is "Copyright <year-range> NXP".
This patch changes the copyright headers in the networking files that
were sent by me, or derived from code sent by me.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's set but never used anymore.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
According to the Broadcom's reference driver flow control needs to be
enabled for any CPU switch port (5, 7 or 8 - depending on which one is
used). Current code makes it work only for the port 5. Use
dsa_is_cpu_port() which solved that problem.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
On BCM5301x port 8 requires a fixed link when used.
Years ago when b53 was an OpenWrt downstream driver (with configuration
based on sometimes bugged NVRAM) there was a need for a fixup. In case
of forcing fixed link for (incorrectly specified) port 5 the code had to
actually setup port 8 link.
For upstream b53 driver with setup based on DT there is no need for that
workaround. In DT we have and require correct ports setup.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Make "enabled_ports" bitfield contain all available switch ports
including a CPU port. This way there is no need for fixup during
initialization.
For BCM53010, BCM53018 and BCM53019 include also other available ports.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The delay is especially needed by the xRX300 and xRX330 SoCs. Without
this patch, some phys are sometimes not properly detected.
The patch was tested on BT Home Hub 5A and D-Link DWR-966.
Fixes: a09d042b08 ("net: dsa: lantiq: allow to use all GPHYs on xRX300 and xRX330")
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <olek2@wp.pl>
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the mdio legacy mapping is used the mii_bus priv registered by DSA
refer to the dsa switch struct instead of the qca8k_priv struct and
causes a kernel panic. Create dedicated function when the internal
dedicated mdio driver is used to properly handle the 2 different
implementation.
Fixes: 759bafb8a3 ("net: dsa: qca8k: add support for internal phy and internal mdio")
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Broadcom's b53 switches have one IMP (Inband Management Port) that needs
to be programmed using its own designed register. IMP port may be
different than CPU port - especially on devices with multiple CPU ports.
For that reason it's required to explicitly note IMP port index and
check for it when choosing a register to use.
This commit fixes BCM5301x support. Those switches use CPU port 5 while
their IMP port is 8. Before this patch b53 was trying to program port 5
with B53_PORT_OVERRIDE_CTRL instead of B53_GMII_PORT_OVERRIDE_CTRL(5).
It may be possible to also replace "cpu_port" usages with
dsa_is_cpu_port() but that is out of the scope of thix BCM5301x fix.
Fixes: 967dd82ffc ("net: dsa: b53: Add support for Broadcom RoboSwitch")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Setting DSA_MAX_PORTS caused DSA to call b53 callbacks (e.g.
b53_disable_port() during dsa_register_switch()) for invalid
(non-existent) ports. That made b53 modify unrelated registers and is
one of reasons for a broken BCM5301x support.
This problem exists for years but DSA_MAX_PORTS usage has changed few
times. It seems the most accurate to reference commit dropping
dsa_switch_alloc() in the Fixes tag.
Fixes: 7e99e34701 ("net: dsa: remove dsa_switch_alloc helper")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It isn't true that CPU port is always the last one. Switches BCM5301x
have 9 ports (port 6 being inactive) and they use port 5 as CPU by
default (depending on design some other may be CPU ports too).
A more reliable way of determining number of ports is to check for the
last set bit in the "enabled_ports" bitfield.
This fixes b53 internal state, it will allow providing accurate info to
the DSA and is required to fix BCM5301x support.
Fixes: 967dd82ffc ("net: dsa: b53: Add support for Broadcom RoboSwitch")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, outgoing packets larger than 1496 bytes are dropped when
tagged VLAN is used on a switch port.
Add the frame check sequence length to the value of the register
GSWIP_MAC_FLEN to fix this. This matches the lantiq_ppa vendor driver,
which uses a value consisting of 1518 bytes for the MAC frame, plus the
lengths of special tag and VLAN tags.
Fixes: 14fceff477 ("net: dsa: Add Lantiq / Intel DSA driver for vrx200")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jan Hoffmann <jan@3e8.eu>
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Traffic schedules can only be started up to eight seconds within the
future. Therefore, the driver periodically checks every two seconds whether the
admin base time provided by the user is inside that window. If so the schedule
is started. Otherwise the check is deferred.
However, according to the programming manual the look ahead window size should
be four - not eight - seconds. By using the proposed value of four seconds
starting a schedule at a specified admin base time actually works as expected.
Fixes: 24dfc6eb39 ("net: dsa: hellcreek: Add TAPRIO offloading support")
Signed-off-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the gate control list which is programmed into the hardware is
incorrect resulting in wrong traffic schedules. The problem is the loop
variables are incremented before they are referenced. Therefore, move the
increment to the end of the loop.
Fixes: 24dfc6eb39 ("net: dsa: hellcreek: Add TAPRIO offloading support")
Signed-off-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduced in commit 38b5beeae7 ("net: dsa: sja1105: prepare tagger
for handling DSA tags and VLAN simultaneously"), the sja1105_xmit_tpid
function solved quite a different problem than our needs are now.
Then, we used best-effort VLAN filtering and we were using the xmit_tpid
to tunnel packets coming from an 8021q upper through the TX VLAN allocated
by tag_8021q to that egress port. The need for a different VLAN protocol
depending on switch revision came from the fact that this in itself was
more of a hack to trick the hardware into accepting tunneled VLANs in
the first place.
Right now, we deny 8021q uppers (see sja1105_prechangeupper). Even if we
supported them again, we would not do that using the same method of
{tunneling the VLAN on egress, retagging the VLAN on ingress} that we
had in the best-effort VLAN filtering mode. It seems rather simpler that
we just allocate a VLAN in the VLAN table that is simply not used by the
bridge at all, or by any other port.
Anyway, I have 2 gripes with the current sja1105_xmit_tpid:
1. When sending packets on behalf of a VLAN-aware bridge (with the new
TX forwarding offload framework) plus untagged (with the tag_8021q
VLAN added by the tagger) packets, we can see that on SJA1105P/Q/R/S
and later (which have a qinq_tpid of ETH_P_8021AD), some packets sent
through the DSA master have a VLAN protocol of 0x8100 and others of
0x88a8. This is strange and there is no reason for it now. If we have
a bridge and are therefore forced to send using that bridge's TPID,
we can as well blend with that bridge's VLAN protocol for all packets.
2. The sja1105_xmit_tpid introduces a dependency on the sja1105 driver,
because it looks inside dp->priv. It is desirable to keep as much
separation between taggers and switch drivers as possible. Now it
doesn't do that anymore.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sja1105 driver is a bit special in its use of VLAN headers as DSA
tags. This is because in VLAN-aware mode, the VLAN headers use an actual
TPID of 0x8100, which is understood even by the DSA master as an actual
VLAN header.
Furthermore, control packets such as PTP and STP are transmitted with no
VLAN header as a DSA tag, because, depending on switch generation, there
are ways to steer these control packets towards a precise egress port
other than VLAN tags. Transmitting control packets as untagged means
leaving a door open for traffic in general to be transmitted as untagged
from the DSA master, and for it to traverse the switch and exit a random
switch port according to the FDB lookup.
This behavior is a bit out of line with other DSA drivers which have
native support for DSA tagging. There, it is to be expected that the
switch only accepts DSA-tagged packets on its CPU port, dropping
everything that does not match this pattern.
We perhaps rely a bit too much on the switches' hardware dropping on the
CPU port, and place no other restrictions in the kernel data path to
avoid that. For example, sja1105 is also a bit special in that STP/PTP
packets are transmitted using "management routes"
(sja1105_port_deferred_xmit): when sending a link-local packet from the
CPU, we must first write a SPI message to the switch to tell it to
expect a packet towards multicast MAC DA 01-80-c2-00-00-0e, and to route
it towards port 3 when it gets it. This entry expires as soon as it
matches a packet received by the switch, and it needs to be reinstalled
for the next packet etc. All in all quite a ghetto mechanism, but it is
all that the sja1105 switches offer for injecting a control packet.
The driver takes a mutex for serializing control packets and making the
pairs of SPI writes of a management route and its associated skb atomic,
but to be honest, a mutex is only relevant as long as all parties agree
to take it. With the DSA design, it is possible to open an AF_PACKET
socket on the DSA master net device, and blast packets towards
01-80-c2-00-00-0e, and whatever locking the DSA switch driver might use,
it all goes kaput because management routes installed by the driver will
match skbs sent by the DSA master, and not skbs generated by the driver
itself. So they will end up being routed on the wrong port.
So through the lens of that, maybe it would make sense to avoid that
from happening by doing something in the network stack, like: introduce
a new bit in struct sk_buff, like xmit_from_dsa. Then, somewhere around
dev_hard_start_xmit(), introduce the following check:
if (netdev_uses_dsa(dev) && !skb->xmit_from_dsa)
kfree_skb(skb);
Ok, maybe that is a bit drastic, but that would at least prevent a bunch
of problems. For example, right now, even though the majority of DSA
switches drop packets without DSA tags sent by the DSA master (and
therefore the majority of garbage that user space daemons like avahi and
udhcpcd and friends create), it is still conceivable that an aggressive
user space program can open an AF_PACKET socket and inject a spoofed DSA
tag directly on the DSA master. We have no protection against that; the
packet will be understood by the switch and be routed wherever user
space says. Furthermore: there are some DSA switches where we even have
register access over Ethernet, using DSA tags. So even user space
drivers are possible in this way. This is a huge hole.
However, the biggest thing that bothers me is that udhcpcd attempts to
ask for an IP address on all interfaces by default, and with sja1105, it
will attempt to get a valid IP address on both the DSA master as well as
on sja1105 switch ports themselves. So with IP addresses in the same
subnet on multiple interfaces, the routing table will be messed up and
the system will be unusable for traffic until it is configured manually
to not ask for an IP address on the DSA master itself.
It turns out that it is possible to avoid that in the sja1105 driver, at
least very superficially, by requesting the switch to drop VLAN-untagged
packets on the CPU port. With the exception of control packets, all
traffic originated from tag_sja1105.c is already VLAN-tagged, so only
STP and PTP packets need to be converted. For that, we need to uphold
the equivalence between an untagged and a pvid-tagged packet, and to
remember that the CPU port of sja1105 uses a pvid of 4095.
Now that we drop untagged traffic on the CPU port, non-aggressive user
space applications like udhcpcd stop bothering us, and sja1105 effectively
becomes just as vulnerable to the aggressive kind of user space programs
as other DSA switches are (ok, users can also create 8021q uppers on top
of the DSA master in the case of sja1105, but in future patches we can
easily deny that, but it still doesn't change the fact that VLAN-tagged
packets can still be injected over raw sockets).
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently it is possible for an attacker to craft packets with a fake
DSA tag and send them to us, and our user ports will accept them and
preserve that VLAN when transmitting towards the CPU. Then the tagger
will be misled into thinking that the packets came on a different port
than they really came on.
Up until recently there wasn't a good option to prevent this from
happening. In SJA1105P and later, the MAC Configuration Table introduced
two options called:
- DRPSITAG: Drop Single Inner Tagged Frames
- DRPSOTAG: Drop Single Outer Tagged Frames
Because the sja1105 driver classifies all VLANs as "outer VLANs" (S-Tags),
it would be in principle possible to enable the DRPSOTAG bit on ports
using tag_8021q, and drop on ingress all packets which have a VLAN tag.
When the switch is VLAN-unaware, this works, because it uses a custom
TPID of 0xdadb, so any "tagged" packets received on a user port are
probably a spoofing attempt. But when the switch overall is VLAN-aware,
and some ports are standalone (therefore they use tag_8021q), the TPID
is 0x8100, and the port can receive a mix of untagged and VLAN-tagged
packets. The untagged ones will be classified to the tag_8021q pvid, and
the tagged ones to the VLAN ID from the packet header. Yes, it is true
that since commit 4fbc08bd36 ("net: dsa: sja1105: deny 8021q uppers on
ports") we no longer support this mixed mode, but that is a temporary
limitation which will eventually be lifted. It would be nice to not
introduce one more restriction via DRPSOTAG, which would make the
standalone ports of a VLAN-aware switch drop genuinely VLAN-tagged
packets.
Also, the DRPSOTAG bit is not available on the first generation of
switches (SJA1105E, SJA1105T). So since one of the key features of this
driver is compatibility across switch generations, this makes it an even
less desirable approach.
The breakthrough comes from commit bef0746cf4 ("net: dsa: sja1105:
make sure untagged packets are dropped on ingress ports with no pvid"),
where it became obvious that untagged packets are not dropped even if
the ingress port is not in the VMEMB_PORT vector of that port's pvid.
However, VLAN-tagged packets are subject to VLAN ingress
checking/dropping. This means that instead of using the catch-all
DRPSOTAG bit introduced in SJA1105P, we can drop tagged packets on a
per-VLAN basis, and this is already compatible with SJA1105E/T.
This patch adds an "allowed_ingress" argument to sja1105_vlan_add(), and
we call it with "false" for tag_8021q VLANs on user ports. The tag_8021q
VLANs still need to be allowed, of course, on ingress to DSA ports and
CPU ports.
We also need to refine the drop_untagged check in sja1105_commit_pvid to
make it not freak out about this new configuration. Currently it will
try to keep the configuration consistent between untagged and pvid-tagged
packets, so if the pvid of a port is 1 but VLAN 1 is not in VMEMB_PORT,
packets tagged with VID 1 will behave the same as untagged packets, and
be dropped. This behavior is what we want for ports under a VLAN-aware
bridge, but for the ports with a tag_8021q pvid, we want untagged
packets to be accepted, but packets tagged with a header recognized by
the switch as a tag_8021q VLAN to be dropped. So only restrict the
drop_untagged check to apply to the bridge_pvid, not to the tag_8021q_pvid.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver was relying on dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid to add VLAN ID 0. After
the blamed commit, VLAN ID 0 won't be set up anymore, breaking software
bridging fallback on VLAN-unaware bridges.
Manually set up VLAN ID 0 to fix this.
Fixes: 06cfb2df7e ("net: dsa: don't advertise 'rx-vlan-filter' when not needed")
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In early erratas this issue only covered port 0 when changing from
[x]MII (rev A 3.6). In subsequent errata versions this errata changed to
cover the additional "Hardware reset in CPU managed mode" condition, and
removed the note specifying that it only applied to port 0.
In designs where the device is configured with CPU managed mode
(CPU_MGD), on reset all SERDES ports (p0, p9, p10) have a stuck power
down bit and require this initial power up procedure. As such apply this
errata to all three SERDES ports of the mv88e6393x.
Signed-off-by: Nathan Rossi <nathan.rossi@digi.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As explained in commit e358bef7c3 ("net: dsa: Give drivers the chance
to veto certain upper devices"), the hellcreek driver uses some tricks
to comply with the network stack expectations: it enforces port
separation in standalone mode using VLANs. For untagged traffic,
bridging between ports is prevented by using different PVIDs, and for
VLAN-tagged traffic, it never accepts 8021q uppers with the same VID on
two ports, so packets with one VLAN cannot leak from one port to another.
That is almost fine*, and has worked because hellcreek relied on an
implicit behavior of the DSA core that was changed by the previous
patch: the standalone ports declare the 'rx-vlan-filter' feature as 'on
[fixed]'. Since most of the DSA drivers are actually VLAN-unaware in
standalone mode, that feature was actually incorrectly reflecting the
hardware/driver state, so there was a desire to fix it. This leaves the
hellcreek driver in a situation where it has to explicitly request this
behavior from the DSA framework.
We configure the ports as follows:
- Standalone: 'rx-vlan-filter' is on. An 8021q upper on top of a
standalone hellcreek port will go through dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid
and will add a VLAN to the hardware tables, giving the driver the
opportunity to refuse it through .port_prechangeupper.
- Bridged with vlan_filtering=0: 'rx-vlan-filter' is off. An 8021q upper
on top of a bridged hellcreek port will not go through
dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid, because there will not be any attempt to
offload this VLAN. The driver already disables VLAN awareness, so that
upper should receive the traffic it needs.
- Bridged with vlan_filtering=1: 'rx-vlan-filter' is on. An 8021q upper
on top of a bridged hellcreek port will call dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid,
and can again be vetoed through .port_prechangeupper.
*It is not actually completely fine, because if I follow through
correctly, we can have the following situation:
ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 0
ip link set lan0 master br0 # lan0 now becomes VLAN-unaware
ip link set lan0 nomaster # lan0 fails to become VLAN-aware again, therefore breaking isolation
This patch fixes that corner case by extending the DSA core logic, based
on this requested attribute, to change the VLAN awareness state of the
switch (port) when it leaves the bridge.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to transmit more restrictions in future patches, convert this
one to netlink extack.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to reject some more configurations in future patches, convert
the existing one to netlink extack.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for tag_sja1105 running on non-sja1105 DSA ports, by making
sure that every time we dereference dp->priv, we check the switch's
dsa_switch_ops (otherwise we access a struct sja1105_port structure that
is in fact something else).
This adds an unconditional build-time dependency between sja1105 being
built as module => tag_sja1105 must also be built as module. This was
there only for PTP before.
Some sane defaults must also take place when not running on sja1105
hardware. These are:
- sja1105_xmit_tpid: the sja1105 driver uses different VLAN protocols
depending on VLAN awareness and switch revision (when an encapsulated
VLAN must be sent). Default to 0x8100.
- sja1105_rcv_meta_state_machine: this aggregates PTP frames with their
metadata timestamp frames. When running on non-sja1105 hardware, don't
do that and accept all frames unmodified.
- sja1105_defer_xmit: calls sja1105_port_deferred_xmit in sja1105_main.c
which writes a management route over SPI. When not running on sja1105
hardware, bypass the SPI write and send the frame as-is.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It seems that of_find_compatible_node has a weird calling convention in
which it calls of_node_put() on the "from" node argument, instead of
leaving that up to the caller. This comes from the fact that
of_find_compatible_node with a non-NULL "from" argument it only supposed
to be used as the iterator function of for_each_compatible_node(). OF
iterator functions call of_node_get on the next OF node and of_node_put()
on the previous one.
When of_find_compatible_node calls of_node_put, it actually never
expects the refcount to drop to zero, because the call is done under the
atomic devtree_lock context, and when the refcount drops to zero it
triggers a kobject and a sysfs file deletion, which assume blocking
context.
So any driver call to of_find_compatible_node is probably buggy because
an unexpected of_node_put() takes place.
What should be done is to use the of_get_compatible_child() function.
Fixes: 5a8f09748e ("net: dsa: sja1105: register the MDIO buses for 100base-T1 and 100base-TX")
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20210814010139.kzryimmp4rizlznt@skbuf/
Suggested-by: Frank Rowand <frowand.list@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Rob Herring <robh+dt@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sja1105 driver's initialization and teardown sequence is a chaotic
mess that has gathered a lot of cruft over time. It works because there
is no strict dependency between the functions, but it could be improved.
The basic principle that teardown should be the exact reverse of setup
is obviously not held. We have initialization steps (sja1105_tas_setup,
sja1105_flower_setup) in the probe method that are torn down in the DSA
.teardown method instead of driver unbind time.
We also have code after the dsa_register_switch() call, which implicitly
means after the .setup() method has finished, which is pretty unusual.
Also, sja1105_teardown() has calls set up in a different order than the
error path of sja1105_setup(): see the reversed ordering between
sja1105_ptp_clock_unregister and sja1105_mdiobus_unregister.
Also, sja1105_static_config_load() is called towards the end of
sja1105_setup(), but sja1105_static_config_free() is also towards the
end of the error path and teardown path. The static_config_load() call
should be earlier.
Also, making and breaking the connections between struct sja1105_port
and struct dsa_port could be refactored into dedicated functions, makes
the code easier to follow.
We move some code from the DSA .setup() method into the probe method,
like the device tree parsing, and we move some code from the probe
method into the DSA .setup() method to be symmetric with its placement
in the DSA .teardown() method, which is nice because the unbind function
has a single call to dsa_unregister_switch(). Example of the latter type
of code movement are the connections between ports mentioned above, they
are now in the .setup() method.
Finally, due to fact that the kthread_init_worker() call is no longer
in sja1105_probe() - located towards the bottom of the file - but in
sja1105_setup() - located much higher - there is an inverse ordering
with the worker function declaration, sja1105_port_deferred_xmit. To
avoid that, the entire sja1105_setup() and sja1105_teardown() functions
are moved towards the bottom of the file.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The felix DSA driver, which is a wrapper over the same hardware class as
ocelot, is integrated with phylink, but ocelot is using the plain PHY
library. It makes sense to bring together the two implementations, which
is what this patch achieves.
This is a large patch and hard to break up, but it does the following:
The existing ocelot_adjust_link writes some registers, and
felix_phylink_mac_link_up writes some registers, some of them are
common, but both functions write to some registers to which the other
doesn't.
The main reasons for this are:
- Felix switches so far have used an NXP PCS so they had no need to
write the PCS1G registers that ocelot_adjust_link writes
- Felix switches have the MAC fixed at 1G, so some of the MAC speed
changes actually break the link and must be avoided.
The naming conventions for the functions introduced in this patch are:
- vsc7514_phylink_{mac_config,validate} are specific to the Ocelot
instantiations and placed in ocelot_net.c which is built only for the
ocelot switchdev driver.
- ocelot_phylink_mac_link_{up,down} are shared between the ocelot
switchdev driver and the felix DSA driver (they are put in the common
lib).
One by one, the registers written by ocelot_adjust_link are:
DEV_MAC_MODE_CFG - felix_phylink_mac_link_up had no need to write this
register since its out-of-reset value was fine and
did not need changing. The write is moved to the
common ocelot_phylink_mac_link_up and on felix it is
guarded by a quirk bit that makes the written value
identical with the out-of-reset one
DEV_PORT_MISC - runtime invariant, was moved to vsc7514_phylink_mac_config
PCS1G_MODE_CFG - same as above
PCS1G_SD_CFG - same as above
PCS1G_CFG - same as above
PCS1G_ANEG_CFG - same as above
PCS1G_LB_CFG - same as above
DEV_MAC_ENA_CFG - both ocelot_adjust_link and ocelot_port_disable
touched this. felix_phylink_mac_link_{up,down} also
do. We go with what felix does and put it in
ocelot_phylink_mac_link_up.
DEV_CLOCK_CFG - ocelot_adjust_link and felix_phylink_mac_link_up both
write this, but to different values. Move to the common
ocelot_phylink_mac_link_up and make sure via the quirk
that the old values are preserved for both.
ANA_PFC_PFC_CFG - ocelot_adjust_link wrote this, felix_phylink_mac_link_up
did not. Runtime invariant, speed does not matter since
PFC is disabled via the RX_PFC_ENA bits which are cleared.
Move to vsc7514_phylink_mac_config.
QSYS_SWITCH_PORT_MODE_PORT_ENA - both ocelot_adjust_link and
felix_phylink_mac_link_{up,down} wrote
this. Ocelot also wrote this register
from ocelot_port_disable. Keep what
felix did, move in ocelot_phylink_mac_link_{up,down}
and delete ocelot_port_disable.
ANA_POL_FLOWC - same as above
SYS_MAC_FC_CFG - same as above, except slight behavior change. Whereas
ocelot always enabled RX and TX flow control, felix
listened to phylink (for the most part, at least - see
the 2500base-X comment).
The registers which only felix_phylink_mac_link_up wrote are:
SYS_PAUSE_CFG_PAUSE_ENA - this is why I am not sure that flow control
worked on ocelot. Not it should, since the
code is shared with felix where it does.
ANA_PORT_PORT_CFG - this is a Frame Analyzer block register, phylink
should be the one touching them, deleted.
Other changes:
- The old phylib registration code was in mscc_ocelot_init_ports. It is
hard to work with 2 levels of indentation already in, and with hard to
follow teardown logic. The new phylink registration code was moved
inside ocelot_probe_port(), right between alloc_etherdev() and
register_netdev(). It could not be done before (=> outside of)
ocelot_probe_port() because ocelot_probe_port() allocates the struct
ocelot_port which we then use to assign ocelot_port->phy_mode to. It
is more preferable to me to have all PHY handling logic inside the
same function.
- On the same topic: struct ocelot_port_private :: serdes is only used
in ocelot_port_open to set the SERDES protocol to Ethernet. This is
logically a runtime invariant and can be done just once, when the port
registers with phylink. We therefore don't even need to keep the
serdes reference inside struct ocelot_port_private, or to use the devm
variant of of_phy_get().
- Phylink needs a valid phy-mode for phylink_create() to succeed, and
the existing device tree bindings in arch/mips/boot/dts/mscc/ocelot_pcb120.dts
don't define one for the internal PHY ports. So we patch
PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_NA into PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_INTERNAL.
- There was a strategically placed:
switch (priv->phy_mode) {
case PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_NA:
continue;
which made the code skip the serdes initialization for the internal
PHY ports. Frankly that is not all that obvious, so now we explicitly
initialize the serdes under an "if" condition and not rely on code
jumps, so everything is clearer.
- There was a write of OCELOT_SPEED_1000 to DEV_CLOCK_CFG for QSGMII
ports. Since that is in fact the default value for the register field
DEV_CLOCK_CFG_LINK_SPEED, I can only guess the intention was to clear
the adjacent fields, MAC_TX_RST and MAC_RX_RST, aka take the port out
of reset, which does match the comment. I don't even want to know why
this code is placed there, but if there is indeed an issue that all
ports that share a QSGMII lane must all be up, then this logic is
already buggy, since mscc_ocelot_init_ports iterates using
for_each_available_child_of_node, so nobody prevents the user from
putting a 'status = "disabled";' for some QSGMII ports which would
break the driver's assumption.
In any case, in the eventuality that I'm right, we would have yet
another issue if ocelot_phylink_mac_link_down would reset those ports
and that would be forbidden, so since the ocelot_adjust_link logic did
not do that (maybe for a reason), add another quirk to preserve the
old logic.
The ocelot driver teardown goes through all ports in one fell swoop.
When initialization of one port fails, the ocelot->ports[port] pointer
for that is reset to NULL, and teardown is done only for non-NULL ports,
so there is no reason to do partial teardowns, let the central
mscc_ocelot_release_ports() do its job.
Tested bind, unbind, rebind, link up, link down, speed change on mock-up
hardware (modified the driver to probe on Felix VSC9959). Also
regression tested the felix DSA driver. Could not test the Ocelot
specific bits (PCS1G, SERDES, device tree bindings).
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ocelot_port_enable touches ANA_PORT_PORT_CFG, which has the following
fields:
- LOCKED_PORTMOVE_CPU, LEARNDROP, LEARNCPU, LEARNAUTO, RECV_ENA, all of
which are written with their hardware default values, also runtime
invariants. So it makes no sense to write these during every .ndo_open.
- PORTID_VAL: this field has an out-of-reset value of zero for all ports
and must be initialized by software. Additionally, the
ocelot_setup_logical_port_ids() code path sets up different logical
port IDs for the ports in a hardware LAG, and we absolutely don't want
.ndo_open to interfere there and reset those values.
So in fact the write from ocelot_port_enable can better be moved to
ocelot_init_port, and the .ndo_open hook deleted.
ocelot_port_disable touches DEV_MAC_ENA_CFG and QSYS_SWITCH_PORT_MODE_PORT_ENA,
in an attempt to undo what ocelot_adjust_link did. But since .ndo_stop
does not get called each time the link falls (i.e. this isn't a
substitute for .phylink_mac_link_down), felix already does better at
this by writing those registers already in felix_phylink_mac_link_down.
So keep ocelot_port_disable (for now, until ocelot is converted to
phylink too), and just delete the felix call to it, which is not
necessary.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 'imply' keyword does not do what most people think it does, it only
politely asks Kconfig to turn on another symbol, but does not prevent
it from being disabled manually or built as a loadable module when the
user is built-in. In the ICE driver, the latter now causes a link failure:
aarch64-linux-ld: drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ice/ice_main.o: in function `ice_eth_ioctl':
ice_main.c:(.text+0x13b0): undefined reference to `ice_ptp_get_ts_config'
ice_main.c:(.text+0x13b0): relocation truncated to fit: R_AARCH64_CALL26 against undefined symbol `ice_ptp_get_ts_config'
aarch64-linux-ld: ice_main.c:(.text+0x13bc): undefined reference to `ice_ptp_set_ts_config'
ice_main.c:(.text+0x13bc): relocation truncated to fit: R_AARCH64_CALL26 against undefined symbol `ice_ptp_set_ts_config'
aarch64-linux-ld: drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ice/ice_main.o: in function `ice_prepare_for_reset':
ice_main.c:(.text+0x31fc): undefined reference to `ice_ptp_release'
ice_main.c:(.text+0x31fc): relocation truncated to fit: R_AARCH64_CALL26 against undefined symbol `ice_ptp_release'
aarch64-linux-ld: drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ice/ice_main.o: in function `ice_rebuild':
This is a recurring problem in many drivers, and we have discussed
it several times befores, without reaching a consensus. I'm providing
a link to the previous email thread for reference, which discusses
some related problems.
To solve the dependency issue better than the 'imply' keyword, introduce a
separate Kconfig symbol "CONFIG_PTP_1588_CLOCK_OPTIONAL" that any driver
can depend on if it is able to use PTP support when available, but works
fine without it. Whenever CONFIG_PTP_1588_CLOCK=m, those drivers are
then prevented from being built-in, the same way as with a 'depends on
PTP_1588_CLOCK || !PTP_1588_CLOCK' dependency that does the same trick,
but that can be rather confusing when you first see it.
Since this should cover the dependencies correctly, the IS_REACHABLE()
hack in the header is no longer needed now, and can be turned back
into a normal IS_ENABLED() check. Any driver that gets the dependency
wrong will now cause a link time failure rather than being unable to use
PTP support when that is in a loadable module.
However, the two recently added ptp_get_vclocks_index() and
ptp_convert_timestamp() interfaces are only called from builtin code with
ethtool and socket timestamps, so keep the current behavior by stubbing
those out completely when PTP is in a loadable module. This should be
addressed properly in a follow-up.
As Richard suggested, we may want to actually turn PTP support into a
'bool' option later on, preventing it from being a loadable module
altogether, which would be one way to solve the problem with the ethtool
interface.
Fixes: 06c16d89d2 ("ice: register 1588 PTP clock device object for E810 devices")
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20210804121318.337276-1-arnd@kernel.org/
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/CAK8P3a06enZOf=XyZ+zcAwBczv41UuCTz+=0FMf2gBz1_cOnZQ@mail.gmail.com/
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/CAK8P3a3=eOxE-K25754+fB_-i_0BZzf9a9RfPTX3ppSwu9WZXw@mail.gmail.com/
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20210726084540.3282344-1-arnd@kernel.org/
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Acked-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210812183509.1362782-1-arnd@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The call to sja1105_mdiobus_unregister is present in the error path but
absent from the main driver unbind path.
Fixes: 5a8f09748e ("net: dsa: sja1105: register the MDIO buses for 100base-T1 and 100base-TX")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a port leaves a VLAN-aware bridge, the current code does not clear
other ports' matrix field bit. If the bridge is later set to VLAN-unaware
mode, traffic in the bridge may leak to that port.
Remove the VLAN filtering check in mt7530_port_bridge_leave.
Fixes: 474a2ddaa1 ("net: dsa: mt7530: fix VLAN traffic leaks")
Fixes: 83163f7dca ("net: dsa: mediatek: add VLAN support for MT7530")
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rtnl_fdb_dump() has logic to split a dump of PF_BRIDGE neighbors into
multiple netlink skbs if the buffer provided by user space is too small
(one buffer will typically handle a few hundred FDB entries).
When the current buffer becomes full, nlmsg_put() in
dsa_slave_port_fdb_do_dump() returns -EMSGSIZE and DSA saves the index
of the last dumped FDB entry, returns to rtnl_fdb_dump() up to that
point, and then the dump resumes on the same port with a new skb, and
FDB entries up to the saved index are simply skipped.
Since dsa_slave_port_fdb_do_dump() is pointed to by the "cb" passed to
drivers, then drivers must check for the -EMSGSIZE error code returned
by it. Otherwise, when a netlink skb becomes full, DSA will no longer
save newly dumped FDB entries to it, but the driver will continue
dumping. So FDB entries will be missing from the dump.
Fix the broken backpressure by propagating the "cb" return code and
allow rtnl_fdb_dump() to restart the FDB dump with a new skb.
Fixes: 291d1e72b7 ("net: dsa: sja1105: Add support for FDB and MDB management")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rtnl_fdb_dump() has logic to split a dump of PF_BRIDGE neighbors into
multiple netlink skbs if the buffer provided by user space is too small
(one buffer will typically handle a few hundred FDB entries).
When the current buffer becomes full, nlmsg_put() in
dsa_slave_port_fdb_do_dump() returns -EMSGSIZE and DSA saves the index
of the last dumped FDB entry, returns to rtnl_fdb_dump() up to that
point, and then the dump resumes on the same port with a new skb, and
FDB entries up to the saved index are simply skipped.
Since dsa_slave_port_fdb_do_dump() is pointed to by the "cb" passed to
drivers, then drivers must check for the -EMSGSIZE error code returned
by it. Otherwise, when a netlink skb becomes full, DSA will no longer
save newly dumped FDB entries to it, but the driver will continue
dumping. So FDB entries will be missing from the dump.
Fix the broken backpressure by propagating the "cb" return code and
allow rtnl_fdb_dump() to restart the FDB dump with a new skb.
Fixes: 58c59ef9e9 ("net: dsa: lantiq: Add Forwarding Database access")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rtnl_fdb_dump() has logic to split a dump of PF_BRIDGE neighbors into
multiple netlink skbs if the buffer provided by user space is too small
(one buffer will typically handle a few hundred FDB entries).
When the current buffer becomes full, nlmsg_put() in
dsa_slave_port_fdb_do_dump() returns -EMSGSIZE and DSA saves the index
of the last dumped FDB entry, returns to rtnl_fdb_dump() up to that
point, and then the dump resumes on the same port with a new skb, and
FDB entries up to the saved index are simply skipped.
Since dsa_slave_port_fdb_do_dump() is pointed to by the "cb" passed to
drivers, then drivers must check for the -EMSGSIZE error code returned
by it. Otherwise, when a netlink skb becomes full, DSA will no longer
save newly dumped FDB entries to it, but the driver will continue
dumping. So FDB entries will be missing from the dump.
Fix the broken backpressure by propagating the "cb" return code and
allow rtnl_fdb_dump() to restart the FDB dump with a new skb.
Fixes: ab335349b8 ("net: dsa: lan9303: Add port_fast_age and port_fdb_dump methods")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rtnl_fdb_dump() has logic to split a dump of PF_BRIDGE neighbors into
multiple netlink skbs if the buffer provided by user space is too small
(one buffer will typically handle a few hundred FDB entries).
When the current buffer becomes full, nlmsg_put() in
dsa_slave_port_fdb_do_dump() returns -EMSGSIZE and DSA saves the index
of the last dumped FDB entry, returns to rtnl_fdb_dump() up to that
point, and then the dump resumes on the same port with a new skb, and
FDB entries up to the saved index are simply skipped.
Since dsa_slave_port_fdb_do_dump() is pointed to by the "cb" passed to
drivers, then drivers must check for the -EMSGSIZE error code returned
by it. Otherwise, when a netlink skb becomes full, DSA will no longer
save newly dumped FDB entries to it, but the driver will continue
dumping. So FDB entries will be missing from the dump.
Fix the broken backpressure by propagating the "cb" return code and
allow rtnl_fdb_dump() to restart the FDB dump with a new skb.
Fixes: e4b27ebc78 ("net: dsa: Add DSA driver for Hirschmann Hellcreek switches")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The magic number 4 in VLAN table lookup was the number of entries we
can read and write at once. Using phy_port_cnt here doesn't make
sense and presumably broke VLAN filtering for 3-port switches. Change
it back to 4.
Fixes: 4ce2a984ab ("net: dsa: microchip: ksz8795: use phy_port_cnt ...")
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@mind.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently ksz8_port_vlan_filtering() sets or clears the VLAN Enable
hardware flag. That controls discarding of packets with a VID that
has not been enabled for any port on the switch.
Since it is a global flag, set the dsa_switch::vlan_filtering_is_global
flag so that the DSA core understands this can't be controlled per
port.
When VLAN filtering is enabled, the switch should also discard packets
with a VID that's not enabled on the ingress port. Set or clear each
external port's VLAN Ingress Filter flag in ksz8_port_vlan_filtering()
to make that happen.
Fixes: e66f840c08 ("net: dsa: ksz: Add Microchip KSZ8795 DSA driver")
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@mind.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On the CPU port, we can support both tagged and untagged VLANs at the
same time by doing any necessary untagging in software rather than
hardware. To enable that, keep the CPU port's Remove Tag flag cleared
and set the dsa_switch::untag_bridge_pvid flag.
Fixes: e66f840c08 ("net: dsa: ksz: Add Microchip KSZ8795 DSA driver")
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@mind.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a VLAN is deleted from a port, the flags in struct
switchdev_obj_port_vlan are always 0. ksz8_port_vlan_del() copies the
BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_UNTAGGED flag to the port's Tag Removal flag, and
therefore always clears it.
In case there are multiple VLANs configured as untagged on this port -
which seems useless, but is allowed - deleting one of them changes the
remaining VLANs to be tagged.
It's only ever necessary to change this flag when a VLAN is added to
the port, so leave it unchanged in ksz8_port_vlan_del().
Fixes: e66f840c08 ("net: dsa: ksz: Add Microchip KSZ8795 DSA driver")
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@mind.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The switches supported by ksz8795 only have a per-port flag for Tag
Removal. This means it is not possible to support both tagged and
untagged VLANs on the same port. Reject attempts to add a VLAN that
requires the flag to be changed, unless there are no VLANs currently
configured.
VID 0 is excluded from this check since it is untagged regardless of
the state of the flag.
On the CPU port we could support tagged and untagged VLANs at the same
time. This will be enabled by a later patch.
Fixes: e66f840c08 ("net: dsa: ksz: Add Microchip KSZ8795 DSA driver")
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@mind.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ksz8795 has never actually enabled PVID tag insertion, and it also
programmed the PVID incorrectly. To fix this:
* Allow tag insertion to be controlled per ingress port. On most
chips, set bit 2 in Global Control 19. On KSZ88x3 this control
flag doesn't exist.
* When adding a PVID:
- Set the appropriate register bits to enable tag insertion on
egress at every other port if this was the packet's ingress port.
- Mask *out* the VID from the default tag, before or-ing in the new
PVID.
* When removing a PVID:
- Clear the same control bits to disable tag insertion.
- Don't update the default tag. This wasn't doing anything useful.
Fixes: e66f840c08 ("net: dsa: ksz: Add Microchip KSZ8795 DSA driver")
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@mind.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ksz_read64() currently does some dubious byte-swapping on the two
halves of a 64-bit register, and then only returns the high bits.
Replace this with a straightforward expression.
Fixes: e66f840c08 ("net: dsa: ksz: Add Microchip KSZ8795 DSA driver")
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@mind.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Delete the dynamically learned FDB entries when the STP state changes
and when address learning is disabled.
On sja1105 there is no shorthand SPI command for this, so we need to
walk through the entire FDB to delete.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that DSA keeps track of the port learning state, it becomes
superfluous to keep an additional variable with this information in the
sja1105 driver. Remove it.
The DSA core's learning state is present in struct dsa_port *dp.
To avoid the antipattern where we iterate through a DSA switch's
ports and then call dsa_to_port to obtain the "dp" reference (which is
bad because dsa_to_port iterates through the DSA switch tree once
again), just iterate through the dst->ports and operate on those
directly.
The sja1105 had an extra use of priv->learn_ena on non-user ports. DSA
does not touch the learning state of those ports - drivers are free to
do what they wish on them. Mark that information with a comment in
struct dsa_port and let sja1105 set dp->learning for cascade ports.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently DSA leaves it down to device drivers to fast age the FDB on a
port when address learning is disabled on it. There are 2 reasons for
doing that in the first place:
- when address learning is disabled by user space, through
IFLA_BRPORT_LEARNING or the brport_attr_learning sysfs, what user
space typically wants to achieve is to operate in a mode with no
dynamic FDB entry on that port. But if the port is already up, some
addresses might have been already learned on it, and it seems silly to
wait for 5 minutes for them to expire until something useful can be
done.
- when a port leaves a bridge and becomes standalone, DSA turns off
address learning on it. This also has the nice side effect of flushing
the dynamically learned bridge FDB entries on it, which is a good idea
because standalone ports should not have bridge FDB entries on them.
We let drivers manage fast ageing under this condition because if DSA
were to do it, it would need to track each port's learning state, and
act upon the transition, which it currently doesn't.
But there are 2 reasons why doing it is better after all:
- drivers might get it wrong and not do it (see b53_port_set_learning)
- we would like to flush the dynamic entries from the software bridge
too, and letting drivers do that would be another pain point
So track the port learning state and trigger a fast age process
automatically within DSA.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make sure that all external port are actually isolated from each other,
so no packets are leaked.
Fixes: ec6698c272 ("net: dsa: add support for Atheros AR9331 built-in switch")
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the missing RxUnicast counter.
Fixes: b8f126a8d5 ("net-next: dsa: add dsa support for Mediatek MT7530 switch")
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver currently still accepts untagged frames on VLAN-aware ports
without PVID. Use PVC.ACC_FRM to drop untagged frames in that case.
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 08cc83cc7f ("net: dsa: add support for BRIDGE_MROUTER
attribute") added an option for users to turn off multicast flooding
towards the CPU if they turn off the IGMP querier on a bridge which
already has enslaved ports (echo 0 > /sys/class/net/br0/bridge/multicast_router).
And commit a8b659e7ff ("net: dsa: act as passthrough for bridge port flags")
simply papered over that issue, because it moved the decision to flood
the CPU with multicast (or not) from the DSA core down to individual drivers,
instead of taking a more radical position then.
The truth is that disabling multicast flooding to the CPU is simply
something we are not prepared to do now, if at all. Some reasons:
- ICMP6 neighbor solicitation messages are unregistered multicast
packets as far as the bridge is concerned. So if we stop flooding
multicast, the outside world cannot ping the bridge device's IPv6
link-local address.
- There might be foreign interfaces bridged with our DSA switch ports
(sending a packet towards the host does not necessarily equal
termination, but maybe software forwarding). So if there is no one
interested in that multicast traffic in the local network stack, that
doesn't mean nobody is.
- PTP over L4 (IPv4, IPv6) is multicast, but is unregistered as far as
the bridge is concerned. This should reach the CPU port.
- The switch driver might not do FDB partitioning. And since we don't
even bother to do more fine-grained flood disabling (such as "disable
flooding _from_port_N_ towards the CPU port" as opposed to "disable
flooding _from_any_port_ towards the CPU port"), this breaks standalone
ports, or even multiple bridges where one has an IGMP querier and one
doesn't.
Reverting the logic makes all of the above work.
Fixes: a8b659e7ff ("net: dsa: act as passthrough for bridge port flags")
Fixes: 08cc83cc7f ("net: dsa: add support for BRIDGE_MROUTER attribute")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA's idea of optimizing out multicast flooding to the CPU port leaves
quite a few holes open, so it should be reverted.
The mt7530 driver is the only new driver which added a .port_set_mrouter
implementation after the reorg from commit a8b659e7ff ("net: dsa: act
as passthrough for bridge port flags"), so it needs to be reverted
separately so that the other revert commit can go a bit further down the
git history.
Fixes: 5a30833b9a ("net: dsa: mt7530: support MDB and bridge flag operations")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Build failure in drivers/net/wwan/mhi_wwan_mbim.c:
add missing parameter (0, assuming we don't want buffer pre-alloc).
Conflict in drivers/net/dsa/sja1105/sja1105_main.c between:
589918df93 ("net: dsa: sja1105: be stateless with FDB entries on SJA1105P/Q/R/S/SJA1110 too")
0fac6aa098 ("net: dsa: sja1105: delete the best_effort_vlan_filtering mode")
Follow the instructions from the commit message of the former commit
- removed the if conditions. When looking at commit 589918df93 ("net:
dsa: sja1105: be stateless with FDB entries on SJA1105P/Q/R/S/SJA1110 too")
note that the mask_iotag fields get removed by the following patch.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Right now, address learning is disabled on DSA ports, which means that a
packet received over a DSA port from a cross-chip switch will be flooded
to unrelated ports.
It is desirable to eliminate that, but for that we need a breakdown of
the possibilities for the sja1105 driver. A DSA port can be:
- a downstream-facing cascade port. This is simple because it will
always receive packets from a downstream switch, and there should be
no other route to reach that downstream switch in the first place,
which means it should be safe to learn that MAC address towards that
switch.
- an upstream-facing cascade port. This receives packets either:
* autonomously forwarded by an upstream switch (and therefore these
packets belong to the data plane of a bridge, so address learning
should be ok), or
* injected from the CPU. This deserves further discussion, as normally,
an upstream-facing cascade port is no different than the CPU port
itself. But with "H" topologies (a DSA link towards a switch that
has its own CPU port), these are more "laterally-facing" cascade
ports than they are "upstream-facing". Here, there is a risk that
the port might learn the host addresses on the wrong port (on the
DSA port instead of on its own CPU port), but this is solved by
DSA's RX filtering infrastructure, which installs the host addresses
as static FDB entries on the CPU port of all switches in a "H" tree.
So even if there will be an attempt from the switch to migrate the
FDB entry from the CPU port to the laterally-facing cascade port, it
will fail to do that, because the FDB entry that already exists is
static and cannot migrate. So address learning should be safe for
this configuration too.
Ok, so what about other MAC addresses coming from the host, not
necessarily the bridge local FDB entries? What about MAC addresses
dynamically learned on foreign interfaces, isn't there a risk that
cascade ports will learn these entries dynamically when they are
supposed to be delivered towards the CPU port? Well, that is correct,
and this is why we also need to enable the assisted learning feature, to
snoop for these addresses and write them to hardware as static FDB
entries towards the CPU, to make the switch's learning process on the
cascade ports ineffective for them. With assisted learning enabled, the
hardware learning on the CPU port must be disabled.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
H topologies like this one have a problem:
eth0 eth1
| |
CPU port CPU port
| DSA link |
sw0p0 sw0p1 sw0p2 sw0p3 sw0p4 -------- sw1p4 sw1p3 sw1p2 sw1p1 sw1p0
| | | | | |
user user user user user user
port port port port port port
Basically any packet sent by the eth0 DSA master can be flooded on the
interconnecting DSA link sw0p4 <-> sw1p4 and it will be received by the
eth1 DSA master too. Basically we are talking to ourselves.
In VLAN-unaware mode, these packets are encoded using a tag_8021q TX
VLAN, which dsa_8021q_rcv() rightfully cannot decode and complains.
Whereas in VLAN-aware mode, the packets are encoded with a bridge VLAN
which _can_ be decoded by the tagger running on eth1, so it will attempt
to reinject that packet into the network stack (the bridge, if there is
any port under eth1 that is under a bridge). In the case where the ports
under eth1 are under the same cross-chip bridge as the ports under eth0,
the TX packets will even be learned as RX packets. The only thing that
will prevent loops with the software bridging path, and therefore
disaster, is that the source port and the destination port are in the
same hardware domain, and the bridge will receive packets from the
driver with skb->offload_fwd_mark = true and will not forward between
the two.
The proper solution to this problem is to detect H topologies and
enforce that all packets are received through the local switch and we do
not attempt to receive packets on our CPU port from switches that have
their own. This is a viable solution which works thanks to the fact that
MAC addresses which should be filtered towards the host are installed by
DSA as static MAC addresses towards the CPU port of each switch.
TX from a CPU port towards the DSA port continues to be allowed, this is
because sja1105 supports bridge TX forwarding offload, and the skb->dev
used initially for xmit does not have any direct correlation with where
the station that will respond to that packet is connected. It may very
well happen that when we send a ping through a br0 interface that spans
all switch ports, the xmit packet will exit the system through a DSA
switch interface under eth1 (say sw1p2), but the destination station is
connected to a switch port under eth0, like sw0p0. So the switch under
eth1 needs to communicate on TX with the switch under eth0. The
response, however, will not follow the same path, but instead, this
patch enforces that the response is sent by the first switch directly to
its DSA master which is eth0.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since all packets are transmitted as VLAN-tagged over a DSA link (this
VLAN tag represents the tag_8021q header), we need to increase the MTU
of these interfaces to account for the possibility that we are already
transporting a user-visible VLAN header.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit ed040abca4 ("net: dsa: sja1105: use 4095 as the private
VLAN for untagged traffic"), this driver uses a reserved value as pvid
for the host port (DSA CPU port). Control packets which are sent as
untagged get classified to this VLAN, and all ports are members of it
(this is to be expected for control packets).
Manage all cascade ports in the same way and allow control packets to
egress everywhere.
Also, all VLANs need to be sent as egress-tagged on all cascade ports.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Manage DSA links towards other switches, be they host ports or cascade
ports, the same as the CPU port, i.e. allow forwarding and flooding
unconditionally from all user ports.
We send packets as always VLAN-tagged on a DSA port, and we rely on the
cross-chip notifiers from tag_8021q to install the RX VLAN of a switch
port only on the proper remote ports of another switch (the ports that
are in the same bridging domain). So if there is no cross-chip bridging
in the system, the flooded packets will be sent on the DSA ports too,
but they will be dropped by the remote switches due to either
(a) a lack of the RX VLAN in the VLAN table of the ingress DSA port, or
(b) a lack of valid destinations for those packets, due to a lack of the
RX VLAN on the user ports of the switch
Note that switches which only transport packets in a cross-chip bridge,
but have no user ports of their own as part of that bridge, such as
switch 1 in this case:
DSA link DSA link
sw0p0 sw0p1 sw0p2 -------- sw1p0 sw1p2 sw1p3 -------- sw2p0 sw2p2 sw2p3
ip link set sw0p0 master br0
ip link set sw2p3 master br0
will still work, because the tag_8021q cross-chip notifiers keep the RX
VLANs installed on all DSA ports.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sja1105 switch family has a feature called "cascade ports" which can
be used in topologies where multiple SJA1105/SJA1110 switches are daisy
chained. Upstream switches set this bit for the DSA link towards the
downstream switches. This is used when the upstream switch receives a
control packet (PTP, STP) from a downstream switch, because if the
source port for a control packet is marked as a cascade port, then the
source port, switch ID and RX timestamp will not be taken again on the
upstream switch, it is assumed that this has already been done by the
downstream switch (the leaf port in the tree) and that the CPU has
everything it needs to decode the information from this packet.
We need to distinguish between an upstream-facing DSA link and a
downstream-facing DSA link, because the upstream-facing DSA links are
"host ports" for the SJA1105/SJA1110 switches, and the downstream-facing
DSA links are "cascade ports".
Note that SJA1105 supports a single cascade port, so only daisy chain
topologies work. With SJA1110, there can be more complex topologies such
as:
eth0
|
host port
|
sw0p0 sw0p1 sw0p2 sw0p3 sw0p4
| | | |
cascade cascade user user
port port port port
| |
| |
| |
| host
| port
| |
| sw1p0 sw1p1 sw1p2 sw1p3 sw1p4
| | | | |
| user user user user
host port port port port
port
|
sw2p0 sw2p1 sw2p2 sw2p3 sw2p4
| | | |
user user user user
port port port port
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 7e77702178 ("mt7530 mt7530_fdb_write only set ivl
bit vid larger than 1").
Before this series, the default value of all ports' PVID is 1, which is
copied into the FDB entry, even if the ports are VLAN unaware. So
`bridge fdb show` will show entries like `dev swp0 vlan 1 self` even on
a VLAN-unaware bridge.
The blamed commit does not solve that issue completely, instead it may
cause a new issue that FDB is inaccessible in a VLAN-aware bridge with
PVID 1.
This series sets PVID to 0 on VLAN-unaware ports, so `bridge fdb show`
will no longer print `vlan 1` on VLAN-unaware bridges, and that special
case in fdb_write is not required anymore.
Set FDB entries' filter ID to 1 to match the VLAN table.
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As filter ID 1 is the only one used for bridges, set STP state on it.
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Consider the following bridge configuration, where bond0 is not
offloaded:
+-- br0 --+
/ / | \
/ / | \
/ | | bond0
/ | | / \
swp0 swp1 swp2 swp3 swp4
. . .
. . .
A B C
Ideally, when the switch receives a packet from swp3 or swp4, it should
forward the packet to the CPU, according to the port matrix and unknown
unicast flood settings.
But packet loss will happen if the destination address is at one of the
offloaded ports (swp0~2). For example, when client C sends a packet to
A, the FDB lookup will indicate that it should be forwarded to swp0, but
the port matrix of swp3 and swp4 is configured to only allow the CPU to
be its destination, so it is dropped.
However, this issue does not happen if the bridge is VLAN-aware. That is
because VLAN-aware bridges use independent VLAN learning, i.e. use VID
for FDB lookup, on offloaded ports. As swp3 and swp4 are not offloaded,
shared VLAN learning with default filter ID of 0 is used instead. So the
lookup for A with filter ID 0 never hits and the packet can be forwarded
to the CPU.
In the current code, only two combinations were used to toggle user
ports' VLAN awareness: one is PCR.PORT_VLAN set to port matrix mode with
PVC.VLAN_ATTR set to transparent port, the other is PCR.PORT_VLAN set to
security mode with PVC.VLAN_ATTR set to user port.
It turns out that only PVC.VLAN_ATTR contributes to VLAN awareness, and
port matrix mode just skips the VLAN table lookup. The reference manual
is somehow misleading when describing PORT_VLAN modes. It states that
PORT_MEM (VLAN port member) is used for destination if the VLAN table
lookup hits, but actually **PORT_MEM & PORT_MATRIX** (bitwise AND of
VLAN port member and port matrix) is used instead, which means we can
have two or more separate VLAN-aware bridges with the same PVID and
traffic won't leak between them.
Therefore, to solve this, enable independent VLAN learning with PVID 0
on VLAN-unaware bridges, by setting their PCR.PORT_VLAN to fallback
mode, while leaving standalone ports in port matrix mode. The CPU port
is always set to fallback mode to serve those bridges.
During testing, it is found that FDB lookup with filter ID of 0 will
also hit entries with VID 0 even with independent VLAN learning. To
avoid that, install all VLANs with filter ID of 1.
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Consider the following bridge configuration, where bond0 is not
offloaded:
+-- br0 --+
/ / | \
/ / | \
/ | | bond0
/ | | / \
swp0 swp1 swp2 swp3 swp4
. . .
. . .
A B C
Address learning is enabled on offloaded ports (swp0~2) and the CPU
port, so when client A sends a packet to C, the following will happen:
1. The switch learns that client A can be reached at swp0.
2. The switch probably already knows that client C can be reached at the
CPU port, so it forwards the packet to the CPU.
3. The bridge core knows client C can be reached at bond0, so it
forwards the packet back to the switch.
4. The switch learns that client A can be reached at the CPU port.
5. The switch forwards the packet to either swp3 or swp4, according to
the packet's tag.
That makes client A's MAC address flap between swp0 and the CPU port. If
client B sends a packet to A, it is possible that the packet is
forwarded to the CPU. With offload_fwd_mark = 1, the bridge core won't
forward it back to the switch, resulting in packet loss.
As we have the assisted_learning_on_cpu_port in DSA core now, enable
that and disable hardware learning on the CPU port.
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <oltean@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case of this switch we work with 32bit registers on top of 16bit
bus. Some registers (for example access to forwarding database) have
trigger bit on the first 16bit half of request and the result +
configuration of request in the second half. Without this patch, we would
trigger database operation and overwrite result in one run.
To make it work properly, we should do the second part of transfer
before the first one is done.
So far, this rule seems to work for all registers on this switch.
Fixes: ec6698c272 ("net: dsa: add support for Atheros AR9331 built-in switch")
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210803063746.3600-1-o.rempel@pengutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
It is desirable to reduce the surface of DSA_TAG_PROTO_NONE as much as
we can, because we now have options for switches without hardware
support for DSA tagging, and the occurrence in the mt7530 driver is in
fact quite gratuitout and easy to remove. Since ds->ops->get_tag_protocol()
is only called for CPU ports, the checks for a CPU port in
mtk_get_tag_protocol() are redundant and can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Acked-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On SJA1105P/Q/R/S and SJA1110, the L2 Lookup Table entries contain a
maskable "inner/outer tag" bit which means:
- when set to 1: match single-outer and double tagged frames
- when set to 0: match untagged and single-inner tagged frames
- when masked off: match all frames regardless of the type of tag
This driver does not make any meaningful distinction between inner tags
(matches on TPID) and outer tags (matches on TPID2). In fact, all VLAN
table entries are installed as SJA1110_VLAN_D_TAG, which means that they
match on both inner and outer tags.
So it does not make sense that we install FDB entries with the IOTAG bit
set to 1.
In VLAN-unaware mode, we set both TPID and TPID2 to 0xdadb, so the
switch will see frames as outer-tagged or double-tagged (never inner).
So the FDB entries will match if IOTAG is set to 1.
In VLAN-aware mode, we set TPID to 0x8100 and TPID2 to 0x88a8. So the
switch will see untagged and 802.1Q-tagged packets as inner-tagged, and
802.1ad-tagged packets as outer-tagged. So untagged and 802.1Q-tagged
packets will not match FDB entries if IOTAG is set to 1, but 802.1ad
tagged packets will. Strange.
To fix this, simply mask off the IOTAG bit from FDB entries, and make
them match regardless of whether the VLAN tag is inner or outer.
Fixes: 1da7382134 ("net: dsa: sja1105: Add FDB operations for P/Q/R/S series")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar but not quite the same with what was done in commit b11f0a4c0c
("net: dsa: sja1105: be stateless when installing FDB entries") for
SJA1105E/T, it is desirable to drop the priv->vlan_aware check and
simply go ahead and install FDB entries in the VLAN that was given by
the bridge.
As opposed to SJA1105E/T, in SJA1105P/Q/R/S and SJA1110, the FDB is a
maskable TCAM, and we are installing VLAN-unaware FDB entries with the
VLAN ID masked off. However, such FDB entries might completely obscure
VLAN-aware entries where the VLAN ID is included in the search mask,
because the switch looks up the FDB from left to right and picks the
first entry which results in a masked match. So it depends on whether
the bridge installs first the VLAN-unaware or the VLAN-aware FDB entries.
Anyway, if we had a VLAN-unaware FDB entry towards one set of DESTPORTS
and a VLAN-aware one towards other set of DESTPORTS, the result is that
the packets in VLAN-aware mode will be forwarded towards the DESTPORTS
specified by the VLAN-unaware entry.
To solve this, simply do not use the masked matching ability of the FDB
for VLAN ID, and always match precisely on it. In VLAN-unaware mode, we
configure the switch for shared VLAN learning, so the VLAN ID will be
ignored anyway during lookup, so it is redundant to mask it off in the
TCAM.
This patch conflicts with net-next commit 0fac6aa098 ("net: dsa: sja1105:
delete the best_effort_vlan_filtering mode") which changed this line:
if (priv->vlan_state != SJA1105_VLAN_UNAWARE) {
into:
if (priv->vlan_aware) {
When merging with net-next, the lines added by this patch should take
precedence in the conflict resolution (i.e. the "if" condition should be
deleted in both cases).
Fixes: 1da7382134 ("net: dsa: sja1105: Add FDB operations for P/Q/R/S series")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, when sja1105pqrs_fdb_add() is called for a host-joined IPv6
MDB entry such as 33:33:00:00:00:6a, the search for that address will
return the FDB entry for SJA1105_UNKNOWN_MULTICAST, which has a
destination MAC of 01:00:00:00:00:00 and a mask of 01:00:00:00:00:00.
It returns that entry because, well, it matches, in the sense that
unknown multicast is supposed by design to match it...
But the issue is that we then proceed to overwrite this entry with the
one for our precise host-joined multicast address, and the unknown
multicast entry is no longer there - unknown multicast is now flooded to
the same group of ports as broadcast, which does not look up the FDB.
To solve this problem, we should ignore searches that return the unknown
multicast address as the match, and treat them as "no match" which will
result in the entry being installed to hardware.
For this to work properly, we need to put the result of the FDB search
in a temporary variable in order to avoid overwriting the l2_lookup
entry we want to program. The l2_lookup entry returned by the search
might not have the same set of DESTPORTS and not even the same MACADDR
as the entry we're trying to add.
Fixes: 4d94235495 ("net: dsa: sja1105: offload bridge port flags to device")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The procedure to add a static FDB entry in sja1105 is concurrent with
dynamic learning performed on all bridge ports and the CPU port.
The switch looks up the FDB from left to right, and also learns
dynamically from left to right, so it is possible that between the
moment when we pick up a free slot to install an FDB entry, another slot
to the left of that one becomes free due to an address ageing out, and
that other slot is then immediately used by the switch to learn
dynamically the same address as we're trying to add statically.
The result is that we succeeded to add our static FDB entry, but it is
being shadowed by a dynamic FDB entry to its left, and the switch will
behave as if our static FDB entry did not exist.
We cannot really prevent this from happening unless we make the entire
process to add a static FDB entry a huge critical section where address
learning is temporarily disabled on _all_ ports, and then re-enabled
according to the configuration done by sja1105_port_set_learning.
However, that is kind of disruptive for the operation of the network.
What we can do alternatively is to simply read back the FDB for dynamic
entries located before our newly added static one, and delete them.
This will guarantee that our static FDB entry is now operational. It
will still not guarantee that there aren't dynamic FDB entries to the
_right_ of that static FDB entry, but at least those entries will age
out by themselves since they aren't hit, and won't bother anyone.
Fixes: 291d1e72b7 ("net: dsa: sja1105: Add support for FDB and MDB management")
Fixes: 1da7382134 ("net: dsa: sja1105: Add FDB operations for P/Q/R/S series")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SJA1105 switch family leaves it up to software to decide where
within the FDB to install a static entry, and to concatenate destination
ports for already existing entries (the FDB is also used for multicast
entries), it is not as simple as just saying "please add this entry".
This means we first need to search for an existing FDB entry before
adding a new one. The driver currently manages to fool itself into
thinking that if an FDB entry already exists, there is nothing to be
done. But that FDB entry might be dynamically learned, case in which it
should be replaced with a static entry, but instead it is left alone.
This patch checks the LOCKEDS ("locked/static") bit from found FDB
entries, and lets the code "goto skip_finding_an_index;" if the FDB
entry was not static. So we also need to move the place where we set
LOCKEDS = true, to cover the new case where a dynamic FDB entry existed
but was dynamic.
Fixes: 291d1e72b7 ("net: dsa: sja1105: Add support for FDB and MDB management")
Fixes: 1da7382134 ("net: dsa: sja1105: Add FDB operations for P/Q/R/S series")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The blamed commit made FDB access on SJA1110 functional only as far as
dumping the existing entries goes, but anything having to do with an
entry's index (adding, deleting) is still broken.
There are in fact 2 problems, all caused by improperly inheriting the
code from SJA1105P/Q/R/S:
- An entry size is SJA1110_SIZE_L2_LOOKUP_ENTRY (24) bytes and not
SJA1105PQRS_SIZE_L2_LOOKUP_ENTRY (20) bytes
- The "index" field within an FDB entry is at bits 10:1 for SJA1110 and
not 15:6 as in SJA1105P/Q/R/S
This patch moves the packing function for the cmd->index outside of
sja1105pqrs_common_l2_lookup_cmd_packing() and into the device specific
functions sja1105pqrs_l2_lookup_cmd_packing and
sja1110_l2_lookup_cmd_packing.
Fixes: 74e7feff0e ("net: dsa: sja1105: fix dynamic access to L2 Address Lookup table for SJA1110")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Surprisingly, this configuration:
ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
ip link set swp2 master br0
bridge vlan del dev swp2 vid 1
still has the sja1105 switch sending untagged packets to the CPU (and
failing to decode them, since dsa_find_designated_bridge_port_by_vid
searches by VID 1 and rightfully finds no bridge VLAN 1 on a port).
Dumping the switch configuration, the VLANs are managed properly:
- the pvid of swp2 is 1 in the MAC Configuration Table, but
- only the CPU port is in the port membership of VLANID 1 in the VLAN
Lookup Table
When the ingress packets are tagged with VID 1, they are properly
dropped. But when they are untagged, they are able to reach the CPU
port. Also, when the pvid in the MAC Configuration Table is changed to
e.g. 55 (an unused VLAN), the untagged packets are also dropped.
So it looks like:
- the switch bypasses ingress VLAN membership checks for untagged traffic
- the reason why the untagged traffic is dropped when I make the pvid 55
is due to the lack of valid destination ports in VLAN 55, rather than
an ingress membership violation
- the ingress VLAN membership cheks are only done for VLAN-tagged traffic
Interesting. It looks like there is an explicit bit to drop untagged
traffic, so we should probably be using that to preserve user expectations.
Note that only VLAN-aware ports should drop untagged packets due to no
pvid - when VLAN-unaware, the software bridge doesn't do this even if
there is no pvid on any bridge port and on the bridge itself. So the new
sja1105_drop_untagged() function cannot simply be called with "false"
from sja1105_bridge_vlan_add() and with "true" from sja1105_bridge_vlan_del.
Instead, we need to also consider the VLAN awareness state. That means
we need to hook the "drop untagged" setting in all the same places where
the "commit pvid" logic is, and it needs to factor in all the state when
flipping the "drop untagged" bit: is our current pvid in the VLAN Lookup
Table, and is the current port in that VLAN's port membership list?
VLAN-unaware ports will never drop untagged frames because these checks
always succeed by construction, and the tag_8021q VLANs cannot be changed
by the user.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we no longer have the ultra-central sja1105_build_vlan_table(),
we need to be more careful about checking all corner cases manually.
For example, when a port leaves a VLAN-aware bridge, it becomes
standalone so its pvid should become a tag_8021q RX VLAN again. However,
sja1105_commit_pvid() only gets called from sja1105_bridge_vlan_add()
and from sja1105_vlan_filtering(), and no VLAN awareness change takes
place (VLAN filtering is a global setting for sja1105, so the switch
remains VLAN-aware overall).
This means that we need to put another sja1105_commit_pvid() call in
sja1105_bridge_member().
Fixes: 6dfd23d35e ("net: dsa: sja1105: delete vlan delta save/restore logic")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently there are issues when adding a bridge FDB entry as VLAN-aware
and deleting it as VLAN-unaware, or vice versa.
However this is an unneeded complication, since the bridge always
installs its default FDB entries in VLAN 0 to match on VLAN-unaware
ports, and in the default_pvid (VLAN 1) to match on VLAN-aware ports.
So instead of trying to outsmart the bridge, just install all entries it
gives us, and they will start matching packets when the vlan_filtering
mode changes.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The main desire for having this feature in sja1105 is to support network
stack termination for traffic coming from a VLAN-aware bridge.
For sja1105, offloading the bridge data plane means sending packets
as-is, with the proper VLAN tag, to the chip. The chip will look up its
FDB and forward them to the correct destination port.
But we support bridge data plane offload even for VLAN-unaware bridges,
and the implementation there is different. In fact, VLAN-unaware
bridging is governed by tag_8021q, so it makes sense to have the
.bridge_fwd_offload_add() implementation fully within tag_8021q.
The key difference is that we only support 1 VLAN-aware bridge, but we
support multiple VLAN-unaware bridges. So we need to make sure that the
forwarding domain is not crossed by packets injected from the stack.
For this, we introduce the concept of a tag_8021q TX VLAN for bridge
forwarding offload. As opposed to the regular TX VLANs which contain
only 2 ports (the user port and the CPU port), a bridge data plane TX
VLAN is "multicast" (or "imprecise"): it contains all the ports that are
part of a certain bridge, and the hardware will select where the packet
goes within this "imprecise" forwarding domain.
Each VLAN-unaware bridge has its own "imprecise" TX VLAN, so we make use
of the unique "bridge_num" provided by DSA for the data plane offload.
We use the same 3 bits from the tag_8021q VLAN ID format to encode this
bridge number.
Note that these 3 bit positions have been used before for sub-VLANs in
best-effort VLAN filtering mode. The difference is that for best-effort,
the sub-VLANs were only valid on RX (and it was documented that the
sub-VLAN field needed to be transmitted as zero). Whereas for the bridge
data plane offload, these 3 bits are only valid on TX.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is already common knowledge by now, but the sja1105 does not have
hardware support for DSA tagging for data plane packets, and tag_8021q
sets up a unique pvid per port, transmitted as VLAN-tagged towards the
CPU, for the source port to be decoded nonetheless.
When the port is part of a VLAN-aware bridge, the pvid committed to
hardware is taken from the bridge and not from tag_8021q, so we need to
work with that the best we can.
Configure the switches to send all packets to the CPU as VLAN-tagged
(even ones that were originally untagged on the wire) and make use of
dsa_untag_bridge_pvid() to get rid of it before we send those packets up
the network stack.
With the classified VLAN used by hardware known to the tagger, we first
peek at the VID in an attempt to figure out if the packet was received
from a VLAN-unaware port (standalone or under a VLAN-unaware bridge),
case in which we can continue to call dsa_8021q_rcv(). If that is not
the case, the packet probably came from a VLAN-aware bridge. So we call
the DSA helper that finds for us a "designated bridge port" - one that
is a member of the VLAN ID from the packet, and is in the proper STP
state - basically these are all checks performed by br_handle_frame() in
the software RX data path.
The bridge will accept the packet as valid even if the source port was
maybe wrong. So it will maybe learn the MAC SA of the packet on the
wrong port, and its software FDB will be out of sync with the hardware
FDB. So replies towards this same MAC DA will not work, because the
bridge will send towards a different netdev.
This is where the bridge data plane offload ("imprecise TX") added by
the next patch comes in handy. The software FDB is wrong, true, but the
hardware FDB isn't, and by offloading the bridge forwarding plane we
have a chance to right a wrong, and have the hardware look up the FDB
for us for the reply packet. So it all cancels out.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With tag_sja1105.c's only ability being to perform an imprecise RX
procedure and identify whether a packet comes from a VLAN-aware bridge
or not, we have no way to determine whether a packet with VLAN ID 5
comes from, say, br0 or br1. Actually we could, but it would mean that
we need to restrict all VLANs from br0 to be different from all VLANs
from br1, and this includes the default_pvid, which makes a setup with 2
VLAN-aware bridges highly imprectical.
The fact of the matter is that this isn't even that big of a practical
limitation, since even with a single VLAN-aware bridge we can pretty
much enforce forwarding isolation based on the VLAN port membership.
So in the end, tell the user that they need to model their setup using a
single VLAN-aware bridge.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that best-effort VLAN filtering is gone and we are left with the
imprecise RX and imprecise TX based in VLAN-aware mode, where the tagger
just guesses the source port based on plausibility of the VLAN ID, 8021q
uppers installed on top of a standalone port, while other ports of that
switch are under a VLAN-aware bridge don't quite "just work".
In fact it could be possible to restrict the VLAN IDs used by the 8021q
uppers to not be shared with VLAN IDs used by that VLAN-aware bridge,
but then the tagger needs to be patched to search for 8021q uppers too,
not just for the "designated bridge port" which will be introduced in a
later patch.
I haven't given a possible implementation full thought, it seems maybe
possible but not worth the effort right now. The only certain thing is
that currently the tagger won't be able to figure out the source port
for these packets because they will come with the VLAN ID of the 8021q
upper and are no longer retagged to a tag_8021q sub-VLAN like the best
effort VLAN filtering code used to do. So just deny these for the
moment.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the best_effort_vlan_filtering mode now gone, the driver does not
have 3 operating modes anymore (VLAN-unaware, VLAN-aware and best effort),
but only 2.
The idea is that we will gain support for network stack I/O through a
VLAN-aware bridge, using the data plane offload framework (imprecise RX,
imprecise TX). So the VLAN-aware use case will be more functional.
But standalone ports that are part of the same switch when some other
ports are under a VLAN-aware bridge should work too. Termination on
those should work through the tag_8021q RX VLAN and TX VLAN.
This was not possible using the old logic, because:
- in VLAN-unaware mode, only the tag_8021q VLANs were committed to hw
- in VLAN-aware mode, only the bridge VLANs were committed to hw
- in best-effort VLAN mode, both the tag_8021q and bridge VLANs were
committed to hw
The strategy for the new VLAN-aware mode is to allow the bridge and the
tag_8021q VLANs to coexist in the VLAN table at the same time.
[ yes, we need to make sure that the bridge cannot install a tag_8021q
VLAN, but ]
This means that the save/restore logic introduced by commit ec5ae61076
("net: dsa: sja1105: save/restore VLANs using a delta commit method")
does not serve a purpose any longer. We can delete it and restore the
old code that simply adds a VLAN to the VLAN table and calls it a day.
Note that we keep the sja1105_commit_pvid() function from those days,
but adapt it slightly. Ports that are under a VLAN-aware bridge use the
bridge's pvid, ports that are standalone or under a VLAN-unaware bridge
use the tag_8021q pvid, for local termination or VLAN-unaware forwarding.
Now, when the vlan_filtering property is toggled for the bridge, the
pvid of the ports beneath it is the only thing that's changing, we no
longer delete some VLANs and restore others.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The pointer table is being re-assigned with a value that is never
read. The assignment is redundant and can be removed.
Addresses-Coverity: ("Unused value")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The blamed commit modified the driver to accept the addition of VID 0
without doing anything, but deleting that VID still fails:
[ 32.080780] mv88e6085 d0032004.mdio-mii:10 lan8: failed to kill vid 0081/0
Modify mv88e6xxx_port_vlan_leave() to do the same thing as the addition.
Fixes: b8b79c414e ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Fix adding vlan 0")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mv88e6xxx switches have the ability to receive FORWARD (data plane)
frames from the CPU port and route them according to the FDB. We can use
this to offload the forwarding process of packets sent by the software
bridge.
Because DSA supports bridge domain isolation between user ports, just
sending FORWARD frames is not enough, as they might leak the intended
broadcast domain of the bridge on behalf of which the packets are sent.
It should be noted that FORWARD frames are also (and typically) used to
forward data plane packets on DSA links in cross-chip topologies. The
FORWARD frame header contains the source port and switch ID, and
switches receiving this frame header forward the packet according to
their cross-chip port-based VLAN table (PVT).
To address the bridging domain isolation in the context of offloading
the forwarding on TX, the idea is that we can reuse the parts of the PVT
that don't have any physical switch mapped to them, one entry for each
software bridge. The switches will therefore think that behind their
upstream port lie many switches, all in fact backed up by software
bridges through tag_dsa.c, which constructs FORWARD packets with the
right switch ID corresponding to each bridge.
The mapping we use is absolutely trivial: DSA gives us a unique bridge
number, and we add the number of the physical switches in the DSA switch
tree to that, to obtain a unique virtual bridge device number to use in
the PVT.
Co-developed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This simple series of commands:
ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
ip link set swp0 master br0
fails on sja1105 with the following error:
[ 33.439103] sja1105 spi0.1: vlan-lookup-table needs to have at least the default untagged VLAN
[ 33.447710] sja1105 spi0.1: Invalid config, cannot upload
Warning: sja1105: Failed to change VLAN Ethertype.
For context, sja1105 has 3 operating modes:
- SJA1105_VLAN_UNAWARE: the dsa_8021q_vlans are committed to hardware
- SJA1105_VLAN_FILTERING_FULL: the bridge_vlans are committed to hardware
- SJA1105_VLAN_FILTERING_BEST_EFFORT: both the dsa_8021q_vlans and the
bridge_vlans are committed to hardware
Swapping out a VLAN list and another in happens in
sja1105_build_vlan_table(), which performs a delta update procedure.
That function is called from a few places, notably from
sja1105_vlan_filtering() which is called from the
SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING handler.
The above set of 2 commands fails when run on a kernel pre-commit
8841f6e63f ("net: dsa: sja1105: make devlink property
best_effort_vlan_filtering true by default"). So the priv->vlan_state
transition that takes place is between VLAN-unaware and full VLAN
filtering. So the dsa_8021q_vlans are swapped out and the bridge_vlans
are swapped in.
So why does it fail?
Well, the bridge driver, through nbp_vlan_init(), first sets up the
SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING attribute, and only then
proceeds to call nbp_vlan_add for the default_pvid.
So when we swap out the dsa_8021q_vlans and swap in the bridge_vlans in
the SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING handler, there are no bridge
VLANs (yet). So we have wiped the VLAN table clean, and the low-level
static config checker complains of an invalid configuration. We _will_
add the bridge VLANs using the dynamic config interface, albeit later,
when nbp_vlan_add() calls us. So it is natural that it fails.
So why did it ever work?
Surprisingly, it looks like I only tested this configuration with 2
things set up in a particular way:
- a network manager that brings all ports up
- a kernel with CONFIG_VLAN_8021Q=y
It is widely known that commit ad1afb0039 ("vlan_dev: VLAN 0 should be
treated as "no vlan tag" (802.1p packet)") installs VID 0 to every net
device that comes up. DSA treats these VLANs as bridge VLANs, and
therefore, in my testing, the list of bridge_vlans was never empty.
However, if CONFIG_VLAN_8021Q is not enabled, or the port is not up when
it joins a VLAN-aware bridge, the bridge_vlans list will be temporarily
empty, and the sja1105_static_config_reload() call from
sja1105_vlan_filtering() will fail.
To fix this, the simplest thing is to keep VID 4095, the one used for
CPU-injected control packets since commit ed040abca4 ("net: dsa:
sja1105: use 4095 as the private VLAN for untagged traffic"), in the
list of bridge VLANs too, not just the list of tag_8021q VLANs. This
ensures that the list of bridge VLANs will never be empty.
Fixes: ec5ae61076 ("net: dsa: sja1105: save/restore VLANs using a delta commit method")
Reported-by: Radu Pirea (NXP OSS) <radu-nicolae.pirea@oss.nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes my earlier patch which broke vlan unaware bridges.
The IVL bit now only gets set for vid's larger than 1.
Fixes: 11d8d98cbe ("mt7530 fix mt7530_fdb_write vid missing ivl bit")
Signed-off-by: Eric Woudstra <ericwouds@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The big problem which mandates cross-chip notifiers for tag_8021q is
this:
|
sw0p0 sw0p1 sw0p2 sw0p3 sw0p4
[ user ] [ user ] [ user ] [ dsa ] [ cpu ]
|
+---------+
|
sw1p0 sw1p1 sw1p2 sw1p3 sw1p4
[ user ] [ user ] [ user ] [ dsa ] [ dsa ]
|
+---------+
|
sw2p0 sw2p1 sw2p2 sw2p3 sw2p4
[ user ] [ user ] [ user ] [ dsa ] [ dsa ]
When the user runs:
ip link add br0 type bridge
ip link set sw0p0 master br0
ip link set sw2p0 master br0
It doesn't work.
This is because dsa_8021q_crosschip_bridge_join() assumes that "ds" and
"other_ds" are at most 1 hop away from each other, so it is sufficient
to add the RX VLAN of {ds, port} into {other_ds, other_port} and vice
versa and presto, the cross-chip link works. When there is another
switch in the middle, such as in this case switch 1 with its DSA links
sw1p3 and sw1p4, somebody needs to tell it about these VLANs too.
Which is exactly why the problem is quadratic: when a port joins a
bridge, for each port in the tree that's already in that same bridge we
notify a tag_8021q VLAN addition of that port's RX VLAN to the entire
tree. It is a very complicated web of VLANs.
It must be mentioned that currently we install tag_8021q VLANs on too
many ports (DSA links - to be precise, on all of them). For example,
when sw2p0 joins br0, and assuming sw1p0 was part of br0 too, we add the
RX VLAN of sw2p0 on the DSA links of switch 0 too, even though there
isn't any port of switch 0 that is a member of br0 (at least yet).
In theory we could notify only the switches which sit in between the
port joining the bridge and the port reacting to that bridge_join event.
But in practice that is impossible, because of the way 'link' properties
are described in the device tree. The DSA bindings require DT writers to
list out not only the real/physical DSA links, but in fact the entire
routing table, like for example switch 0 above will have:
sw0p3: port@3 {
link = <&sw1p4 &sw2p4>;
};
This was done because:
/* TODO: ideally DSA ports would have a single dp->link_dp member,
* and no dst->rtable nor this struct dsa_link would be needed,
* but this would require some more complex tree walking,
* so keep it stupid at the moment and list them all.
*/
but it is a perfect example of a situation where too much information is
actively detrimential, because we are now in the position where we
cannot distinguish a real DSA link from one that is put there to avoid
the 'complex tree walking'. And because DT is ABI, there is not much we
can change.
And because we do not know which DSA links are real and which ones
aren't, we can't really know if DSA switch A is in the data path between
switches B and C, in the general case.
So this is why tag_8021q RX VLANs are added on all DSA links, and
probably why it will never change.
On the other hand, at least the number of additions/deletions is well
balanced, and this means that once we implement reference counting at
the cross-chip notifier level a la fdb/mdb, there is absolutely zero
need for a struct dsa_8021q_crosschip_link, it's all self-managing.
In fact, with the tag_8021q notifiers emitted from the bridge join
notifiers, it becomes so generic that sja1105 does not need to do
anything anymore, we can just delete its implementation of the
.crosschip_bridge_{join,leave} methods.
Among other things we can simply delete is the home-grown implementation
of sja1105_notify_crosschip_switches(). The reason why that is wrong is
because it is not quadratic - it only covers remote switches to which we
have a cross-chip bridging link and that does not cover in-between
switches. This deletion is part of the same patch because sja1105 used
to poke deep inside the guts of the tag_8021q context in order to do
that. Because the cross-chip links went away, so needs the sja1105 code.
Last but not least, dsa_8021q_setup_port() is simplified (and also
renamed). Because our TAG_8021Q_VLAN_ADD notifier is designed to react
on the CPU port too, the four dsa_8021q_vid_apply() calls:
- 1 for RX VLAN on user port
- 1 for the user port's RX VLAN on the CPU port
- 1 for TX VLAN on user port
- 1 for the user port's TX VLAN on the CPU port
now get squashed into only 2 notifier calls via
dsa_port_tag_8021q_vlan_add.
And because the notifiers to add and to delete a tag_8021q VLAN are
distinct, now we finally break up the port setup and teardown into
separate functions instead of relying on a "bool enabled" flag which
tells us what to do. Arguably it should have been this way from the
get go.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Right now, setting up tag_8021q is a 2-step operation for a driver,
first the context structure needs to be created, then the VLANs need to
be installed on the ports. A similar thing is true for teardown.
Merge the 2 steps into the register/unregister methods, to be as
transparent as possible for the driver as to what tag_8021q does behind
the scenes. This also gets rid of the funny "bool setup == true means
setup, == false means teardown" API that tag_8021q used to expose.
Note that dsa_tag_8021q_register() must be called at least in the
.setup() driver method and never earlier (like in the driver probe
function). This is because the DSA switch tree is not initialized at
probe time, and the cross-chip notifiers will not work.
For symmetry with .setup(), the unregister method should be put in
.teardown().
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make tag_8021q a more central element of DSA and move the 2 driver
specific operations outside of struct dsa_8021q_context (which is
supposed to hold dynamic data and not really constant function
pointers).
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The basic problem description is as follows:
Be there 3 switches in a daisy chain topology:
|
sw0p0 sw0p1 sw0p2 sw0p3 sw0p4
[ user ] [ user ] [ user ] [ dsa ] [ cpu ]
|
+---------+
|
sw1p0 sw1p1 sw1p2 sw1p3 sw1p4
[ user ] [ user ] [ user ] [ dsa ] [ dsa ]
|
+---------+
|
sw2p0 sw2p1 sw2p2 sw2p3 sw2p4
[ user ] [ user ] [ user ] [ user ] [ dsa ]
The CPU will not be able to ping through the user ports of the
bottom-most switch (like for example sw2p0), simply because tag_8021q
was not coded up for this scenario - it has always assumed DSA switch
trees with a single switch.
To add support for the topology above, we must admit that the RX VLAN of
sw2p0 must be added on some ports of switches 0 and 1 as well. This is
in fact a textbook example of thing that can use the cross-chip notifier
framework that DSA has set up in switch.c.
There is only one problem: core DSA (switch.c) is not able right now to
make the connection between a struct dsa_switch *ds and a struct
dsa_8021q_context *ctx. Right now, it is drivers who call into
tag_8021q.c and always provide a struct dsa_8021q_context *ctx pointer,
and tag_8021q.c calls them back with the .tag_8021q_vlan_{add,del}
methods.
But with cross-chip notifiers, it is possible for tag_8021q to call
drivers without drivers having ever asked for anything. A good example
is right above: when sw2p0 wants to set itself up for tag_8021q,
the .tag_8021q_vlan_add method needs to be called for switches 1 and 0,
so that they transport sw2p0's VLANs towards the CPU without dropping
them.
So instead of letting drivers manage the tag_8021q context, add a
tag_8021q_ctx pointer inside of struct dsa_switch, which will be
populated when dsa_tag_8021q_register() returns success.
The patch is fairly long-winded because we are partly reverting commit
5899ee367a ("net: dsa: tag_8021q: add a context structure") which made
the driver-facing tag_8021q API use "ctx" instead of "ds". Now that we
can access "ctx" directly from "ds", this is no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation of moving tag_8021q to core DSA, move all initialization
and teardown related to tag_8021q which is currently done by drivers in
2 functions called "register" and "unregister". These will gather more
functionality in future patches, which will better justify the chosen
naming scheme.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simply put, the best-effort VLAN filtering mode relied on VLAN retagging
from a bridge VLAN towards a tag_8021q sub-VLAN in order to be able to
decode the source port in the tagger, but the VLAN retagging
implementation inside the sja1105 chips is not the best and we were
relying on marginal operating conditions.
The most notable limitation of the best-effort VLAN filtering mode is
its incapacity to treat this case properly:
ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
ip link set swp2 master br0
ip link set swp4 master br0
bridge vlan del dev swp4 vid 1
bridge vlan add dev swp4 vid 1 pvid
When sending an untagged packet through swp2, the expectation is for it
to be forwarded to swp4 as egress-tagged (so it will contain VLAN ID 1
on egress). But the switch will send it as egress-untagged.
There was an attempt to fix this here:
https://patchwork.kernel.org/project/netdevbpf/patch/20210407201452.1703261-2-olteanv@gmail.com/
but it failed miserably because it broke PTP RX timestamping, in a way
that cannot be corrected due to hardware issues related to VLAN
retagging.
So with either PTP broken or pushing VLAN headers on egress for untagged
packets being broken, the sad reality is that the best-effort VLAN
filtering code is broken. Delete it.
Note that this means there will be a temporary loss of functionality in
this driver until it is replaced with something better (network stack
RX/TX capability for "mode 2" as described in
Documentation/networking/dsa/sja1105.rst, the "port under VLAN-aware
bridge" case). We simply cannot keep this code until that driver rework
is done, it is super bloated and tangled with tag_8021q.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to reference guides mt7530 (mt7620) and mt7531:
NOTE: When IVL is reset, MAC[47:0] and FID[2:0] will be used to
read/write the address table. When IVL is set, MAC[47:0] and CVID[11:0]
will be used to read/write the address table.
Since the function only fills in CVID and no FID, we need to set the
IVL bit. The existing code does not set it.
This is a fix for the issue I dropped here earlier:
http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/linux-mediatek/2021-June/025697.html
With this patch, it is now possible to delete the 'self' fdb entry
manually. However, wifi roaming still has the same issue, the entry
does not get deleted automatically. Wifi roaming also needs a fix
somewhere else to function correctly in combination with vlan.
Signed-off-by: Eric Woudstra <ericwouds@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Making global2 support mandatory removed the Kconfig symbol
NET_DSA_MV88E6XXX_GLOBAL2. This symbol also served as an intermediate
symbol to make NET_DSA_MV88E6XXX_PTP depend on NET_DSA_MV88E6XXX. With
the symbol removed, the user is always asked about PTP support for
Marvell 88E6xxx switches, even if the latter support is not enabled.
Fix this by reinstating the dependency.
Fixes: 63368a7416 ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Make global2 support mandatory")
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In May 2019 when commit 640f763f98 ("net: dsa: sja1105: Add support
for Spanning Tree Protocol") was introduced, the comment that "STP does
not get called for the CPU port" was true. This changed after commit
0394a63acf ("net: dsa: enable and disable all ports") in August 2019
and went largely unnoticed, because the sja1105_bridge_stp_state_set()
method did nothing different compared to the static setup done by
sja1105_init_mac_settings().
With the ability to turn address learning off introduced by the blamed
commit, there is a new priv->learn_ena port mask in the driver. When
sja1105_bridge_stp_state_set() gets called and we are in
BR_STATE_LEARNING or later, address learning is enabled or not depending
on priv->learn_ena & BIT(port).
So what happens is that priv->learn_ena is not being set from anywhere
for the CPU port, and the static configuration done by
sja1105_init_mac_settings() is being overwritten.
To solve this, acknowledge that the static configuration of STP state is
no longer necessary because the STP state is being set by the DSA core
now, but what is necessary is to set priv->learn_ena for the CPU port.
Fixes: 4d94235495 ("net: dsa: sja1105: offload bridge port flags to device")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For_each_available_child_of_node should have of_node_put() before
return around line 423.
Generated by: scripts/coccinelle/iterators/for_each_child.cocci
CC: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@pm.me>
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <julia.lawall@inria.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit bf3504cea7 ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Add 6390 family PCS
registers to ethtool -d") added support for dumping SerDes PCS registers
via ethtool -d for Peridot.
The same implementation is also valid for Topaz, but was not
enabled at the time.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Fixes: bf3504cea7 ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Add 6390 family PCS registers to ethtool -d")
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 0df9528736 ("mv88e6xxx: Add serdes Rx statistics") added
support for RX statistics on SerDes ports for Peridot.
This same implementation is also valid for Topaz, but was not enabled
at the time.
We need to use the generic .serdes_get_lane() method instead of the
Peridot specific one in the stats methods so that on Topaz the proper
one is used.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Fixes: 0df9528736 ("mv88e6xxx: Add serdes Rx statistics")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 23e8b470c7 ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Add devlink param for ATU
hash algorithm.") introduced ATU hash algorithm access via devlink, but
did not enable it for Topaz.
Enable this feature also for Topaz.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Fixes: 23e8b470c7 ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Add devlink param for ATU hash algorithm.")
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 9e5baf9b36 ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: add RMU disable op")
introduced .rmu_disable() method with implementation for several models,
but forgot to add Topaz, which can use the Peridot implementation.
Use the Peridot implementation of .rmu_disable() on Topaz.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Fixes: 9e5baf9b36 ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: add RMU disable op")
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 40cff8fca9 ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Fix stats histogram mode")
introduced wrong .stats_set_histogram() method for Topaz family.
The Peridot method should be used instead.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Fixes: 40cff8fca9 ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Fix stats histogram mode")
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit f3a2cd326e ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: introduce .port_set_policy")
introduced .port_set_policy() method with implementation for several
models, but forgot to add Topaz, which can use the 6352 implementation.
Use the 6352 implementation of .port_set_policy() on Topaz.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Fixes: f3a2cd326e ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: introduce .port_set_policy")
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trivial conflict in net/netfilter/nf_tables_api.c.
Duplicate fix in tools/testing/selftests/net/devlink_port_split.py
- take the net-next version.
skmsg, and L4 bpf - keep the bpf code but remove the flags
and err params.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The SJA1105P/Q/R/S and SJA1110 may have the same layout for the command
to read/write/search for L2 Address Lookup entries, but as explained in
the comments at the beginning of the sja1105_dynamic_config.c file, the
command portion of the buffer is at the end, and we need to obtain a
pointer to it by adding the length of the entry to the buffer.
Alas, the length of an L2 Address Lookup entry is larger in SJA1110 than
it is for SJA1105P/Q/R/S, so we need to create a common helper to access
the command buffer, and this receives as argument the length of the
entry buffer.
Fixes: 3e77e59bf8 ("net: dsa: sja1105: add support for the SJA1110 switch family")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
priv->cbs is an array of priv->info->num_cbs_shapers elements of type
struct sja1105_cbs_entry which only get allocated if CONFIG_NET_SCH_CBS
is enabled.
However, sja1105_reload_cbs() is called from sja1105_static_config_reload()
which in turn is called for any of the items in sja1105_reset_reasons,
therefore during the normal runtime of the driver and not just from a
code path which can be triggered by the tc-cbs offload.
The sja1105_reload_cbs() function does not contain a check whether the
priv->cbs array is NULL or not, it just assumes it isn't and proceeds to
iterate through the credit-based shaper elements. This leads to a NULL
pointer dereference.
The solution is to return success if the priv->cbs array has not been
allocated, since sja1105_reload_cbs() has nothing to do.
Fixes: 4d7525085a ("net: dsa: sja1105: offload the Credit-Based Shaper qdisc")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mention support for the SJA1110 in menuconfig.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case CONFIG_VLAN_8021Q is not set, there will be no call down to the
b53 driver to ensure that the default PVID VLAN entry will be configured
with the appropriate untagged attribute towards the CPU port. We were
implicitly relying on dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid() to do that for us,
instead make it explicit.
Reported-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
8021q module adds vlan 0 to all interfaces when it starts.
When 8021q module is loaded it isn't possible to create bond
with mv88e6xxx interfaces, bonding module dipslay error
"Couldn't add bond vlan ids", because it tries to add vlan 0
to slave interfaces.
There is unexpected behavior in the switch. When a PVID
is assigned to a port the switch changes VID to PVID
in ingress frames with VID 0 on the port. Expected
that the switch doesn't assign PVID to tagged frames
with VID 0. But there isn't a way to change this behavior
in the switch.
Fixes: 57e661aae6 ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Link aggregation support")
Signed-off-by: Eldar Gasanov <eldargasanov2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If reloading the static config fails for whatever reason, for example if
sja1105_static_config_check_valid() fails, then we "goto out_unlock_ptp"
but we print anyway that "Reset switch and programmed static config.",
which is confusing because we didn't. We also do a bunch of other stuff
like reprogram the XPCS and reload the credit-based shapers, as if a
switch reset took place, which didn't.
So just unlock the PTP lock and goto out, skipping all of that.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently sja1105_static_config_check_valid() is coded up to detect
whether TTEthernet is supported based on device ID, and this check was
not updated to cover SJA1110.
However, it is desirable to have as few checks for the device ID as
possible, so the driver core is more generic. So what we can do is look
at the static config table operations implemented by that specific
switch family (populated by sja1105_static_config_init) whether the
schedule table has a non-zero maximum entry count (meaning that it is
supported) or not.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It turns out that powering down the BASE_TIMER_CLK does not turn off the
microcontroller, just its timers, including the one for the watchdog.
So the embedded microcontroller is still running, and potentially still
doing things.
To prevent unwanted interference, we should power down the BASE_MCSS_CLK
as well (MCSS = microcontroller subsystem).
The trouble is that currently we turn off the BASE_TIMER_CLK for SJA1110
from the .clocking_setup() method, mostly because this is a Clock
Generation Unit (CGU) setting which was traditionally configured in that
method for SJA1105. But in SJA1105, the CGU was used for bringing up the
port clocks at the proper speeds, and in SJA1110 it's not (but rather
for initial configuration), so it's best that we rebrand the
sja1110_clocking_setup() method into what it really is - an implementation
of the .disable_microcontroller() method.
Since disabling the microcontroller only needs to be done once, at probe
time, we can choose the best place to do that as being in sja1105_setup(),
before we upload the static config to the device. This guarantees that
the static config being used by the switch afterwards is really ours.
Note that the procedure to upload a static config necessarily resets the
switch. This already did not reset the microcontroller, only the switch
core, so since the .disable_microcontroller() method is guaranteed to be
called by that point, if it's disabled, it remains disabled. Add a
comment to make that clear.
With the code movement for SJA1110 from .clocking_setup() to
.disable_microcontroller(), both methods are optional and are guarded by
"if" conditions.
Tested by enabling in the device tree the rev-mii switch port 0 that
goes towards the microcontroller, and flashing a firmware that would
have networking. Without this patch, the microcontroller can be pinged,
with this patch it cannot.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Forward supervision frames between redunant HSR ports. This was broken
in the last commit.
Fixes: 1a42624aec ("net: dsa: xrs700x: allow HSR/PRP supervision dupes for node_table")
Signed-off-by: George McCollister <george.mccollister@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The pointer dev can never be null, the null check is redundant
and can be removed. Cleans up a static analysis warning that
pointer priv is dereferencing dev before dev is being null
checked.
Addresses-Coverity: ("Dereference before null check")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The struct sja1105_regs tables are not modified during the runtime of
the driver, so they can be made constant. In fact, struct sja1105_info
already holds a const pointer to these.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch support for cable test for the ksz886x switches and the
ksz8081 PHY.
The patch was tested on a KSZ8873RLL switch with following results:
- port 1:
- provides invalid values, thus return -ENOTSUPP
(Errata: DS80000830A: "LinkMD does not work on Port 1",
http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/KSZ8873-Errata-DS80000830A.pdf)
- port 2:
- can detect distance
- can detect open on each wire of pair A (wire 1 and 2)
- can detect open only on one wire of pair B (only wire 3)
- can detect short between wires of a pair (wires 1 + 2 or 3 + 6)
- short between pairs is detected as open.
For example short between wires 2 + 3 is detected as open.
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add mapping for LINK_MD register to enable cable testing functionality.
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for MDI-X status and configuration
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the phylink support to the ksz8795 driver to provide
configuration exceptions on quirky KSZ8863 and KSZ8873 ports.
Signed-off-by: Michael Grzeschik <m.grzeschik@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some micrel devices share the same PHY register defines. This patch
moves them to one common header so other drivers can reuse them.
And reuse generic MII_* defines where possible.
Signed-off-by: Michael Grzeschik <m.grzeschik@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MAC treats 2500base-x same as SGMII (yay for that) except that it
must be set to a different speed.
Extend all places that check for SGMII to also check for 2500base-x.
Also add the missing 2500base-x compatibility matrix entry for SJA1110D.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For the xMII Mode Parameters Table to be properly configured for SGMII
mode on SJA1110, we need to set the "special" bit, since SGMII is
officially bitwise coded as 0b0011 in SJA1105 (decimal 3, equal to
XMII_MODE_SGMII), and as 0b1011 in SJA1110 (decimal 11).
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On the SJA1110, the PCS of each SERDES-capable port is accessed through
a different memory window which is 0x100 bytes in size, denoted by
"pcs_base".
In each PCS register access window, the XPCS MMDs are accessed in an
indirect way: in pages/banks of up to 0x100 addresses each. Changing the
page/bank is done by writing to a special register at the end of the
access window.
The MDIO register map accessed indirectly through the indirect banked
method described above is similar to what SJA1105 has: upper 5 bits are
the MMD, lower 16 bits are the MDIO address within that MMD.
Since the PHY ID reported by the XPCS inside SJA1110 is also all zeroes
(like SJA1105), we need to trap those reads and return a fake PHY ID so
that the xpcs driver can apply some specific fixups for our integration.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a desire to use the generic driver for the Synopsys XPCS
located in drivers/net/pcs, and to achieve that, the sja1105 driver must
expose an MDIO bus for the SGMII PCS, because the XPCS probes as an
mdio_device.
In preparation of the SJA1110 which in fact has a different access
procedure for the SJA1105, we register this PCS MDIO bus once in the
common code, but we implement function pointers for the read and write
methods. In this patch there is a single implementation for them.
There is exactly one MDIO bus for the PCS, this will contain all PCSes
at MDIO addresses equal to the port number.
We delete a bunch of hardware support code because the xpcs driver
already does what we need.
We need to hack up the MDIO reads for the PHY ID, since our XPCS
instantiation returns zeroes and there are some specific fixups which
need to be applied by the xpcs driver.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TX timestamping procedure for SJA1105 is a bit unconventional
because the transmit procedure itself is unconventional.
Control packets (and therefore PTP as well) are transmitted to a
specific port in SJA1105 using "management routes" which must be written
over SPI to the switch. These are one-shot rules that match by
destination MAC address on traffic coming from the CPU port, and select
the precise destination port for that packet. So to transmit a packet
from NET_TX softirq context, we actually need to defer to a process
context so that we can perform that SPI write before we send the packet.
The DSA master dev_queue_xmit() runs in process context, and we poll
until the switch confirms it took the TX timestamp, then we annotate the
skb clone with that TX timestamp. This is why the sja1105 driver does
not need an skb queue for TX timestamping.
But the SJA1110 is a bit (not much!) more conventional, and you can
request 2-step TX timestamping through the DSA header, as well as give
the switch a cookie (timestamp ID) which it will give back to you when
it has the timestamp. So now we do need a queue for keeping the skb
clones until their TX timestamps become available.
The interesting part is that the metadata frames from SJA1105 haven't
disappeared completely. On SJA1105 they were used as follow-ups which
contained RX timestamps, but on SJA1110 they are actually TX completion
packets, which contain a variable (up to 32) array of timestamps.
Why an array? Because:
- not only is the TX timestamp on the egress port being communicated,
but also the RX timestamp on the CPU port. Nice, but we don't care
about that, so we ignore it.
- because a packet could be multicast to multiple egress ports, each
port takes its own timestamp, and the TX completion packet contains
the individual timestamps on each port.
This is unconventional because switches typically have a timestamping
FIFO and raise an interrupt, but this one doesn't. So the tagger needs
to detect and parse meta frames, and call into the main switch driver,
which pairs the timestamps with the skbs in the TX timestamping queue
which are waiting for one.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is really easy, since the full RX timestamp is in the DSA trailer
and the tagger code transfers it to SJA1105_SKB_CB(skb)->tstamp, we just
need to move it to the skb shared info region. This is as opposed to
SJA1105, where the RX timestamp was received in a meta frame (so there
needed to be a state machine to pair the 2 packets) and the timestamp
was partial (so the packet, once matched with its timestamp, needed to
be added to an RX timestamping queue where the PTP aux worker would
reconstruct that timestamp).
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SJA1110 has improved a few things compared to SJA1105:
- To send a control packet from the host port with SJA1105, one needed
to program a one-shot "management route" over SPI. This is no longer
true with SJA1110, you can actually send "in-band control extensions"
in the packets sent by DSA, these are in fact DSA tags which contain
the destination port and switch ID.
- When receiving a control packet from the switch with SJA1105, the
source port and switch ID were written in bytes 3 and 4 of the
destination MAC address of the frame (which was a very poor shot at a
DSA header). If the control packet also had an RX timestamp, that
timestamp was sent in an actual follow-up packet, so there were
reordering concerns on multi-core/multi-queue DSA masters, where the
metadata frame with the RX timestamp might get processed before the
actual packet to which that timestamp belonged (there is no way to
pair a packet to its timestamp other than the order in which they were
received). On SJA1110, this is no longer true, control packets have
the source port, switch ID and timestamp all in the DSA tags.
- Timestamps from the switch were partial: to get a 64-bit timestamp as
required by PTP stacks, one would need to take the partial 24-bit or
32-bit timestamp from the packet, then read the current PTP time very
quickly, and then patch in the high bits of the current PTP time into
the captured partial timestamp, to reconstruct what the full 64-bit
timestamp must have been. That is awful because packet processing is
done in NAPI context, but reading the current PTP time is done over
SPI and therefore needs sleepable context.
But it also aggravated a few things:
- Not only is there a DSA header in SJA1110, but there is a DSA trailer
in fact, too. So DSA needs to be extended to support taggers which
have both a header and a trailer. Very unconventional - my understanding
is that the trailer exists because the timestamps couldn't be prepared
in time for putting them in the header area.
- Like SJA1105, not all packets sent to the CPU have the DSA tag added
to them, only control packets do:
* the ones which match the destination MAC filters/traps in
MAC_FLTRES1 and MAC_FLTRES0
* the ones which match FDB entries which have TRAP or TAKETS bits set
So we could in theory hack something up to request the switch to take
timestamps for all packets that reach the CPU, and those would be
DSA-tagged and contain the source port / switch ID by virtue of the
fact that there needs to be a timestamp trailer provided. BUT:
- The SJA1110 does not parse its own DSA tags in a way that is useful
for routing in cross-chip topologies, a la Marvell. And the sja1105
driver already supports cross-chip bridging from the SJA1105 days.
It does that by automatically setting up the DSA links as VLAN trunks
which contain all the necessary tag_8021q RX VLANs that must be
communicated between the switches that span the same bridge. So when
using tag_8021q on sja1105, it is possible to have 2 switches with
ports sw0p0, sw0p1, sw1p0, sw1p1, and 2 VLAN-unaware bridges br0 and
br1, and br0 can take sw0p0 and sw1p0, and br1 can take sw0p1 and
sw1p1, and forwarding will happen according to the expected rules of
the Linux bridge.
We like that, and we don't want that to go away, so as a matter of
fact, the SJA1110 tagger still needs to support tag_8021q.
So the sja1110 tagger is a hybrid between tag_8021q for data packets,
and the native hardware support for control packets.
On RX, packets have a 13-byte trailer if they contain an RX timestamp.
That trailer is padded in such a way that its byte 8 (the start of the
"residence time" field - not parsed by Linux because we don't care) is
aligned on a 16 byte boundary. So the padding has a variable length
between 0 and 15 bytes. The DSA header contains the offset of the
beginning of the padding relative to the beginning of the frame (and the
end of the padding is obviously the end of the packet minus 13 bytes,
the length of the trailer). So we discard it.
Packets which don't have a trailer contain the source port and switch ID
information in the header (they are "trap-to-host" packets). Packets
which have a trailer contain the source port and switch ID in the trailer.
On TX, the destination port mask and switch ID is always in the trailer,
so we always need to say in the header that a trailer is present.
The header needs a custom EtherType and this was chosen as 0xdadc, after
0xdada which is for Marvell and 0xdadb which is for VLANs in
VLAN-unaware mode on SJA1105 (and SJA1110 in fact too).
Because we use tag_8021q in concert with the native tagging protocol,
control packets will have 2 DSA tags.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In SJA1105, RX timestamps for packets sent to the CPU are transmitted in
separate follow-up packets (metadata frames). These contain partial
timestamps (24 or 32 bits) which are kept in SJA1105_SKB_CB(skb)->meta_tstamp.
Thankfully, SJA1110 improved that, and the RX timestamps are now
transmitted in-band with the actual packet, in the timestamp trailer.
The RX timestamps are now full-width 64 bits.
Because we process the RX DSA tags in the rcv() method in the tagger,
but we would like to preserve the DSA code structure in that we populate
the skb timestamp in the port_rxtstamp() call which only happens later,
the implication is that we must somehow pass the 64-bit timestamp from
the rcv() method all the way to port_rxtstamp(). We can use the skb->cb
for that.
Rename the meta_tstamp from struct sja1105_skb_cb from "meta_tstamp" to
"tstamp", and increase its size to 64 bits.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On SJA1105, there is support for a cascade port which is presumably
connected to a downstream SJA1105 switch. The upstream one does not take
PTP timestamps for packets received on this port, presumably because the
downstream switch already did (and for PTP, it only makes sense for the
leaf nodes in a DSA switch tree to do that).
I haven't been able to validate that feature in a fully assembled setup,
so I am disabling the feature by setting the cascade port to an unused
port value (ds->num_ports).
In SJA1110, multiple cascade ports are supported, and CASC_PORT became
a bit mask from a port number. So when CASC_PORT is set to ds->num_ports
(which is 11 on SJA1110), it is actually set to 0b1011, so ports 3, 1
and 0 are configured as cascade ports and we cannot take RX timestamps
on them.
So we need to introduce a check for SJA1110 and set things differently
(to zero there), so that the cascading feature is properly disabled and
RX timestamps can be taken on all ports.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As opposed to SJA1105 where there are parts with TTEthernet and parts
without, in SJA1110 all parts support it, but it must be enabled in the
static config. So enable it unconditionally. We use it for the tc-taprio
and tc-gate offload.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The return code variable rc is being set to return error values in two
places in sja1105_mdiobus_base_tx_register and yet it is not being
returned, the function always returns 0 instead. Fix this by replacing
the return 0 with the return code rc.
Addresses-Coverity: ("Unused value")
Fixes: 5a8f09748e ("net: dsa: sja1105: register the MDIO buses for 100base-T1 and 100base-TX")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This code check "reg" but "ret" was intended so the error handling will
never trigger.
Fixes: 7c9896e378 ("net: dsa: qca8k: check return value of read functions correctly")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The "hi" variable is a u64 but the qca8k_read() writes to the top 32
bits of it. That will work on little endian systems but it's a bit
subtle. It's cleaner to make declare "hi" as a u32. We will still need
to cast it when we shift it later on in the function but that's fine.
Fixes: 7c9896e378 ("net: dsa: qca8k: check return value of read functions correctly")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit ca89319483 ("net: dsa: b53: Keep CPU port as tagged in all
VLANs") forced the CPU port to be always tagged in any VLAN membership.
This was necessary back then because we did not support Broadcom tags
for all configurations so the only way to differentiate tagged and
untagged traffic while DSA_TAG_PROTO_NONE was used was to force the CPU
port into being always tagged.
With most configurations enabling Broadcom tags, especially after
8fab459e69 ("net: dsa: b53: Enable Broadcom tags for 531x5/539x
families") we do not need to apply this unconditional force tagging of
the CPU port in all VLANs.
A helper function is introduced to faciliate the encapsulation of the
specific condition requiring the CPU port to be tagged in all VLANs and
the dsa_switch_ops::untag_bridge_pvid boolean is moved to when
dsa_switch_ops::setup is called when we have already determined the
tagging protocol we will be using.
Reported-by: Matthew Hagan <mnhagan88@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Matthew Hagan <mnhagan88@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of relying on the static initialization done by ocelot_init_port()
which enables flow control unconditionally, set SYS_PAUSE_CFG_PAUSE_ENA
according to the parameters negotiated by the PHY.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SJA1110 contains two types of integrated PHYs: one 100base-TX PHY
and multiple 100base-T1 PHYs.
The access procedure for the 100base-T1 PHYs is also different than it
is for the 100base-TX one. So we register 2 MDIO buses, one for the
base-TX and the other for the base-T1. Each bus has an OF node which is
a child of the "mdio" subnode of the switch, and they are recognized by
compatible string.
Cc: Russell King <linux@armlinux.org.uk>
Cc: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Cc: Rob Herring <robh+dt@kernel.org>
Cc: devicetree@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SJA1110 has an extra configuration in the General Parameters Table
through which the user can select the buffer reservation config.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SJA1110 is basically an SJA1105 with more ports, some integrated
PHYs (100base-T1 and 100base-TX) and an embedded microcontroller which
can be disabled, and the switch core can be controlled by a host running
Linux, over SPI.
This patch contains:
- the static and dynamic config packing functions, for the tables that
are common with SJA1105
- one more static config tables which is "unique" to the SJA1110
(actually it is a rehash of stuff that was placed somewhere else in
SJA1105): the PCP Remapping Table
- a reset and clock configuration procedure for the SJA1110 switch.
This resets just the switch subsystem, and gates off the clock which
powers on the embedded microcontroller.
- an RGMII delay configuration procedure for SJA1110, which is very
similar to SJA1105, but different enough for us to be unable to reuse
it (this is a pattern that repeats itself)
- some adaptations to dynamic config table entries which are no longer
programmed in the same way. For example, to delete a VLAN, you used to
write an entry through the dynamic reconfiguration interface with the
desired VLAN ID, and with the VALIDENT bit set to false. Now, the VLAN
table entries contain a TYPE_ENTRY field, which must be set to zero
(in a backwards-incompatible way) in order for the entry to be deleted,
or to some other entry for the VLAN to match "inner tagged" or "outer
tagged" packets.
- a similar thing for the static config: the xMII Mode Parameters Table
encoding for SGMII and MII (the latter just when attached to a
100base-TX PHY) just isn't what it used to be in SJA1105. They are
identical, except there is an extra "special" bit which needs to be
set. Set it.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It will cause null-ptr-deref if platform_get_resource() returns NULL,
we need check the return value.
Signed-off-by: Yang Yingliang <yangyingliang@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using is_zero_ether_addr() instead of directly use
memcmp() to determine if the ethernet address is all
zeros.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Zou Wei <zou_wei@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that both RevMII as well as RevRMII exist, we can deprecate the
sja1105,role-mac and sja1105,role-phy properties and simply let the user
select that a port operates in MII PHY role by using
phy-mode = "rev-mii";
or in RMII PHY role by using
phy-mode = "rev-rmii";
There are no fixed-link MII or RMII properties in mainline device trees,
and the setup itself is fairly uncommon, so there shouldn't be risks of
breaking compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sja1105 driver has an intermediate way of determining whether the
RGMII delays should be applied by the PHY or by itself: by looking at
the port role (PHY or MAC). The port can be put in the PHY role either
explicitly (sja1105,role-phy) or implicitly (fixed-link).
We want to deprecate the sja1105,role-phy property, so all that remains
is the fixed-link property. Introduce a "fixed_link" array of booleans
in the driver, and use that to determine whether RGMII delays must be
applied or not.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add an inbound policy filter which matches the HSR/PRP supervision
MAC range and forwards to the CPU port without discarding duplicates.
This is required to correctly populate time_in[A] and time_in[B] in the
HSR/PRP node_table. Leave the policy disabled by default and
enable/disable it when joining/leaving hsr.
Signed-off-by: George McCollister <george.mccollister@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SJA1105 has a static configuration comprised of a number of tables
with entries. Some of these can be read and modified at runtime as well,
through the dynamic configuration interface.
As a careful reader can notice from the comments in this file, the
software interface for accessing a table entry through the dynamic
reconfiguration is a bit of a no man's land, and varies wildly across
switch generations and even from one kind of table to another.
I have tried my best to come up with a software representation of a
'common denominator' SPI command to access a table entry through the
dynamic configuration interface:
struct sja1105_dyn_cmd {
bool search;
u64 valid; /* must be set to 1 */
u64 rdwrset; /* 0 to read, 1 to write */
u64 errors;
u64 valident; /* 0 if entry is invalid, 1 if valid */
u64 index;
};
Relevant to this patch is the VALIDENT bit, which for READ commands is
populated by the switch and lets us know if we're looking at junk or at
a real table entry.
In SJA1105, the dynamic reconfiguration interface for management routes
has notably not implemented the VALIDENT bit, leading to a workaround to
ignore this field in sja1105_dynamic_config_read(), as it will be set to
zero, but the data is valid nonetheless.
In SJA1110, this pattern has sadly been abused to death, and while there
are many more tables which can be read back over the dynamic config
interface compared to SJA1105, their handling isn't in any way more
uniform. Generally speaking, if there is a single possible entry in a
given table, and loading that table in the static config is mandatory as
per the documentation, then the VALIDENT bit is deemed as redundant and
more than likely not implemented.
So it is time to make the workaround more official, and add a bit to the
flags implemented by dynamic config tables. It will be used by more
tables when SJA1110 support arrives.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
In SJA1105, the xMII Mode Parameters Table field called PHY_MAC denotes
the 'role' of the port, be it a PHY or a MAC. This makes a difference in
the MII and RMII protocols, but RGMII is symmetric, so either PHY or MAC
settings result in the same hardware behavior.
The SJA1110 is different, and the RGMII ports only work when configured
in MAC mode, so keep the port roles in MAC mode unconditionally.
Why we had an RGMII port in the PHY role in the first place was because
we wanted to have a way in the driver to denote whether RGMII delays
should be applied based on the phy-mode property or not. This is already
done in sja1105_parse_rgmii_delays() based on an intermediary
struct sja1105_dt_port (which contains the port role). So it is a
logical fallacy to use the hardware configuration as a scratchpad for
driver data, it isn't necessary.
We can also remove the gating condition for applying RGMII delays only
for ports in the PHY role. The .setup_rgmii_delay() method looks at
the priv->rgmii_rx_delay[port] and priv->rgmii_tx_delay[port] properties
which are already populated properly (in the case of a port in the MAC
role they are false). Removing this condition generates a few more SPI
writes for these ports (clearing the RGMII delays) which are perhaps
useless for SJA1105P/Q/R/S, where we know that the delays are disabled
by default. But for SJA1110, the firmware on the embedded microcontroller
might have done something funny, so it's always a good idea to clear the
RGMII delays if that's what Linux expects.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
In order to support the new speed of 2500Mbps, the SJA1110 has achieved
the great performance of changing the encoding in the MAC Configuration
Table for the port speeds of 10, 100, 1000 compared to SJA1105.
Because this is a common driver, we need a layer of indirection in order
to program the hardware with the right values irrespective of switch
generation.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
On the SJA1105, all ports support the parallel "xMII" protocols (MII,
RMII, RGMII) except for port 4 on SJA1105R/S which supports only SGMII.
This was relatively easy to model, by special-casing the SGMII port.
On the SJA1110, certain ports can be pinmuxed between SGMII and xMII, or
between SGMII and an internal 100base-TX PHY. This creates problems,
because the driver's assumption so far was that if a port supports
SGMII, it uses SGMII.
We allow the device tree to tell us how the port pinmuxing is done, and
check that against a PHY interface type compatibility matrix for
plausibility.
The other big change is that instead of doing SGMII configuration based
on what the port supports, we do it based on what is the configured
phy_mode of the port.
The 2500base-x support added in this patch is not complete.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
So far we've succeeded in operating without keeping a copy of the
phy-mode in the driver, since we already have the static config and we
can look at the xMII Mode Parameters Table which already holds that
information.
But with the SJA1110, we cannot make the distinction between sgmii and
2500base-x, because to the hardware's static config, it's all SGMII.
So add a phy_mode property per port inside struct sja1105_private.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Looking at the SGMII PCS from SJA1110, which is accessed indirectly
through a different base address as can be seen in the next patch, it
appears odd that the address accessed through indirection still
references the base address from the SJA1105S register map (first MDIO
register is at 0x1f0000), when it could index the SGMII registers
starting from zero.
Except that the 0x1f0000 is not a base address at all, it seems. It is
0x1f << 16 | 0x0000, and 0x1f is coding for the vendor-specific MMD2.
So, it turns out, the Synopsys PCS implements all its registers inside
the vendor-specific MMDs 1 and 2 (0x1e and 0x1f). This explains why the
PCS has no overlaps (for the other MMDs) with other register regions of
the switch (because no other MMDs are implemented).
Change the code to remove the SGMII "base address" and explicitly encode
the MMD for reads/writes. This will become necessary for SJA1110 support.
Cc: Russell King <linux@armlinux.org.uk>
Cc: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The SJA1105 R and S switches have 1 SGMII port (port 4). Because there
is only one such port, there is no "port" parameter in the configuration
code for the SGMII PCS.
However, the SJA1110 can have up to 4 SGMII ports, each with its own
SGMII register map. So we need to generalize the logic.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Since commit f2f3e09396be ("net: dsa: sja1105: be compatible with
"ethernet-ports" OF node name"), DSA supports the "ethernet-ports" name
for the container node of the ports, but the sja1105 driver doesn't,
because it handles some device tree parsing of its own.
Add the second node name as a fallback.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Now we can check qca8k_read() return value correctly, so if
it fails, we need return directly.
Signed-off-by: Yang Yingliang <yangyingliang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Current return type of qca8k_mii_read32() and qca8k_read() are
unsigned, it can't be negative, so the return value check is
unuseful. For check the return value correctly, change return
type of the read functions and add a output parameter to store
the read value.
Signed-off-by: Yang Yingliang <yangyingliang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Also enable phy errata workaround on 9567 since has the same errata as
the 9477 according to the manufacture's documentation.
Signed-off-by: George McCollister <george.mccollister@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The shared frame buffer of the SJA1110 is larger than that of SJA1105,
which is natural due to the fact that there are more ports.
Introduce yet another property in struct sja1105_info which encodes the
maximum number of 128 byte blocks that can be used for frame buffers.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SJA1110 policer array is similar in layout with SJA1105, except it
contains one multicast policer per port at the end.
Detect the presence of multicast policers based on the maximum number of
supported L2 Policing Table entries, and make those policers have a
shared index equal to the port's default policer. Letting the user
configure these policers is not supported at the moment.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using sja1105_xfer_buf results in a higher overhead and is harder to
read.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Due to the fact that the port count is different, some static config
tables have a different number of elements in SJA1105 compared to
SJA1110. Such an example is the L2 Policing table, which has 45 entries
in SJA1105 (one per port x traffic class, and one broadcast policer per
port) and 110 entries in SJA1110 (one per port x traffic class, one
broadcast and one multicast policer per port).
Similarly, the MAC Configuration Table, the L2 Forwarding table, all
have a different number of elements simply because the port count is
different, and although this can be accounted for by looking at
ds->ports, the policing table can't because of the presence of the extra
multicast policers.
The common denominator for the static config initializers for these
tables is that they must set up all the entries within that table.
So the simplest way to account for these differences in a uniform manner
is to look at struct sja1105_table_ops::max_entry_count. For the sake of
uniformity, this patch makes that change also for tables whose number of
elements did not change in SJA1110, like the xMII Mode Parameters, the
L2 Lookup Parameters, General Parameters, AVB Parameters (all of these
are singleton tables with a single entry).
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two distinct code paths which enter sja1105_clocking.c, one
through sja1105_clocking_setup() and the other through
sja1105_clocking_setup_port():
sja1105_static_config_reload sja1105_setup
| |
| +------------------+
| |
v v
sja1105_clocking_setup sja1105_adjust_port_config
| |
v |
sja1105_clocking_setup_port <------------------+
As opposed to SJA1105, the SJA1110 does not need any configuration of
the Clock Generation Unit in order for xMII ports to work. Just RGMII
internal delays need to be configured, and that is done inside
sja1105_clocking_setup_port for the RGMII ports.
So this patch introduces the concept of a "reserved address", which the
CGU configuration functions from sja1105_clocking.c must check before
proceeding to do anything. The SJA1110 will have reserved addresses for
the CGU PLLs for MII/RMII/RGMII.
Additionally, make sja1105_clocking_setup() a function pointer so it can
be overridden by the SJA1110. Even though nothing port-related needs to
be done in the CGU, there are some operations such as disabling the
watchdog clock which are unique to the SJA1110.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If @port is unused, then dsa_upstream_port(ds, port) returns @port,
which means we cannot assume the CPU port can be retrieved this way.
The sja1105 switches support a single CPU port, so just iterate over the
switch ports and stop at the first CPU port we see.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a SJA1105_MAX_NUM_PORTS macro which at the moment is equal to
SJA1105_NUM_PORTS (5). With the introduction of SJA1110, these
structures will need to hold information for up to 11 ports.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do not put unused ports in the forwarding domain, and do not allocate
FDB entries for dynamic address learning for them.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sja1105 driver will gain support for the next-gen SJA1110 switch,
which is very similar except for the fact it has more than 5 ports.
So we need to replace the hardcoded SJA1105_NUM_PORTS in this driver
with ds->num_ports. This patch is as mechanical as possible (save for
the fact that ds->num_ports is not an integer constant expression).
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When running this sequence of operations:
ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
ip link set swp4 master br0
bridge vlan add dev swp4 vid 1
We observe the traffic sent on swp4 is still untagged, even though the
bridge has overwritten the existing VLAN entry:
port vlan ids
swp4 1 PVID
br0 1 PVID Egress Untagged
This happens because we didn't consider that the 'bridge vlan add'
command just overwrites VLANs like it's nothing. We treat the 'vid 1
pvid untagged' and the 'vid 1' as two separate VLANs, and the first
still has precedence when calling sja1105_build_vlan_table. Obviously
there is a disagreement regarding semantics, and we end up doing
something unexpected from the PoV of the bridge.
Let's actually consider an "existing VLAN" to be one which is on the
same port, and has the same VLAN ID, as one we already have, and update
it if it has different flags than we do.
The first blamed commit is the one introducing the bug, the second one
is the latest on top of which the bugfix still applies.
Fixes: ec5ae61076 ("net: dsa: sja1105: save/restore VLANs using a delta commit method")
Fixes: 5899ee367a ("net: dsa: tag_8021q: add a context structure")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One thing became visible when writing the blamed commit, and that was
that STP and PTP frames injected by net/dsa/tag_sja1105.c using the
deferred xmit mechanism are always classified to the pvid of the CPU
port, regardless of whatever VLAN there might be in these packets.
So a decision needed to be taken regarding the mechanism through which
we should ensure that delivery of STP and PTP traffic is possible when
we are in a VLAN awareness mode that involves tag_8021q. This is because
tag_8021q is not concerned with managing the pvid of the CPU port, since
as far as tag_8021q is concerned, no traffic should be sent as untagged
from the CPU port. So we end up not actually having a pvid on the CPU
port if we only listen to tag_8021q, and unless we do something about it.
The decision taken at the time was to keep VLAN 1 in the list of
priv->dsa_8021q_vlans, and make it a pvid of the CPU port. This ensures
that STP and PTP frames can always be sent to the outside world.
However there is a problem. If we do the following while we are in
the best_effort_vlan_filtering=true mode:
ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
ip link set swp2 master br0
bridge vlan del dev swp2 vid 1
Then untagged and pvid-tagged frames should be dropped. But we observe
that they aren't, and this is because of the precaution we took that VID
1 is always installed on all ports.
So clearly VLAN 1 is not good for this purpose. What about VLAN 0?
Well, VLAN 0 is managed by the 8021q module, and that module wants to
ensure that 802.1p tagged frames are always received by a port, and are
always transmitted as VLAN-tagged (with VLAN ID 0). Whereas we want our
STP and PTP frames to be untagged if the stack sent them as untagged -
we don't want the driver to just decide out of the blue that it adds
VID 0 to some packets.
So what to do?
Well, there is one other VLAN that is reserved, and that is 4095:
$ ip link add link swp2 name swp2.4095 type vlan id 4095
Error: 8021q: Invalid VLAN id.
$ bridge vlan add dev swp2 vid 4095
Error: bridge: Vlan id is invalid.
After we made this change, VLAN 1 is indeed forwarded and/or dropped
according to the bridge VLAN table, there are no further alterations
done by the sja1105 driver.
Fixes: ec5ae61076 ("net: dsa: sja1105: save/restore VLANs using a delta commit method")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver continues probing when a port is configured for an
unsupported PHY interface type, instead it should stop.
Fixes: 8aa9ebccae ("net: dsa: Introduce driver for NXP SJA1105 5-port L2 switch")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If any of sja1105_static_config_load(), sja1105_clocking_setup() or
sja1105_devlink_setup() fails, we can't just return in the middle of
sja1105_setup() or memory will leak. Add a cleanup path.
Fixes: 0a7bdbc23d ("net: dsa: sja1105: move devlink param code to sja1105_devlink.c")
Fixes: 8aa9ebccae ("net: dsa: Introduce driver for NXP SJA1105 5-port L2 switch")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unlike other drivers which pretty much end their .probe() execution with
dsa_register_switch(), the sja1105 does some extra stuff. When that
fails with -ENOMEM, the driver is quick to return that, forgetting to
call dsa_unregister_switch(). Not critical, but a bug nonetheless.
Fixes: 4d7525085a ("net: dsa: sja1105: offload the Credit-Based Shaper qdisc")
Fixes: a68578c20a ("net: dsa: Make deferred_xmit private to sja1105")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
At the beginning of the sja1105_dynamic_config.c file there is a diagram
of the dynamic config interface layout:
packed_buf
|
V
+-----------------------------------------+------------------+
| ENTRY BUFFER | COMMAND BUFFER |
+-----------------------------------------+------------------+
<----------------------- packed_size ------------------------>
So in order to pack/unpack the command bits into the buffer,
sja1105_vl_lookup_cmd_packing must first advance the buffer pointer by
the length of the entry. This is similar to what the other *cmd_packing
functions do.
This bug exists because the command packing function for P/Q/R/S was
copied from the E/T generation, and on E/T, the command was actually
embedded within the entry buffer itself.
Fixes: 94f94d4acf ("net: dsa: sja1105: add static tables for virtual links")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PCR_MATRIX field was set to all 1's when VLAN filtering is enabled, but
was not reset when it is disabled, which may cause traffic leaks:
ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
ip link add br1 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
ip link set swp0 master br0
ip link set swp1 master br1
ip link set br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 0
ip link set br1 type bridge vlan_filtering 0
# traffic in br0 and br1 will start leaking to each other
As port_bridge_{add,del} have set up PCR_MATRIX properly, remove the
PCR_MATRIX write from mt7530_port_set_vlan_aware.
Fixes: 83163f7dca ("net: dsa: mediatek: add VLAN support for MT7530")
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We cannot call bcm_sf2_reg_rgmii_cntrl() for a port that is not RGMII,
yet we do that in bcm_sf2_sw_mac_link_up() irrespective of the port's
interface. Move that read until we have properly qualified the PHY
interface mode. This avoids triggering a warning on 7278 platforms that
have GMII ports.
Fixes: 55cfeb3969 ("net: dsa: bcm_sf2: add function finding RGMII register")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current internal sja1105 driver API is optimized for retrieving many
statistics counters at once. But the switch does not do atomic snapshotting
for them anyway.
In case we start reporting the hardware port counters through
ndo_get_stats64 as well, not just ethtool, it would be good to be able
to read individual port counters and not all of them.
Additionally, since Arnd Bergmann's commit ae1804de93 ("dsa: sja1105:
dynamically allocate stats structure"), sja1105_get_ethtool_stats
allocates memory dynamically, since struct sja1105_port_status was
deemed to consume too much stack memory. That is not ideal.
The large structure is only needed because of the burst read.
If we read statistics one by one, we can consume less memory, and
we can avoid dynamic allocation.
Additionally, latency-sensitive interfaces such as PTP operations (for
phc2sys) might suffer if the SPI mutex is being held for too long, which
happens in the case of SPI burst reads. By reading counters one by one,
we give a chance for higher priority processes to preempt and take the
SPI bus mutex for accessing the PTP clock.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The queue levels are not counters, but instead they represent the
occupancy of the MAC TX queues. Having these in ethtool port counters is
not helpful, so remove them.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The static config of the sja1105 switch is a long stream of bytes which
is programmed to the hardware in chunks (portions with the chip select
continuously asserted) of max 256 bytes each. Each chunk is a
spi_message composed of 2 spi_transfers: the buffer with the data and a
preceding buffer with the SPI access header.
Only that certain SPI controllers, such as the spi-sc18is602 I2C-to-SPI
bridge, cannot keep the chip select asserted for that long.
The spi_max_transfer_size() and spi_max_message_size() functions are how
the controller can impose its hardware limitations upon the SPI
peripheral driver.
For the sja1105 driver to work with these controllers, both buffers must
be smaller than the transfer limit, and their sum must be smaller than
the message limit.
Regression-tested on a switch connected to a controller with no
limitations (spi-fsl-dspi) as well as with one with caps for both
max_transfer_size and max_message_size (spi-sc18is602).
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sja1105 driver has been described by Mark Brown as "not using the
[ SPI ] API at all idiomatically" due to the use of cs_change:
https://patchwork.kernel.org/project/netdevbpf/patch/20210520135031.2969183-1-olteanv@gmail.com/
According to include/linux/spi/spi.h, the chip select is supposed to be
asserted for the entire length of a SPI message, as long as cs_change is
false for all member transfers. The cs_change flag changes the following:
(i) When a non-final SPI transfer has cs_change = true, the chip select
should temporarily deassert and then reassert starting with the next
transfer.
(ii) When a final SPI transfer has cs_change = true, the chip select
should remain asserted until the following SPI message.
The sja1105 driver only uses cs_change for its first property, to form a
single SPI message whose layout can be seen below:
this is an entire, single spi_message
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
/ \
+-------------+---------------+-------------+---------------+ ... +-------------+---------------+
| hdr_xfer[0] | chunk_xfer[0] | hdr_xfer[1] | chunk_xfer[1] | | hdr_xfer[n] | chunk_xfer[n] |
+-------------+---------------+-------------+---------------+ ... +-------------+---------------+
cs_change false true false true false false
____________________________ _____________________________ _____________________________
CS line __/ \/ \ ... / \__
The fact of the matter is that spi_max_message_size() has an ambiguous
meaning if any non-final transfer has cs_change = true.
If the SPI master has a limitation in that it cannot keep the chip
select asserted for more than, say, 200 bytes (like the spi-sc18is602),
the normal thing for it to do is to implement .max_transfer_size and
.max_message_size, and limit both to 200: in the "worst case" where
cs_change is always false, then the controller can, indeed, not send
messages larger than 200 bytes.
But the fact that the SPI controller's max_message_size does not
necessarily mean that we cannot send messages larger than that.
Notably, if the SPI master special-cases the transfers with cs_change
and treats every chip select toggling as an entirely new transaction,
then a SPI message can easily exceed that limit. So there is a
temptation to ignore the controller's reported max_message_size when
using cs_change = true in non-final transfers.
But that can lead to false conclusions. As Mark points out, the SPI
controller might have a different kind of limitation with the max
message size, that has nothing at all to do with how long it can keep
the chip select asserted.
For example, that might be the case if the device is able to offload the
chip select changes to the hardware as part of the data stream, and it
packs the entire stream of commands+data (corresponding to a SPI
message) into a single DMA transfer that is itself limited in size.
So the only thing we can do is avoid ambiguity by not using cs_change at
all. Instead of sending a single spi_message, we now send multiple SPI
messages as follows:
spi_message 0 spi_message 1 spi_message n
____________________________ ___________________________ _____________________________
/ \ / \ / \
+-------------+---------------+-------------+---------------+ ... +-------------+---------------+
| hdr_xfer[0] | chunk_xfer[0] | hdr_xfer[1] | chunk_xfer[1] | | hdr_xfer[n] | chunk_xfer[n] |
+-------------+---------------+-------------+---------------+ ... +-------------+---------------+
cs_change false true false true false false
____________________________ _____________________________ _____________________________
CS line __/ \/ \ ... / \__
which is clearer because the max_message_size limit is now easier to
enforce. What is transmitted on the wire stays, of course, the same.
Additionally, because we send no more than 2 transfers at a time, we now
avoid dynamic memory allocation too, which might be seen as an
improvement by some.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for MT7530 interrupt controller to handle internal PHYs.
In order to assign an IRQ number to each PHY, the registration of MDIO bus
is also done in this driver.
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the missing unlock before return from function qca8k_vlan_add()
and qca8k_vlan_del() in the error handling case.
Fixes: 028f5f8ef4 ("net: dsa: qca8k: handle error with qca8k_read operation")
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define get_phy_flags to pass switch_Revision needed to tweak the
internal PHY with debug values based on the revision.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Improve the internal mdio read/write bus access by caching the value
without accessing it for every read/write.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support to setup_mdio_bus for internal phy declaration. Introduce a
flag to use the legacy port phy mapping by default and use the direct
mapping if a mdio node is detected in the switch node. Register a
dedicated mdio internal mdio bus to address the different mapping
between port and phy if the mdio node is detected.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The witch require some extra delay after setting page or the next
read/write can use still use the old page. Add a delay after the
set_page function to address this as it's done in QSDK legacy driver.
Some timeouts were notice with VLAN and phy function, enlarge the
mdio busy wait timeout to fix these problems.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MDIO_MASTER operation have a dedicated busy wait that is not protected
by the mdio mutex. This can cause situation where the MASTER operation
is done and a normal operation is executed between the MASTER read/write
and the MASTER busy_wait. Rework the qca8k_mdio_read/write function to
address this issue by binding the lock for the whole MASTER operation
and not only the mdio read/write common operation.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clear MDIO_MASTER_EN bit from MDIO_MASTER_CTRL after read/write
operation. The MDIO_MASTER_EN bit is not reset after read/write
operation and the next operation can be wrongly interpreted by the
switch as a mdio operation. This cause a production of wrong/garbage
data from the switch and underfined bheavior. (random port drop,
unplugged port flagged with link up, wrong port speed)
Also on driver remove the MASTER_CTRL can be left set and cause the
malfunction of any next driver using the mdio device.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The legacy qsdk code used a different delay instead of the max value.
Qsdk use 1 ns for rx and 2 ns for tx. Make these values configurable
using the standard rx/tx-internal-delay-ps ethernet binding and apply
qsdk values by default. The connected gmac doesn't add any delay so no
additional delay is added to tx/rx.
On this switch the delay is actually in ns so value should be in the
1000 order. Any value converted from ps to ns by dividing it by 1000
as the switch max value for delay is 3ns.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dsa now also supports ethernet-ports. Add this new binding as a fallback
if the ports node can't be found.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
qca8k internal phy driver require some special debug value to be set
based on the switch revision. Rework the switch id read function to
also read the chip revision.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Switch qca8327 needs special settings for the GLOBAL_FC_THRES regs.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Limit port5 rx delay to qca8337. This is taken from the legacy QSDK code
that limits the rx delay on port5 to only this particular switch version,
on other switch only the tx and rx delay for port0 are needed.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The port 5 of the qca8337 have some problem in flood condition. The
original legacy driver had some specific buffer and priority settings
for the different port suggested by the QCA switch team. Add this
missing settings to improve switch stability under load condition.
The packet priority tweak is only needed for the qca8337 switch and
other qca8k switch are not affected.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
qca8327 switch is a low tier version of the more recent qca8337.
It does share the same regs used by the qca8k driver and can be
supported with minimal change.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Propagate errors from qca8k_busy_wait instead of hardcoding return
value.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
qca8k_rmw can fail. Rework any user to handle error values and
correctly return. Change qca8k_rmw to return the error code or 0 instead
of the reg value. The reg returned by qca8k_rmw wasn't used anywhere,
so this doesn't cause any functional change.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
qca8k_write can fail. Rework any user to handle error values and
correctly return.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
qca8k_read can fail. Rework any user to handle error values and
correctly return.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With a remote possibility, the set_page function can fail. Since this is
a critical part of the write/read qca8k regs, propagate the error and
terminate any read/write operation.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Put bus in local variable to improve faster access to the mdio bus.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use iopoll macro instead of while loop.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change pr_err and pr_warn to dev variant.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 316bcffe44 ("net: dsa: felix: disable always guard band bit for
TAS config") disabled the guard band and broke 802.3Qbv compliance.
There are two issues here:
(1) Without the guard band the end of the scheduling window could be
overrun by a frame in transit.
(2) Frames that don't fit into a configured window will still be sent.
The reason for both issues is that the switch will schedule the _start_
of a frame transmission inside the predefined window without taking the
length of the frame into account. Thus, we'll need the guard band which
will close the gate early, so that a complete frame can still be sent.
Revert the commit and add a note.
For a lengthy discussion see [1].
[1] https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/c7618025da6723418c56a54fe4683bd7@walle.cc/
Fixes: 316bcffe44 ("net: dsa: felix: disable always guard band bit for TAS config")
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ksz_switch_alloc() will return NULL only if allocation is failed. So,
the proper return value is -ENOMEM.
Fixes: 60a3647600 ("net: dsa: microchip: Add Microchip KSZ8863 SMI based driver support")
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix possible NULL pointer dereference in case devm_kzalloc() failed to
allocate memory
Fixes: cc13e52c3a ("net: dsa: microchip: Add Microchip KSZ8863 SPI based driver support")
Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix possible NULL pointer dereference in case devm_kzalloc() failed to
allocate memory.
Fixes: 60a3647600 ("net: dsa: microchip: Add Microchip KSZ8863 SMI based driver support")
Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the for-loop in ksz8_port_init_cnt is causing a static
analysis infinite loop warning with the comparison of
mib->cnt_ptr < dev->reg_mib_cnt. This occurs because mib->cnt_ptr
is a u8 and dev->reg_mib_cnt is an int and the analyzer determines
that mib->cnt_ptr potentially can wrap around to zero if the value
in dev->reg_mib_cnt is > 255. However, this value is never this
large, it is always less than 256 so make reg_mib_cnt a u8.
Addresses-Coverity: ("Infinite loop")
Fixes: e66f840c08 ("net: dsa: ksz: Add Microchip KSZ8795 DSA driver")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210428120010.337959-1-colin.king@canonical.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Add KSZ88X3 driver support. We add support for the KXZ88X3 three port
switches using the Microchip SMI Interface. They are supported using the
MDIO-Bitbang Interface.
Signed-off-by: Michael Grzeschik <m.grzeschik@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add KSZ88X3 driver support. We add support for the KXZ88X3 three port
switches using the SPI Interface.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Grzeschik <m.grzeschik@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We add support for the ksz8863 and ksz8873 chips which are
using the same register patterns but other offsets as the
ksz8795.
Signed-off-by: Michael Grzeschik <m.grzeschik@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to get this driver used with other switches the functions need
to use different offsets and register shifts. This patch changes the
direct use of the register defines to register description structures,
which can be set depending on the chips register layout.
Signed-off-by: Michael Grzeschik <m.grzeschik@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves the cpu interface selection code to a individual
function specific for ksz8795. It will make it simpler to customize the
code path for different switches supported by this driver.
Signed-off-by: Michael Grzeschik <m.grzeschik@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver can be used on other chips of this type. To reflect
this we rename the drivers prefix from ksz8795 to ksz8.
Signed-off-by: Michael Grzeschik <m.grzeschik@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert to a common ocelot_port_txtstamp_request() for TX timestamp
request handling.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Free skb->cb usage in core driver and let device drivers decide to
use or not. The reason having a DSA_SKB_CB(skb)->clone was because
dsa_skb_tx_timestamp() which may set the clone pointer was called
before p->xmit() which would use the clone if any, and the device
driver has no way to initialize the clone pointer.
This patch just put memset(skb->cb, 0, sizeof(skb->cb)) at beginning
of dsa_slave_xmit(). Some new features in the future, like one-step
timestamp may need more bytes of skb->cb to use in
dsa_skb_tx_timestamp(), and p->xmit().
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It was a waste to clone skb directly in dsa_skb_tx_timestamp().
For one-step timestamping, a clone was not needed. For any failure of
port_txtstamp (this may usually happen), the skb clone had to be freed.
So this patch moves skb cloning for tx timestamp out of dsa core, and
let drivers clone skb in port_txtstamp if they really need.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move ptp_classify_raw out of dsa core driver for handling tx
timestamp request. Let device drivers do this if they want.
Not all drivers want to limit tx timestamping for only PTP
packet.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check tx timestamp request in core driver at very beginning of
dsa_skb_tx_timestamp(), so that most skbs not requiring tx
timestamp just return. And drop such checking in device drivers.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The .serdes_get_lane op used the magic value 0xff to indicate a valid
SERDES lane and 0 signaled that a non-SERDES mode was set on the port.
Unfortunately, "0" is also a valid lane ID, so even when these ports
where configured to e.g. RGMII the driver would set them up as SERDES
ports.
- Replace 0xff with 0 to indicate a valid lane ID. The number is on
the one hand just as arbitrary, but it is at least the first valid one
and therefore less of a surprise.
- Follow the other .serdes_get_lane implementations and return -ENODEV
in the case where no SERDES is assigned to the port.
Fixes: f5be107c33 ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Support serdes ports on MV88E6097/6095/6185")
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Export the raw PVT data in a devlink region so that it can be
inspected from userspace and compared to the current bridge
configuration.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the unlikely event of the VTU being loaded to the brim with 4k
entries, the last one was placed in the buffer, but the size reported
to devlink was off-by-one. Make sure that the final entry is available
to the caller.
Fixes: ca4d632aef ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Export VTU as devlink region")
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Because ADRR is not a thing.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For devices that supports both regular and Ethertyped DSA tags, allow
the user to change the protocol.
Additionally, because there are ethernet controllers that do not
handle regular DSA tags in all cases, also allow the protocol to be
changed on devices with undocumented support for EDSA. But, in those
cases, make sure to log the fact that an undocumented feature has been
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All devices are capable of using regular DSA tags. Support for
Ethertyped DSA tags sort into three categories:
1. No support. Older chips fall into this category.
2. Full support. Datasheet explicitly supports configuring the CPU
port to receive FORWARDs with a DSA tag.
3. Undocumented support. Datasheet lists the configuration from
category 2 as "reserved for future use", but does empirically
behave like a category 2 device.
So, instead of listing the one true protocol that should be used by a
particular chip, specify the level of support for EDSA (support for
regular DSA is implicit on all chips). As before, we use EDSA for all
chips that fully supports it.
In upcoming changes, we will use this information to support
dynamically changing the tag protocol.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Amethyst internal PHYs also report empty model number in MII_PHYSID2.
Fill in switch product number, as is done for Topaz and Peridot.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ALWAYS_GUARD_BAND_SCH_Q bit in TAS config register is descripted as
this:
0: Guard band is implemented for nonschedule queues to schedule
queues transition.
1: Guard band is implemented for any queue to schedule queue
transition.
The driver set guard band be implemented for any queue to schedule queue
transition before, which will make each GCL time slot reserve a guard
band time that can pass the max SDU frame. Because guard band time could
not be set in tc-taprio now, it will use about 12000ns to pass 1500B max
SDU. This limits each GCL time interval to be more than 12000ns.
This patch change the guard band to be only implemented for nonschedule
queues to schedule queues transition, so that there is no need to reserve
guard band on each GCL. Users can manually add guard band time for each
schedule queues in their configuration if they want.
Signed-off-by: Xiaoliang Yang <xiaoliang.yang_1@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/stmmac_main.c
- keep the ZC code, drop the code related to reinit
net/bridge/netfilter/ebtables.c
- fix build after move to net_generic
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Since commit fee2d54641 ("net: phy: marvell: mv88e6390 temperature
sensor reading"), Linux reports the temperature of Topaz hwmon as
constant -75°C.
This is because switches from the Topaz family (88E6141 / 88E6341) have
the address of the temperature sensor register different from Peridot.
This address is instead compatible with 88E1510 PHYs, as was used for
Topaz before the above mentioned commit.
Create a new mapping table between switch family and PHY ID for families
which don't have a model number. And define PHY IDs for Topaz and Peridot
families.
Create a new PHY ID and a new PHY driver for Topaz's internal PHY.
The only difference from Peridot's PHY driver is the HWMON probing
method.
Prior this change Topaz's internal PHY is detected by kernel as:
PHY [...] driver [Marvell 88E6390] (irq=63)
And afterwards as:
PHY [...] driver [Marvell 88E6341 Family] (irq=63)
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
BugLink: https://github.com/globalscaletechnologies/linux/issues/1
Fixes: fee2d54641 ("net: phy: marvell: mv88e6390 temperature sensor reading")
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
MAINTAINERS
- keep Chandrasekar
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_main.c
- simple fix + trust the code re-added to param.c in -next is fine
include/linux/bpf.h
- trivial
include/linux/ethtool.h
- trivial, fix kdoc while at it
include/linux/skmsg.h
- move to relevant place in tcp.c, comment re-wrapped
net/core/skmsg.c
- add the sk = sk // sk = NULL around calls
net/tipc/crypto.c
- trivial
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
There are a few more bits in the GSWIP_MII_CFG register for which we
did rely on the boot-loader (or the hardware defaults) to set them up
properly.
For some external RMII PHYs we need to select the GSWIP_MII_CFG_RMII_CLK
bit and also we should un-set it for non-RMII PHYs. The
GSWIP_MII_CFG_RMII_CLK bit is ignored for other PHY connection modes.
The GSWIP IP also supports in-band auto-negotiation for RGMII PHYs when
the GSWIP_MII_CFG_RGMII_IBS bit is set. Clear this bit always as there's
no known hardware which uses this (so it is not tested yet).
Clear the xMII isolation bit when set at initialization time if it was
previously set by the bootloader. Not doing so could lead to no traffic
(neither RX nor TX) on a port with this bit set.
While here, also add the GSWIP_MII_CFG_RESET bit. We don't need to
manage it because this bit is self-clearning when set. We still add it
here to get a better overview of the GSWIP_MII_CFG register.
Fixes: 14fceff477 ("net: dsa: Add Lantiq / Intel DSA driver for vrx200")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Suggested-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PHY auto polling on the GSWIP hardware can be used so link changes
(speed, link up/down, etc.) can be detected automatically. Internally
GSWIP reads the PHY's registers for this functionality. Based on this
automatic detection GSWIP can also automatically re-configure it's port
settings. Unfortunately this auto polling (and configuration) mechanism
seems to cause various issues observed by different people on different
devices:
- FritzBox 7360v2: the two Gbit/s ports (connected to the two internal
PHY11G instances) are working fine but the two Fast Ethernet ports
(using an AR8030 RMII PHY) are completely dead (neither RX nor TX are
received). It turns out that the AR8030 PHY sets the BMSR_ESTATEN bit
as well as the ESTATUS_1000_TFULL and ESTATUS_1000_XFULL bits. This
makes the PHY auto polling state machine (rightfully?) think that the
established link speed (when the other side is Gbit/s capable) is
1Gbit/s.
- None of the Ethernet ports on the Zyxel P-2812HNU-F1 (two are
connected to the internal PHY11G GPHYs while the other three are
external RGMII PHYs) are working. Neither RX nor TX traffic was
observed. It is not clear which part of the PHY auto polling state-
machine caused this.
- FritzBox 7412 (only one LAN port which is connected to one of the
internal GPHYs running in PHY22F / Fast Ethernet mode) was seeing
random disconnects (link down events could be seen). Sometimes all
traffic would stop after such disconnect. It is not clear which part
of the PHY auto polling state-machine cauased this.
- TP-Link TD-W9980 (two ports are connected to the internal GPHYs
running in PHY11G / Gbit/s mode, the other two are external RGMII
PHYs) was affected by similar issues as the FritzBox 7412 just without
the "link down" events
Switch to software based configuration instead of PHY auto polling (and
letting the GSWIP hardware configure the ports automatically) for the
following link parameters:
- link up/down
- link speed
- full/half duplex
- flow control (RX / TX pause)
After a big round of manual testing by various people (who helped test
this on OpenWrt) it turns out that this fixes all reported issues.
Additionally it can be considered more future proof because any
"quirk" which is implemented for a PHY on the driver side can now be
used with the GSWIP hardware as well because Linux is in control of the
link parameters.
As a nice side-effect this also solves a problem where fixed-links were
not supported previously because we were relying on the PHY auto polling
mechanism, which cannot work for fixed-links as there's no PHY from
where it can read the registers. Configuring the link settings on the
GSWIP ports means that we now use the settings from device-tree also for
ports with fixed-links.
Fixes: 14fceff477 ("net: dsa: Add Lantiq / Intel DSA driver for vrx200")
Fixes: 3e6fdeb28f ("net: dsa: lantiq_gswip: Let GSWIP automatically set the xMII clock")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a error message within devm_ioremap_resource
already, so remove the dev_err call to avoid redundant
error message.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Guobin Huang <huangguobin4@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a error message within devm_ioremap_resource
already, so remove the dev_err call to avoid redundant
error message.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Guobin Huang <huangguobin4@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Three minor changes:
- When disabling PLL, there is no need to call core_write_mmd_indirect
directly, use the core_write wrapper instead like the rest of the code
in the function does. This change helps with consistency and
readability. Move the comment to the definition of
core_read_mmd_indirect where it belongs.
- Disable both core and TRGMII Tx clocks prior to reconfiguring.
Previously, only the core clock was disabled, but not TRGMII Tx clock.
So disable both, then configure them, then re-enable both, for
consistency.
- The core clock enable bit (REG_GSWCK_EN) is written redundantly three
times. Simplify the code and only write the register only once at the
end of clock reconfiguration to enable both core and TRGMII Tx clocks.
Tested on Ubiquiti ER-X running the GMAC0 and MT7530 in TRGMII mode.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lipnitskiy <ilya.lipnitskiy@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds missing MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE definition which generates
correct modalias for automatic loading of this driver when it is built
as an external module.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Qinglang Miao <miaoqinglang@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The xMII interface clock depends on the PHY interface (MII, RMII, RGMII)
as well as the current link speed. Explicitly configure the GSWIP to
automatically select the appropriate xMII interface clock.
This fixes an issue seen by some users where ports using an external
RMII or RGMII PHY were deaf (no RX or TX traffic could be seen). Most
likely this is due to an "invalid" xMII clock being selected either by
the bootloader or hardware-defaults.
Fixes: 14fceff477 ("net: dsa: Add Lantiq / Intel DSA driver for vrx200")
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The premise of this change is that the switchdev port attributes and
objects offloaded by ocelot might have been missed when we are joining
an already existing bridge port, such as a bonding interface.
The patch pulls these switchdev attributes and objects from the bridge,
on behalf of the 'bridge port' net device which might be either the
ocelot switch interface, or the bonding upper interface.
The ocelot_net.c belongs strictly to the switchdev ocelot driver, while
ocelot.c is part of a library shared with the DSA felix driver.
The ocelot_port_bridge_leave function (part of the common library) used
to call ocelot_port_vlan_filtering(false), something which is not
necessary for DSA, since the framework deals with that already there.
So we move this function to ocelot_switchdev_unsync, which is specific
to the switchdev driver.
The code movement described above makes ocelot_port_bridge_leave no
longer return an error code, so we change its type from int to void.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Report the driver name, ASIC ID and the switch name via devlink. This is a
useful information for user space tooling.
Signed-off-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@kmk-computers.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Verify compatible string against hardware.
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <olek2@wp.pl>
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows to use all PHYs on GRX300 and GRX330. The ARX300
has 3 and the GRX330 has 4 integrated PHYs connected to different
ports compared to VRX200. Each integrated PHY can work as single
Gigabit Ethernet PHY (GMII) or as double Fast Ethernet PHY (MII).
Allowed port configurations:
xRX200:
GMAC0: RGMII, MII, REVMII or RMII port
GMAC1: RGMII, MII, REVMII or RMII port
GMAC2: GPHY0 (GMII)
GMAC3: GPHY0 (MII)
GMAC4: GPHY1 (GMII)
GMAC5: GPHY1 (MII) or RGMII port
xRX300:
GMAC0: RGMII port
GMAC1: GPHY2 (GMII)
GMAC2: GPHY0 (GMII)
GMAC3: GPHY0 (MII)
GMAC4: GPHY1 (GMII)
GMAC5: GPHY1 (MII) or RGMII port
xRX330:
GMAC0: RGMII, GMII or RMII port
GMAC1: GPHY2 (GMII)
GMAC2: GPHY0 (GMII)
GMAC3: GPHY0 (MII) or GPHY3 (GMII)
GMAC4: GPHY1 (GMII)
GMAC5: GPHY1 (MII), RGMII or RMII port
Tested on D-Link DWR966 (xRX330) with OpenWRT.
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <olek2@wp.pl>
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 0b5294483c ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: scratch: Fixup kerneldoc")
has addressed some but not all kerneldoc warnings for the Global 2
Scratch register accessors. Namely, we have some mismatches between
the function names in the kerneldoc and the ones in the actual code.
Let's adjust the comments so that they match the functions they're
sitting next to.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. Remove CONFIG_HAVE_NET_DSA.
CONFIG_HAVE_NET_DSA is a legacy leftover from the times when drivers
should have selected CONFIG_NET_DSA manually.
Currently, all drivers has explicit 'depends on NET_DSA', so this is
no more needed.
2. CONFIG_HAVE_NET_DSA dependencies became CONFIG_NET_DSA's ones.
- dropped !S390 dependency which was introduced to be sure NET_DSA
can select CONFIG_PHYLIB. DSA migrated to Phylink almost 3 years
ago and the PHY library itself doesn't depend on !S390 since
commit 870a2b5e4f ("phylib: remove !S390 dependeny from Kconfig");
- INET dependency is kept to be sure we can select NET_SWITCHDEV;
- NETDEVICES dependency is kept to be sure we can select PHYLINK.
3. DSA drivers menu now depends on NET_DSA.
Instead on 'depends on NET_DSA' on every single driver, the entire
menu now depends on it. This eliminates a lot of duplicated lines
from Kconfig with no loss (when CONFIG_NET_DSA=m, drivers also can
be only m or n).
This also has a nice side effect that there's no more empty menu on
configurations without DSA.
4. Kbuild will now descend into 'drivers/net/dsa' only when
CONFIG_NET_DSA is y or m.
This is safe since no objects inside this folder can be built without
DSA core, as well as when CONFIG_NET_DSA=m, no objects can be
built-in.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@pm.me>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit e9bf96943b.
The topic of the reverted patch is the support for switches with global
VLAN filtering, added by commit 061f6a505a ("net: dsa: Add
ndo_vlan_rx_{add, kill}_vid implementation"). Be there a switch with 4
ports swp0 -> swp3, and the following setup:
ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
ip link set swp0 master br0
ip link set swp1 master br0
What would happen with VLAN-tagged traffic received on standalone ports
swp2 and swp3? Well, it would get dropped, were it not for the
.ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid and .ndo_vlan_rx_kill_vid implementations (called
from vlan_vid_add and vlan_vid_del respectively). Basically, for DSA
switches where VLAN filtering is a global attribute, we enforce the
standalone ports to have 'rx-vlan-filter: off [fixed]' in their ethtool
features, which lets the user know that all VLAN-tagged packets that are
not explicitly added in the RX filtering list are dropped.
As for the sja1105 driver, at the time of the reverted patch, it was
operating in a pretty handicapped mode when it had ports under a bridge
with vlan_filtering=1. Specifically, it was unable to terminate traffic
through the CPU port (for further explanation see "Traffic support" in
Documentation/networking/dsa/sja1105.rst).
However, since then, the sja1105 driver has made considerable progress,
and that limitation is no longer as severe now. Specifically, since
commit 2cafa72e51 ("net: dsa: sja1105: add a new
best_effort_vlan_filtering devlink parameter"), the driver is able to
perform CPU termination even when some ports are under bridges with
vlan_filtering=1. Then, since commit 8841f6e63f ("net: dsa: sja1105:
make devlink property best_effort_vlan_filtering true by default"), this
even became the default operating mode.
So we can now take advantage of the logic in the DSA core.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These switches have two modes of classifying broadcast:
1. Broadcast is multicast.
2. Broadcast is its own unique thing that is always flooded
everywhere.
This driver uses the first option, making sure to load the broadcast
address into all active databases. Because of this, we can support
per-port broadcast flooding by (1) making sure to only set the subset
of ports that have it enabled whenever joining a new bridge or VLAN,
and (2) by updating all active databases whenever the setting is
changed on a port.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow a user to control automatic learning per port.
Many chips have an explicit "LearningDisable"-bit that can be used for
this, but we opt for setting/clearing the PAV instead, as it works on
all devices at least as far back as 6083.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In accordance with the comment in dsa_port_bridge_leave, standalone
ports shall be configured to flood all types of traffic. This change
aligns the mv88e6xxx driver with that policy.
Previously a standalone port would initially not egress any unknown
traffic, but after joining and then leaving a bridge, it would.
This does not matter that much since we only ever send FROM_CPUs on
standalone ports, but it seems prudent to make sure that the initial
values match those that are applied after a bridging/unbridging cycle.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the conventional declaration style of a MAC address in the
kernel (u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]) for the broadcast address, then set it
using the existing helper.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The hardware has a somewhat quirky protocol for reading out the VTU
entry for a particular VID. But there is no reason why we cannot
create a better API for ourselves in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the intricacies of correctly iterating over the VTU to a common
implementation.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a port is a part of a LAG, the ATU will create dynamic entries
belonging to the LAG ID when learning is enabled. So trying to
fast-age those out using the constituent port will have no
effect. Unfortunately the hardware does not support move operations on
LAGs so there is no obvious way to transform the request to target the
LAG instead.
Instead we document this known limitation and at least avoid wasting
any time on it.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
BCM4908 has only 1 RGMII reg for controlling port 7.
Fixes: 73b7a60479 ("net: dsa: bcm_sf2: support BCM4908's integrated switch")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simple macro like REG_RGMII_CNTRL_P() is insufficient as:
1. It doesn't validate port argument
2. It doesn't support chipsets with non-lineral RGMII regs layout
Missing port validation could result in getting register offset from out
of array. Random memory -> random offset -> random reads/writes. It
affected e.g. BCM4908 for REG_RGMII_CNTRL_P(7).
Fixes: a78e86ed58 ("net: dsa: bcm_sf2: Prepare for different register layouts")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add device tree support to b53_mmap.c while keeping platform devices support.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 16-bit Port Policy CTL register from older chips is on 6393x changed
to Port Policy MGMT CTL, which can access more data, but indirectly and
via 8-bit registers.
The original 16-bit value is divided into first two 8-bit register in
the Port Policy MGMT CTL.
We can therefore use the previous code to compute the mask and shift,
and then
- if 0 <= shift < 8, we access register 0 in Port Policy MGMT CTL
- if 8 <= shift < 16, we access register 1 in Port Policy MGMT CTL
There are in fact other possible policy settings for Amethyst which
could be added here, but this can be done in the future.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Pavana Sharma <pavana.sharma@digi.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Marvell 88E6393X device is a single-chip integration of a 11-port
Ethernet switch with eight integrated Gigabit Ethernet (GbE)
transceivers and three 10-Gigabit interfaces.
This patch adds functionalities specific to mv88e6393x family (88E6393X,
88E6193X and 88E6191X).
The main differences between previous devices and this one are:
- port 0 can be a SERDES port
- all SERDESes are one-lane, eg. no XAUI nor RXAUI
- on the other hand the SERDESes can do USXGMII, 10GBASER and 5GBASER
(on 6191X only one SERDES is capable of more than 1g; USXGMII is not
yet supported with this change)
- Port Policy CTL register is changed to Port Policy MGMT CTL register,
via which several more registers can be accessed indirectly
- egress monitor port is configured differently
- ingress monitor/CPU/mirror ports are configured differently and can be
configured per port (ie. each port can have different ingress monitor
port, for example)
- port speed AltBit works differently than previously
- PHY registers can be also accessed via MDIO address 0x18 and 0x19
(on previous devices they could be accessed only via Global 2 offsets
0x18 and 0x19, which means two indirections; this feature is not yet
leveraged with thiis commit)
Co-developed-by: Ashkan Boldaji <ashkan.boldaji@digi.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashkan Boldaji <ashkan.boldaji@digi.com>
Signed-off-by: Pavana Sharma <pavana.sharma@digi.com>
Co-developed-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two implementations of the .set_egress_port method, and both
of them, if successful, set chip->*gress_dest_port variable.
To avoid code repetition, wrap this method into
mv88e6xxx_set_egress_port.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Pavana Sharma <pavana.sharma@digi.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Returning 0 is no more an error case with MV88E6393 family
which has serdes lane numbers 0, 9 or 10.
So with this change .serdes_get_lane will return lane number
or -errno (-ENODEV or -EOPNOTSUPP).
Signed-off-by: Pavana Sharma <pavana.sharma@digi.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These tags are used on BCM5325, BCM5365 and BCM63xx switches.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
BCM63xx switches are present on bcm63xx and bmips devices.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Support port MDB and bridge flag operations.
As the hardware can manage multicast forwarding itself, offload_fwd_mark
can be unconditionally set to true.
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The return value 'rc' maybe overwrite to 0 in the flow_action_for_each
loop, the error code from the offload not support error handling will
not set. This commit fix it to return -EOPNOTSUPP.
Fixes: 6a56e19902 ("flow_offload: reject configuration of packet-per-second policing in offload drivers")
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add missing of_match_table to allow device tree probing.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The switch implements unicast and multicast filtering per port.
Add support for it. By default filtering is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@kmk-computers.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The BCM4908 switch has 256 CFP entrie, update that setting so CFP can be
used.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow to dump the FDB table via devlink. This is a useful debugging feature.
Signed-off-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@kmk-computers.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two functions which need to populate fdb entries. Move that to a
helper function.
Signed-off-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@kmk-computers.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
hellcreek_select_vlan() takes a boolean instead of an integer.
So, use false accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@kmk-computers.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow to dump the VLAN table via devlink. This especially useful, because the
driver internally leverages VLANs for the port separation. These are not visible
via the bridge utility.
Signed-off-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@kmk-computers.de>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A follow-up patch will allow users to configures packet-per-second policing
in the software datapath. In preparation for this, teach all drivers that
support offload of the policer action to reject such configuration as
currently none of them support it.
Signed-off-by: Baowen Zheng <baowen.zheng@corigine.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Louis Peens <louis.peens@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On some SoCs (e.g. BCM4908, BCM631[345]8) SF2 has an integrated
crossbar. It allows connecting its selected external ports to internal
ports. It's used by vendors to handle custom Ethernet setups.
BCM4908 has following 3x2 crossbar. On Asus GT-AC5300 rgmii is used for
connecting external BCM53134S switch. GPHY4 is usually used for WAN
port. More fancy devices use SerDes for 2.5 Gbps Ethernet.
┌──────────┐
SerDes ─── 0 ─┤ │
│ 3x2 ├─ 0 ─── switch port 7
GPHY4 ─── 1 ─┤ │
│ crossbar ├─ 1 ─── runner (accelerator)
rgmii ─── 2 ─┤ │
└──────────┘
Use setup data based on DT info to configure BCM4908's switch port 7.
Right now only GPHY and rgmii variants are supported. Handling SerDes
can be implemented later.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's needed later for proper switch / crossbar setup.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A recent change to MIPS ralink reset logic made it so mt7530 actually
resets the switch on platforms such as mt7621 (where bit 2 is the reset
line for the switch). That exposed an issue where the switch would not
function properly in TRGMII mode after a reset.
Reconfigure core clock in TRGMII mode to fix the issue.
Tested on Ubiquiti ER-X (MT7621) with TRGMII mode enabled.
Fixes: 3f9ef7785a ("MIPS: ralink: manage low reset lines")
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lipnitskiy <ilya.lipnitskiy@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Having dynamic debug prints in b53_vlan_enable() has been helpful to
uncover a recent but update the function to indicate the port being
configured (or -1 for initial setup) and include the global VLAN enabled
and VLAN filtering enable status.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to commit 92696286f3 ("net:
bcmgenet: Set phydev->dev_flags only for internal PHYs") we need to
qualify the phydev->dev_flags based on whether the port is connected to
an internal or external PHY otherwise we risk having a flags collision
with a completely different interpretation depending on the driver.
Fixes: aa9aef77c7 ("net: dsa: bcm_sf2: communicate integrated PHY revision to PHY driver")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bcm_sf2 driver uses the b53 driver as a library but does not make
usre of the b53_setup() function, this made it fail to inherit the
vlan_filtering_is_global attribute. Fix this by moving the assignment to
b53_switch_alloc() which is used by bcm_sf2.
Fixes: 7228b23e68 ("net: dsa: b53: Let DSA handle mismatched VLAN filtering settings")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
BCM4908 uses 2 Gbps link between switch and the Ethernet interface.
Without this BCM4908 devices were able to achieve only 2 x ~895 Mb/s.
This allows handling e.g. NAT traffic with 940 Mb/s.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't assign dp to partner if it's the same port that xrs700x_hsr_join
was called with. The partner port is supposed to be the other port in
the HSR/PRP redundant pair not the same port. This fixes an issue
observed in testing where forwarding between redundant HSR ports on this
switch didn't work depending on the order the ports were added to the
hsr device.
Fixes: bd62e6f5e6 ("net: dsa: xrs700x: add HSR offloading support")
Signed-off-by: George McCollister <george.mccollister@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As of commit bb475230b8 ("reset: make optional functions really
optional"), the reset framework API calls use NULL pointers to describe
optional, non-present reset controls.
This allows to unconditionally return errors from
devm_reset_control_get_optional_exclusive.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Zabel <p.zabel@pengutronix.de>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the blamed patch I managed to introduce a bug while moving code
around: the same logic is applied to the ucast_egress_floods and
bcast_egress_floods variables both on the "if" and the "else" branches.
This is clearly an unintended change compared to how the code used to be
prior to that bugfix, so restore it.
Fixes: 7f7ccdea8c ("net: dsa: sja1105: fix leakage of flooded frames outside bridging domain")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When using MLO_AN_PHY or MLO_AN_FIXED, the MII_BMCR of the SGMII PCS is
read before resetting the switch so it can be reprogrammed afterwards.
This works for the speeds of 1Gbps and 100Mbps, but not for 10Mbps,
because SPEED_10 is actually 0, so AND-ing anything with 0 is false,
therefore that last branch is dead code.
Do what others do (genphy_read_status_fixed, phy_mii_ioctl) and just
remove the check for SPEED_10, let it fall into the default case.
Fixes: ffe10e679c ("net: dsa: sja1105: Add support for the SGMII port")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new GPIO support may be optional at runtime, but it requires
building against gpiolib:
ERROR: modpost: "gpiochip_get_data" [drivers/net/dsa/mt7530.ko]
undefined!
ERROR: modpost: "devm_gpiochip_add_data_with_key"
[drivers/net/dsa/mt7530.ko] undefined!
Add #ifdef to exclude GPIO support if GPIOLIB is not enabled.
Fixes: 429a0edeef ("net: dsa: mt7530: MT7530 optional GPIO support")
Reported-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210226063226.8474-1-dqfext@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
sja1105_unpack() takes a "const void *buf" as its first parameter, so
there is no need to cast away the "const" of the "buf" variable before
calling it.
Drop the cast, as it prevents the compiler performing some checks.
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210223112003.2223332-1-geert+renesas@glider.be
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Add support for being able to set the learning attribute on port, and
make sure that the standalone ports start up with learning disabled.
We can remove the code in bcm_sf2 that configured the ports learning
attribute because we want the standalone ports to have learning disabled
by default and port 7 cannot be bridged, so its learning attribute will
not change past its initial configuration.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Because bcm_sf2 implements its own dsa_switch_ops we need to export the
b53_br_flags_pre(), b53_br_flags() and b53_set_mrouter so we can wire-up
them up like they used to be with the former b53_br_egress_floods().
Fixes: a8b659e7ff ("net: dsa: act as passthrough for bridge port flags")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Implement functions 'port_mrp_add', 'port_mrp_del',
'port_mrp_add_ring_role' and 'port_mrp_del_ring_role' to call the mrp
functions from ocelot.
Also all MRP frames that arrive to CPU on queue number OCELOT_MRP_CPUQ
will be forward by the SW.
Signed-off-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Quite embarrasingly, I managed to fool myself into thinking that the
flooding domain of sja1105 source ports is restricted by the forwarding
domain, which it isn't. Frames which match an FDB entry are forwarded
towards that entry's DESTPORTS restricted by REACH_PORT[SRC_PORT], while
frames that don't match any FDB entry are forwarded towards
FL_DOMAIN[SRC_PORT] or BC_DOMAIN[SRC_PORT].
This means we can't get away with doing the simple thing, and we must
manage the flooding domain ourselves such that it is restricted by the
forwarding domain. This new function must be called from the
.port_bridge_join and .port_bridge_leave methods too, not just from
.port_bridge_flags as we did before.
Fixes: 4d94235495 ("net: dsa: sja1105: offload bridge port flags to device")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Due to a mistake, the driver always sets the address learning flag to
the previously stored value, and not to the currently configured one.
The bug is visible only in standalone ports mode, because when the port
is bridged, the issue is masked by .port_stp_state_set which overwrites
the address learning state to the proper value.
Fixes: 4d94235495 ("net: dsa: sja1105: offload bridge port flags to device")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the driver fails to probe, it would be nice to not leak memory.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ocelot_init_port is called only if dsa_is_unused_port == false, however
ocelot_deinit_port is called unconditionally. This causes a warning in
the skb_queue_purge inside ocelot_deinit_port saying that the spin lock
protecting ocelot_port->tx_skbs was not initialized.
Fixes: e5fb512d81 ("net: mscc: ocelot: deinitialize only initialized ports")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sja1105 driver has a limitation, extensively described under
Documentation/networking/dsa/sja1105.rst and
Documentation/networking/devlink/sja1105.rst, which says that when the
ports are under a bridge with vlan_filtering=1, traffic to and from
the network stack is not possible, unless the driver-specific
best_effort_vlan_filtering devlink parameter is enabled.
For users, this creates a 'wtf' moment. They need to go to the
documentation and find about the existence of this property, then maybe
install devlink and set it to true.
Having best_effort_vlan_filtering enabled by the kernel by default
delays that 'wtf' moment (maybe up to the point that it never even
happens). The user doesn't need to care that the driver supports
addressing the ports individually by retagging VLAN IDs until he/she
needs to use more than 32 VLAN IDs (since there can be at most 32
retagging rules). Only then do they need to think whether they need the
full VLAN table, at the expense of no individual port addressing, or
not.
But the odds that an sja1105 user will need more than 32 VLANs
terminated by the CPU is probably low. And, if we were to follow the
principle that more advanced use cases should require more advanced
preparation steps, then it makes more sense for ping to 'just work'
while CPU termination of > 32 VLAN IDs to require a bit more forethought
and possibly a driver-specific devlink param.
So we should be able to safely change the default here, and make this
driver act just a little bit more sanely out of the box.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some drivers can't dynamically change the VLAN filtering option, or
impose some restrictions, it would be nice to propagate this info
through netlink instead of printing it to a kernel log that might never
be read. Also netlink extack includes the module that emitted the
message, which means that it's easier to figure out which ones are
driver-generated errors as opposed to command misuse.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow drivers to communicate their restrictions to user space directly,
instead of printing to the kernel log. Where the conversion would have
been lossy and things like VLAN ID could no longer be conveyed (due to
the lack of support for printf format specifier in netlink extack), I
chose to keep the messages in full form to the kernel log only, and
leave it up to individual driver maintainers to move more messages to
extack.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For TX timestamping, we use the felix_txtstamp method which is common
with the regular (non-8021q) ocelot tagger. This method says that skb
deferral is needed, prepares a timestamp request ID, and puts a clone of
the skb in a queue waiting for the timestamp IRQ.
felix_txtstamp is called by dsa_skb_tx_timestamp() just before the
tagger's xmit method. In the tagger xmit, we divert the packets
classified by dsa_skb_tx_timestamp() as PTP towards the MMIO-based
injection registers, and we declare them as dead towards dsa_slave_xmit.
If not PTP, we proceed with normal tag_8021q stuff.
Then the timestamp IRQ fires, the clone queued up from felix_txtstamp is
matched to the TX timestamp retrieved from the switch's FIFO based on
the timestamp request ID, and the clone is delivered to the stack.
On RX, thanks to the VCAP IS2 rule that redirects the frames with an
EtherType for 1588 towards two destinations:
- the CPU port module (for MMIO based extraction) and
- if the "no XTR IRQ" workaround is in place, the dsa_8021q CPU port
the relevant data path processing starts in the ptp_classify_raw BPF
classifier installed by DSA in the RX data path (post tagger, which is
completely unaware that it saw a PTP packet).
This time we can't reuse the same implementation of .port_rxtstamp that
also works with the default ocelot tagger. That is because felix_rxtstamp
is given an skb with a freshly stripped DSA header, and it says "I don't
need deferral for its RX timestamp, it's right in it, let me show you";
and it just points to the header right behind skb->data, from where it
unpacks the timestamp and annotates the skb with it.
The same thing cannot happen with tag_ocelot_8021q, because for one
thing, the skb did not have an extraction frame header in the first
place, but a VLAN tag with no timestamp information. So the code paths
in felix_rxtstamp for the regular and 8021q tagger are completely
independent. With tag_8021q, the timestamp must come from the packet's
duplicate delivered to the CPU port module, but there is potentially
complex logic to be handled [ and prone to reordering ] if we were to
just start reading packets from the CPU port module, and try to match
them to the one we received over Ethernet and which needs an RX
timestamp. So we do something simple: we tell DSA "give me some time to
think" (we request skb deferral by returning false from .port_rxtstamp)
and we just drop the frame we got over Ethernet with no attempt to match
it to anything - we just treat it as a notification that there's data to
be processed from the CPU port module's queues. Then we proceed to read
the packets from those, one by one, which we deliver up the stack,
timestamped, using netif_rx - the same function that any driver would
use anyway if it needed RX timestamp deferral. So the assumption is that
we'll come across the PTP packet that triggered the CPU extraction
notification eventually, but we don't know when exactly. Thanks to the
VCAP IS2 trap/redirect rule and the exclusion of the CPU port module
from the flooding replicators, only PTP frames should be present in the
CPU port module's RX queues anyway.
There is just one conflict between the VCAP IS2 trapping rule and the
semantics of the BPF classifier. Namely, ptp_classify_raw() deems
general messages as non-timestampable, but still, those are trapped to
the CPU port module since they have an EtherType of ETH_P_1588. So, if
the "no XTR IRQ" workaround is in place, we need to run another BPF
classifier on the frames extracted over MMIO, to avoid duplicates being
sent to the stack (once over Ethernet, once over MMIO). It doesn't look
like it's possible to install VCAP IS2 rules based on keys extracted
from the 1588 frame headers.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the tag_8021q tagger is software-defined, it has no means by
itself for retrieving hardware timestamps of PTP event messages.
Because we do want to support PTP on ocelot even with tag_8021q, we need
to use the CPU port module for that. The RX timestamp is present in the
Extraction Frame Header. And because we can't use NPI mode which redirects
the CPU queues to an "external CPU" (meaning the ARM CPU running Linux),
then we need to poll the CPU port module through the MMIO registers to
retrieve TX and RX timestamps.
Sadly, on NXP LS1028A, the Felix switch was integrated into the SoC
without wiring the extraction IRQ line to the ARM GIC. So, if we want to
be notified of any PTP packets received on the CPU port module, we have
a problem.
There is a possible workaround, which is to use the Ethernet CPU port as
a notification channel that packets are available on the CPU port module
as well. When a PTP packet is received by the DSA tagger (without timestamp,
of course), we go to the CPU extraction queues, poll for it there, then
we drop the original Ethernet packet and masquerade the packet retrieved
over MMIO (plus the timestamp) as the original when we inject it up the
stack.
Create a quirk in struct felix is selected by the Felix driver (but not
by Seville, since that doesn't support PTP at all). We want to do this
such that the workaround is minimally invasive for future switches that
don't require this workaround.
The only traffic for which we need timestamps is PTP traffic, so add a
redirection rule to the CPU port module for this. Currently we only have
the need for PTP over L2, so redirection rules for UDP ports 319 and 320
are TBD for now.
Note that for the workaround of matching of PTP-over-Ethernet-port with
PTP-over-MMIO queues to work properly, both channels need to be
absolutely lossless. There are two parts to achieving that:
- We keep flow control enabled on the tag_8021q CPU port
- We put the DSA master interface in promiscuous mode, so it will never
drop a PTP frame (for the profiles we are interested in, these are
sent to the multicast MAC addresses of 01-80-c2-00-00-0e and
01-1b-19-00-00-00).
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ocelot tagger is a hot mess currently, it relies on memory
initialized by the attached driver for basic frame transmission.
This is against all that DSA tagging protocols stand for, which is that
the transmission and reception of a DSA-tagged frame, the data path,
should be independent from the switch control path, because the tag
protocol is in principle hot-pluggable and reusable across switches
(even if in practice it wasn't until very recently). But if another
driver like dsa_loop wants to make use of tag_ocelot, it couldn't.
This was done to have common code between Felix and Ocelot, which have
one bit difference in the frame header format. Quoting from commit
67c2404922 ("net: dsa: felix: create a template for the DSA tags on
xmit"):
Other alternatives have been analyzed, such as:
- Create a separate tag_seville.c: too much code duplication for just 1
bit field difference.
- Create a separate DSA_TAG_PROTO_SEVILLE under tag_ocelot.c, just like
tag_brcm.c, which would have a separate .xmit function. Again, too
much code duplication for just 1 bit field difference.
- Allocate the template from the init function of the tag_ocelot.c
module, instead of from the driver: couldn't figure out a method of
accessing the correct port template corresponding to the correct
tagger in the .xmit function.
The really interesting part is that Seville should have had its own
tagging protocol defined - it is not compatible on the wire with Ocelot,
even for that single bit. In principle, a packet generated by
DSA_TAG_PROTO_OCELOT when booted on NXP LS1028A would look in a certain
way, but when booted on NXP T1040 it would look differently. The reverse
is also true: a packet generated by a Seville switch would be
interpreted incorrectly by Wireshark if it was told it was generated by
an Ocelot switch.
Actually things are a bit more nuanced. If we concentrate only on the
DSA tag, what I said above is true, but Ocelot/Seville also support an
optional DSA tag prefix, which can be short or long, and it is possible
to distinguish the two taggers based on an integer constant put in that
prefix. Nonetheless, creating a separate tagger is still justified,
since the tag prefix is optional, and without it, there is again no way
to distinguish.
Claiming backwards binary compatibility is a bit more tough, since I've
already changed the format of tag_ocelot once, in commit 5124197ce5
("net: dsa: tag_ocelot: use a short prefix on both ingress and egress").
Therefore I am not very concerned with treating this as a bugfix and
backporting it to stable kernels (which would be another mess due to the
fact that there would be lots of conflicts with the other DSA_TAG_PROTO*
definitions). It's just simpler to say that the string values of the
taggers have ABI value starting with kernel 5.12, which will be when the
changing of tag protocol via /sys/class/net/<dsa-master>/dsa/tagging
goes live.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Injection Frame Header and Extraction Frame Header that the switch
prepends to frames over the NPI port is also prepended to frames
delivered over the CPU port module's queues.
Let's unify the handling of the frame headers by making the ocelot
driver call some helpers exported by the DSA tagger. Among other things,
this allows us to get rid of the strange cpu_to_be32 when transmitting
the Injection Frame Header on ocelot, since the packing API uses
network byte order natively (when "quirks" is 0).
The comments above ocelot_gen_ifh talk about setting pop_cnt to 3, and
the cpu extraction queue mask to something, but the code doesn't do it,
so we don't do it either.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The chip can configure unicast flooding, broadcast flooding and learning.
Learning is per port, while flooding is per {ingress, egress} port pair
and we need to configure the same value for all possible ingress ports
towards the requested one.
While multicast flooding is not officially supported, we can hack it by
using a feature of the second generation (P/Q/R/S) devices, which is that
FDB entries are maskable, and multicast addresses always have an odd
first octet. So by putting a match-all for 00:01:00:00:00:00 addr and
00:01:00:00:00:00 mask at the end of the FDB, we make sure that it is
always checked last, and does not take precedence in front of any other
MDB. So it behaves effectively as an unknown multicast entry.
For the first generation switches, this feature is not available, so
unknown multicast will always be treated the same as unknown unicast.
So the only thing we can do is request the user to offload the settings
for these 2 flags in tandem, i.e.
ip link set swp2 type bridge_slave flood off
Error: sja1105: This chip cannot configure multicast flooding independently of unicast.
ip link set swp2 type bridge_slave flood off mcast_flood off
ip link set swp2 type bridge_slave mcast_flood on
Error: sja1105: This chip cannot configure multicast flooding independently of unicast.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We should not be unconditionally enabling address learning, since doing
that is actively detrimential when a port is standalone and not offloading
a bridge. Namely, if a port in the switch is standalone and others are
offloading the bridge, then we could enter a situation where we learn an
address towards the standalone port, but the bridged ports could not
forward the packet there, because the CPU is the only path between the
standalone and the bridged ports. The solution of course is to not
enable address learning unless the bridge asks for it.
We need to set up the initial port flags for no learning and flooding
everything, and also when the port joins and leaves the bridge.
The flood configuration was already configured ok for standalone mode
in ocelot_init, we just need to disable learning in ocelot_init_port.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation of offloading the bridge port flags which have
independent settings for unknown multicast and for broadcast, we should
also start reserving one destination Port Group ID for the flooding of
broadcast packets, to allow configuring it individually.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ocelot_init sets up PGID_MC to include the CPU port module, and that is
fine, but the ocelot-8021q tagger removes the CPU port module from the
unknown multicast replicator. So after a transition from the default
ocelot tagger towards ocelot-8021q and then again towards ocelot,
multicast flooding towards the CPU port module will be disabled.
Fixes: e21268efbe ("net: dsa: felix: perform switch setup for tag_8021q")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are multiple ways in which a PORT_BRIDGE_FLAGS attribute can be
expressed by the bridge through switchdev, and not all of them can be
emulated by DSA mid-layer API at the same time.
One possible configuration is when the bridge offloads the port flags
using a mask that has a single bit set - therefore only one feature
should change. However, DSA currently groups together unicast and
multicast flooding in the .port_egress_floods method, which limits our
options when we try to add support for turning off broadcast flooding:
do we extend .port_egress_floods with a third parameter which b53 and
mv88e6xxx will ignore? But that means that the DSA layer, which
currently implements the PRE_BRIDGE_FLAGS attribute all by itself, will
see that .port_egress_floods is implemented, and will report that all 3
types of flooding are supported - not necessarily true.
Another configuration is when the user specifies more than one flag at
the same time, in the same netlink message. If we were to create one
individual function per offloadable bridge port flag, we would limit the
expressiveness of the switch driver of refusing certain combinations of
flag values. For example, a switch may not have an explicit knob for
flooding of unknown multicast, just for flooding in general. In that
case, the only correct thing to do is to allow changes to BR_FLOOD and
BR_MCAST_FLOOD in tandem, and never allow mismatched values. But having
a separate .port_set_unicast_flood and .port_set_multicast_flood would
not allow the driver to possibly reject that.
Also, DSA doesn't consider it necessary to inform the driver that a
SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_MROUTER attribute was offloaded, because it
just calls .port_egress_floods for the CPU port. When we'll add support
for the plain SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_MROUTER, that will become a real
problem because the flood settings will need to be held statefully in
the DSA middle layer, otherwise changing the mrouter port attribute will
impact the flooding attribute. And that's _assuming_ that the underlying
hardware doesn't have anything else to do when a multicast router
attaches to a port than flood unknown traffic to it. If it does, there
will need to be a dedicated .port_set_mrouter anyway.
So we need to let the DSA drivers see the exact form that the bridge
passes this switchdev attribute in, otherwise we are standing in the
way. Therefore we also need to use this form of language when
communicating to the driver that it needs to configure its initial
(before bridge join) and final (after bridge leave) port flags.
The b53 and mv88e6xxx drivers are converted to the passthrough API and
their implementation of .port_egress_floods is split into two: a
function that configures unicast flooding and another for multicast.
The mv88e6xxx implementation is quite hairy, and it turns out that
the implementations of unknown unicast flooding are actually the same
for 6185 and for 6352:
behind the confusing names actually lie two individual bits:
NO_UNKNOWN_MC -> FLOOD_UC = 0x4 = BIT(2)
NO_UNKNOWN_UC -> FLOOD_MC = 0x8 = BIT(3)
so there was no reason to entangle them in the first place.
Whereas the 6185 writes to MV88E6185_PORT_CTL0_FORWARD_UNKNOWN of
PORT_CTL0, which has the exact same bit index. I have left the
implementations separate though, for the only reason that the names are
different enough to confuse me, since I am not able to double-check with
a user manual. The multicast flooding setting for 6185 is in a different
register than for 6352 though.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add offloading for HSR/PRP (IEC 62439-3) tag insertion, tag removal
forwarding and duplication supported by the xrs7000 series switches.
Only HSR v1 and PRP v1 are supported by the xrs7000 series switches (HSR
v0 is not).
Signed-off-by: George McCollister <george.mccollister@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use of_match_ptr() on xrs700x_mdio_dt_ids so that NULL is substituted
when CONFIG_OF isn't defined. This will prevent unnecessary use of
xrs700x_mdio_dt_ids when CONFIG_OF isn't defined.
Signed-off-by: George McCollister <george.mccollister@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix unused variable warning that occurs when CONFIG_OF isn't defined by
adding __maybe_unused.
>> drivers/net/dsa/xrs700x/xrs700x_i2c.c:127:34: warning: unused
variable 'xrs700x_i2c_dt_ids' [-Wunused-const-variable]
static const struct of_device_id xrs700x_i2c_dt_ids[] = {
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: George McCollister <george.mccollister@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are several issues which may be seen when the link goes down while
forwarding traffic, all of which can be attributed to the fact that the
port flushing procedure from the reference manual was not closely
followed.
With flow control enabled on both the ingress port and the egress port,
it may happen when a link goes down that Ethernet packets are in flight.
In flow control mode, frames are held back and not dropped. When there
is enough traffic in flight (example: iperf3 TCP), then the ingress port
might enter congestion and never exit that state. This is a problem,
because it is the egress port's link that went down, and that has caused
the inability of the ingress port to send packets to any other port.
This is solved by flushing the egress port's queues when it goes down.
There is also a problem when performing stream splitting for
IEEE 802.1CB traffic (not yet upstream, but a sort of multicast,
basically). There, if one port from the destination ports mask goes
down, splitting the stream towards the other destinations will no longer
be performed. This can be traced down to this line:
ocelot_port_writel(ocelot_port, 0, DEV_MAC_ENA_CFG);
which should have been instead, as per the reference manual:
ocelot_port_rmwl(ocelot_port, 0, DEV_MAC_ENA_CFG_RX_ENA,
DEV_MAC_ENA_CFG);
Basically only DEV_MAC_ENA_CFG_RX_ENA should be disabled, but not
DEV_MAC_ENA_CFG_TX_ENA - I don't have further insight into why that is
the case, but apparently multicasting to several ports will cause issues
if at least one of them doesn't have DEV_MAC_ENA_CFG_TX_ENA set.
I am not sure what the state of the Ocelot VSC7514 driver is, but
probably not as bad as Felix/Seville, since VSC7514 uses phylib and has
the following in ocelot_adjust_link:
if (!phydev->link)
return;
therefore the port is not really put down when the link is lost, unlike
the DSA drivers which use .phylink_mac_link_down for that.
Nonetheless, I put ocelot_port_flush() in the common ocelot.c because it
needs to access some registers from drivers/net/ethernet/mscc/ocelot_rew.h
which are not exported in include/soc/mscc/ and a bugfix patch should
probably not move headers around.
Fixes: bdeced75b1 ("net: dsa: felix: Add PCS operations for PHYLINK")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ocelot switch has been supporting LAG offload since its initial
commit, however felix could not make use of that, due to lack of a LAG
abstraction in DSA. Now that we have that, let's forward DSA's calls
towards the ocelot library, who will deal with setting up the bonding.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
On read, master should send 31 MSB of the register (only even values
are ever used), followed by a 1 to indicate read. Then, reading two
bytes, the device will output the register's value.
On write, master sends 31 MSB of the register, followed by a 0 to
indicate write, followed by two bytes containing the register value.
Flexibilis' documentation (version 1.3) specifies the opposite
polarity (#read/write), but the scope indicates that it is, in fact,
read/#write.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: George McCollister <george.mccollister@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210202191645.439-1-tobias@waldekranz.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The flow steering struct ethtool_flow_ext::data field is __be32, so when
the CFP code needs to check the VLAN egress tagging attribute in bit 0,
it does this in CPU native endianness. So logically, the endianness
conversion is set up the other way around, although in practice the same
result is produced.
Gets rid of build warning:
warning: cast from restricted __be32
warning: incorrect type in argument 1 (different base types)
expected unsigned int [usertype] val
got restricted __be32
warning: cast from restricted __be32
warning: cast from restricted __be32
warning: cast from restricted __be32
warning: cast from restricted __be32
warning: restricted __be32 degrades to integer
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210203193918.2236994-1-olteanv@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Report the FDB table size and occupancy via devlink. The actual size depends on
the used Hellcreek version:
|root@tsn:~# devlink resource show platform/ff240000.switch
|platform/ff240000.switch:
| name VLAN size 4096 occ 2 unit entry dpipe_tables none
| name FDB size 256 occ 6 unit entry dpipe_tables none
Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@kmk-computers.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The VLAN membership configuration is cached in software already. So, it can be
reported via devlink. Add support for it:
|root@tsn:~# devlink resource show platform/ff240000.switch
|platform/ff240000.switch:
| name VLAN size 4096 occ 4 unit entry dpipe_tables none
Signed-off-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@kmk-computers.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Having multiple destination ports for a unicast address does not make
sense.
Make port_db_load_purge override existent unicast portvec instead of
adding a new port bit.
Fixes: 8847293992 ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: handle multiple ports in ATU")
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210130134334.10243-1-dqfext@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Unlike sja1105, the only other user of the software-defined tag_8021q.c
tagger format, the implementation we choose for the Felix DSA switch
driver preserves full functionality under a vlan_filtering bridge
(i.e. IP termination works through the DSA user ports under all
circumstances).
The tag_8021q protocol just wants:
- Identifying the ingress switch port based on the RX VLAN ID, as seen
by the CPU. We achieve this by using the TCAM engines (which are also
used for tc-flower offload) to push the RX VLAN as a second, outer
tag, on egress towards the CPU port.
- Steering traffic injected into the switch from the network stack
towards the correct front port based on the TX VLAN, and consuming
(popping) that header on the switch's egress.
A tc-flower pseudocode of the static configuration done by the driver
would look like this:
$ tc qdisc add dev <cpu-port> clsact
$ for eth in swp0 swp1 swp2 swp3; do \
tc filter add dev <cpu-port> egress flower indev ${eth} \
action vlan push id <rxvlan> protocol 802.1ad; \
tc filter add dev <cpu-port> ingress protocol 802.1Q flower
vlan_id <txvlan> action vlan pop \
action mirred egress redirect dev ${eth}; \
done
but of course since DSA does not register network interfaces for the CPU
port, this configuration would be impossible for the user to do. Also,
due to the same reason, it is impossible for the user to inadvertently
delete these rules using tc. These rules do not collide in any way with
tc-flower, they just consume some TCAM space, which is something we can
live with.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
There are use cases for which the existing tagger, based on the NPI
(Node Processor Interface) functionality, is insufficient.
Namely:
- Frames injected through the NPI port bypass the frame analyzer, so no
source address learning is performed, no TSN stream classification,
etc.
- Flow control is not functional over an NPI port (PAUSE frames are
encapsulated in the same Extraction Frame Header as all other frames)
- There can be at most one NPI port configured for an Ocelot switch. But
in NXP LS1028A and T1040 there are two Ethernet CPU ports. The non-NPI
port is currently either disabled, or operated as a plain user port
(albeit an internally-facing one). Having the ability to configure the
two CPU ports symmetrically could pave the way for e.g. creating a LAG
between them, to increase bandwidth seamlessly for the system.
So there is a desire to have an alternative to the NPI mode. This change
keeps the default tagger for the Seville and Felix switches as "ocelot",
but it can be changed via the following device attribute:
echo ocelot-8021q > /sys/class/<dsa-master>/dsa/tagging
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
In expectation of the new tag_ocelot_8021q tagger implementation, we
need to be able to do runtime switchover between one tagger and another.
So we must structure the existing code for the current NPI-based tagger
in a certain way.
We move the felix_npi_port_init function in expectation of the future
driver configuration necessary for tag_ocelot_8021q: we would like to
not have the NPI-related bits interspersed with the tag_8021q bits.
The conversion from this:
ocelot_write_rix(ocelot,
ANA_PGID_PGID_PGID(GENMASK(ocelot->num_phys_ports, 0)),
ANA_PGID_PGID, PGID_UC);
to this:
cpu_flood = ANA_PGID_PGID_PGID(BIT(ocelot->num_phys_ports));
ocelot_rmw_rix(ocelot, cpu_flood, cpu_flood, ANA_PGID_PGID, PGID_UC);
is perhaps non-trivial, but is nonetheless non-functional. The PGID_UC
(replicator for unknown unicast) is already configured out of hardware
reset to flood to all ports except ocelot->num_phys_ports (the CPU port
module). All we change is that we use a read-modify-write to only add
the CPU port module to the unknown unicast replicator, as opposed to
doing a full write to the register.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Context: Ocelot switches put the injection/extraction frame header in
front of the Ethernet header. When used in NPI mode, a DSA master would
see junk instead of the destination MAC address, and it would most
likely drop the packets. So the Ocelot frame header can have an optional
prefix, which is just "ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:fe > ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff" padding
put before the actual tag (still before the real Ethernet header) such
that the DSA master thinks it's looking at a broadcast frame with a
strange EtherType.
Unfortunately, a lesson learned in commit 69df578c5f ("net: mscc:
ocelot: eliminate confusion between CPU and NPI port") seems to have
been forgotten in the meanwhile.
The CPU port module and the NPI port have independent settings for the
length of the tag prefix. However, the driver is using the same variable
to program both of them.
There is no reason really to use any tag prefix with the CPU port
module, since that is not connected to any Ethernet port. So this patch
makes the inj_prefix and xtr_prefix variables apply only to the NPI
port (which the switchdev ocelot_vsc7514 driver does not use).
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
drivers/net/can/dev.c
b552766c87 ("can: dev: prevent potential information leak in can_fill_info()")
3e77f70e73 ("can: dev: move driver related infrastructure into separate subdir")
0a042c6ec9 ("can: dev: move netlink related code into seperate file")
Code move.
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_ethtool.c
57ac4a31c4 ("net/mlx5e: Correctly handle changing the number of queues when the interface is down")
214baf2287 ("net/mlx5e: Support HTB offload")
Adjacent code changes
net/switchdev/switchdev.c
20776b465c ("net: switchdev: don't set port_obj_info->handled true when -EOPNOTSUPP")
ffb68fc58e ("net: switchdev: remove the transaction structure from port object notifiers")
bae33f2b5a ("net: switchdev: remove the transaction structure from port attributes")
Transaction parameter gets dropped otherwise keep the fix.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
In the rtl8366rb driver there are some jam tables which contain
undocumented values.
While trying to understand what these tables actually do,
I noticed a discrepancy in how one of those was treated.
Most of them were plain u16 arrays, while the ethernet one was
an u16 matrix.
By looking at the vendor's droplets of source code these tables came from,
I found out that they were all originally u16 matrixes.
This commit standardizes the jam tables, turning them all into
jam_tbl_entry arrays. Each entry contains 2 u16 values.
This change makes it easier to understand how the jam tables are used
and also makes it possible for a single function to handle all of them,
removing some duplicated code.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Carletti <lorenzo.carletti98@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Early generations of the mv88e6xxx did not have the global 2
registers. In order to keep the driver slim, it was decided to make
the code for these registers optional. Over time, more generations of
switches have been added, always supporting global 2 and adding more
and more registers. No effort has been made to keep these additional
registers also optional to slim the driver down when used for older
generations. Optional global 2 now just gives additional development
and maintenance burden for no real gain.
Make global 2 support always compiled in.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210127003210.663173-1-andrew@lunn.ch
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Apart from the mask used to get the high bits of the fid,
mv88e6185_g1_vtu_loadpurge() and mv88e6250_g1_vtu_loadpurge() are
identical. Since the entry->fid passed in should never exceed the
number of databases, we can simply use the former as-is as replacement
for the latter.
Suggested-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
mv88e6250_g1_vtu_getnext is almost identical to
mv88e6185_g1_vtu_getnext, except for the 6250 only having 64 databases
instead of 256. We can reduce code duplication by simply masking off
the extra two garbage bits when assembling the fid from VTU op [3:0]
and [11:8].
Reviewed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Tested-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
MT7530's LED controller can drive up to 15 LED/GPIOs.
Add support for GPIO control and allow users to use its GPIOs by
setting gpio-controller property in device tree.
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The switch has support for the 802.1Qbv Time Aware Shaper (TAS). Traffic
schedules may be configured individually on each front port. Each port has eight
egress queues. The traffic is mapped to a traffic class respectively via the PCP
field of a VLAN tagged frame.
The TAPRIO Qdisc already implements that. Therefore, this interface can simply
be reused. Add .port_setup_tc() accordingly.
The activation of a schedule on a port is split into two parts:
* Programming the necessary gate control list (GCL)
* Setup delayed work for starting the schedule
The hardware supports starting a schedule up to eight seconds in the future. The
TAPRIO interface provides an absolute base time. Therefore, periodic delayed
work is leveraged to check whether a schedule may be started or not.
Signed-off-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The mv88e6xxx is a DSA driver, and it implements DSA style time
stamping of PTP frames. It has no need of the expensive option to
enable PHY time stamping. Remove the bogus dependency.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Brandon Streiff <brandon.streiff@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
KSZ8794CNX datasheet section 8.0 RESET CIRCUIT describes recommended
circuit for interfacing with CPU/FPGA reset consisting of 10k pullup
resistor and 10uF capacitor to ground. This circuit takes ~100 ms to
rise enough to release the reset.
For maximum supply voltage VDDIO=3.3V VIH=2.0V R=10kR C=10uF that is
VDDIO - VIH
t = R * C * -ln( ------------- ) = 10000*0.00001*-(-0.93)=0.093 s
VDDIO
so we need ~95 ms for the reset to really de-assert, and then the
original 100us for the switch itself to come out of reset. Simply
msleep() for 100 ms which fits the constraint with a bit of extra
space.
Fixes: 5b79798090 ("net: dsa: microchip: Implement recommended reset timing")
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Michael Grzeschik <m.grzeschik@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Paul Barker <pbarker@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210120030502.617185-1-marex@denx.de
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The KSZ8795 switch has 4 external ports {0,1,2,3} and 1 CPU port {4}, so
does the KSZ8765. The KSZ8794 seems to be repackaged KSZ8795 with different
ID and port 3 not routed out, however the port 3 registers are present in
the silicon, so the KSZ8794 switch has 3 external ports {0,1,2} and 1 CPU
port {4}. Currently the driver always uses the last port as CPU port, on
KSZ8795/KSZ8765 that is port 4 and that is OK, but on KSZ8794 that is port
3 and that is not OK, as it must also be port 4.
This patch adjusts the driver such that it always registers a switch with
5 ports total (4 external ports, 1 CPU port), always sets the CPU port to
switch port 4, and then configures the external port mask according to
the switch model -- 3 ports for KSZ8794 and 4 for KSZ8795/KSZ8765.
Fixes: 68a1b676db ("net: dsa: microchip: ksz8795: remove superfluous port_cnt assignment")
Fixes: 4ce2a984ab ("net: dsa: microchip: ksz8795: use phy_port_cnt where possible")
Fixes: 241ed719bc ("net: dsa: microchip: ksz8795: use port_cnt instead of TOTOAL_PORT_NUM")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Michael Grzeschik <m.grzeschik@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210120001045.488506-1-marex@denx.de
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The > comparison is intended to be >= to prevent reading beyond the
end of the ps->vlans[] array. It doesn't affect run time though because
the ps->vlans[] array has VLAN_N_VID (4096) elements and the vlan->vid
cannot be > 4094 because it is checked earlier.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/YAbyb5kBJQlpYCs2@mwanda
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/can/dev.c
commit 03f16c5075 ("can: dev: can_restart: fix use after free bug")
commit 3e77f70e73 ("can: dev: move driver related infrastructure into separate subdir")
Code move.
drivers/net/dsa/b53/b53_common.c
commit 8e4052c32d ("net: dsa: b53: fix an off by one in checking "vlan->vid"")
commit b7a9e0da2d ("net: switchdev: remove vid_begin -> vid_end range from VLAN objects")
Field rename.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The > comparison should be >= to prevent accessing one element beyond
the end of the dev->vlans[] array in the caller function, b53_vlan_add().
The "dev->vlans" array is allocated in the b53_switch_init() function
and it has "dev->num_vlans" elements.
Fixes: a2482d2ce3 ("net: dsa: b53: Plug in VLAN support")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/YAbxI97Dl/pmBy5V@mwanda
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
mv88e6xxx_port_vlan_join checks whether the VTU already contains an
entry for the given vid (via mv88e6xxx_vtu_getnext), and if so, merely
changes the relevant .member[] element and loads the updated entry
into the VTU.
However, at least for the mv88e6250, the on-stack struct
mv88e6xxx_vtu_entry vlan never has its .state[] array explicitly
initialized, neither in mv88e6xxx_port_vlan_join() nor inside the
getnext implementation. So the new entry has random garbage for the
STU bits, breaking VLAN filtering.
When the VTU entry is initially created, those bits are all zero, and
we should make sure to keep them that way when the entry is updated.
Fixes: 92307069a9 (net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Avoid VTU corruption on 6097)
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Tested-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Using devlink-sb, we can configure 12/16 (the important 75%) of the
switch's controlling watermarks for congestion drops, and we can monitor
50% of the watermark occupancies (we can monitor the reservation
watermarks, but not the sharing watermarks, which are exposed as pool
sizes).
The following definitions can be made:
SB_BUF=0 # The devlink-sb for frame buffers
SB_REF=1 # The devlink-sb for frame references
POOL_ING=0 # The pool for ingress traffic. Both devlink-sb instances
# have one of these.
POOL_EGR=1 # The pool for egress traffic. Both devlink-sb instances
# have one of these.
Editing the hardware watermarks is done in the following way:
BUF_xxxx_I is accessed when sb=$SB_BUF and pool=$POOL_ING
REF_xxxx_I is accessed when sb=$SB_REF and pool=$POOL_ING
BUF_xxxx_E is accessed when sb=$SB_BUF and pool=$POOL_EGR
REF_xxxx_E is accessed when sb=$SB_REF and pool=$POOL_EGR
Configuring the sharing watermarks for COL_SHR(dp=0) is done implicitly
by modifying the corresponding pool size. By default, the pool size has
maximum size, so this can be skipped.
devlink sb pool set pci/0000:00:00.5 sb $SB_BUF pool $POOL_ING \
size 129840 thtype static
Since by default there is no buffer reservation, the above command has
maxed out BUF_COL_SHR_I(dp=0).
Configuring the per-port reservation watermark (P_RSRV) is done in the
following way:
devlink sb port pool set pci/0000:00:00.5/0 sb $SB_BUF \
pool $POOL_ING th 1000
The above command sets BUF_P_RSRV_I(port 0) to 1000 bytes. After this
command, the sharing watermarks are internally reconfigured with 1000
bytes less, i.e. from 129840 bytes to 128840 bytes.
Configuring the per-port-tc reservation watermarks (Q_RSRV) is done in
the following way:
for tc in {0..7}; do
devlink sb tc bind set pci/0000:00:00.5/0 sb 0 tc $tc \
type ingress pool $POOL_ING \
th 3000
done
The above command sets BUF_Q_RSRV_I(port 0, tc 0..7) to 3000 bytes.
The sharing watermarks are again reconfigured with 24000 bytes less.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
We should be moving anything that isn't DSA-specific or SoC-specific out
of the felix DSA driver, and into the common mscc_ocelot switch library.
The number of traffic classes is one of the aspects that is common
between all ocelot switches, so it belongs in the library.
This patch also makes seville use 8 TX queues, and therefore enables
prioritization via the QOS_CLASS field in the NPI injection header.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
In general it is desirable that cleanup is the reverse process of setup.
In this case I am not seeing any particular issue, but with the
introduction of devlink-sb for felix, a non-obvious decision had to be
made as to where to put its cleanup method. When there's a convention in
place, that decision becomes obvious.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The devlink function pointer names are super long, and they would break
the alignment. So reindent the existing ops now by adding one tab.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
We'll need to read back the watermark thresholds and occupancy from
hardware (for devlink-sb integration), not only to write them as we did
so far in ocelot_port_set_maxlen. So introduce 2 new functions in struct
ocelot_ops, similar to wm_enc, and implement them for the 3 supported
mscc_ocelot switches.
Remove the INUSE and MAXUSE unpacking helpers for the QSYS_RES_STAT
register, because that doesn't scale with the number of switches that
mscc_ocelot supports now. They have different bit widths for the
watermarks, and we need function pointers to abstract that difference
away.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Instead of reading these values from the reference manual and writing
them down into the driver, it appears that the hardware gives us the
option of detecting them dynamically.
The number of frame references corresponds to what the reference manual
notes, however it seems that the frame buffers are reported as slightly
less than the books would indicate. On VSC9959 (Felix), the books say it
should have 128KB of packet buffer, but the registers indicate only
129840 bytes (126.79 KB). Also, the unit of measurement for FREECNT from
the documentation of all these devices is incorrect (taken from an older
generation). This was confirmed by Younes Leroul from Microchip support.
Not having anything better to do with these values at the moment* (this
will change soon), let's just print them.
*The frame buffer size is, in fact, used to calculate the tail dropping
watermarks.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
As explained in commit 54a0ed0df4 ("net: dsa: provide an option for
drivers to always receive bridge VLANs"), DSA has historically been
skipping VLAN switchdev operations when the bridge wasn't in
vlan_filtering mode, but the reason why it was doing that has never been
clear. So the configure_vlan_while_not_filtering option is there merely
to preserve functionality for existing drivers. It isn't some behavior
that drivers should opt into. Ideally, when all drivers leave this flag
set, we can delete the dsa_port_skip_vlan_configuration() function.
New drivers always seem to omit setting this flag, for some reason. So
let's reverse the logic: the DSA core sets it by default to true before
the .setup() callback, and legacy drivers can turn it off. This way, new
drivers get the new behavior by default, unless they explicitly set the
flag to false, which is more obvious during review.
Remove the assignment from drivers which were setting it to true, and
add the assignment to false for the drivers that didn't previously have
it. This way, it should be easier to see how many we have left.
The following drivers: lan9303, mv88e6060 were skipped from setting this
flag to false, because they didn't have any VLAN offload ops in the
first place.
The Broadcom Starfighter 2 driver calls the common b53_switch_alloc and
therefore also inherits the configure_vlan_while_not_filtering=true
behavior.
Also, print a message through netlink extack every time a VLAN has been
skipped. This is mildly annoying on purpose, so that (a) it is at least
clear that VLANs are being skipped - the legacy behavior in itself is
confusing, and the extack should be much more difficult to miss, unlike
kernel logs - and (b) people have one more incentive to convert to the
new behavior.
No behavior change except for the added prints is intended at this time.
$ ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 0
$ ip link set sw0p2 master br0
[ 60.315148] br0: port 1(sw0p2) entered blocking state
[ 60.320350] br0: port 1(sw0p2) entered disabled state
[ 60.327839] device sw0p2 entered promiscuous mode
[ 60.334905] br0: port 1(sw0p2) entered blocking state
[ 60.340142] br0: port 1(sw0p2) entered forwarding state
Warning: dsa_core: skipping configuration of VLAN. # This was the pvid
$ bridge vlan add dev sw0p2 vid 100
Warning: dsa_core: skipping configuration of VLAN.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210115231919.43834-1-vladimir.oltean@nxp.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
There are chips that do have Global 2 registers, and therefore trunk
mapping/mask tables are not available. Refuse the offload as early as
possible on those devices.
Fixes: 57e661aae6 ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Link aggregation support")
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Support for Global 2 registers is build-time optional. In the case
where it was not enabled the build would fail as no "dummy"
implementation of these functions was available.
Fixes: 57e661aae6 ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Link aggregation support")
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Add a driver with initial support for the Arrow SpeedChips XRS7000
series of gigabit Ethernet switch chips which are typically used in
critical networking applications.
The switches have up to three RGMII ports and one RMII port.
Management to the switches can be performed over i2c or mdio.
Support for advanced features such as PTP and
HSR/PRP (IEC 62439-3 Clause 5 & 4) is not included in this patch and
may be added at a later date.
Signed-off-by: George McCollister <george.mccollister@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Support offloading of LAGs to hardware. LAGs may be attached to a
bridge in which case VLANs, multicast groups, etc. are also offloaded
as usual.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The code that sets the DMA mask to 64 bits is bogus, it is taken from
the enetc driver together with the rest of the PCI probing boilerplate.
Since this patch is touching the error path to delete err_dma, let's
also change the err_alloc_felix label which was incorrect. The kzalloc
failure does not need a kfree, but it doesn't hurt either, since kfree
works with NULL pointers.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210109203415.2120142-1-olteanv@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
It should be the driver's business to logically separate its VLAN
offloading into a preparation and a commit phase, and some drivers don't
need / can't do this.
So remove the transactional shim from DSA and let drivers propagate
errors directly from the .port_vlan_add callback.
It would appear that the code has worse error handling now than it had
before. DSA is the only in-kernel user of switchdev that offloads one
switchdev object to more than one port: for every VLAN object offloaded
to a user port, that VLAN is also offloaded to the CPU port. So the
"prepare for user port -> check for errors -> prepare for CPU port ->
check for errors -> commit for user port -> commit for CPU port"
sequence appears to make more sense than the one we are using now:
"offload to user port -> check for errors -> offload to CPU port ->
check for errors", but it is really a compromise. In the new way, we can
catch errors from the commit phase that we previously had to ignore.
But we have our hands tied and cannot do any rollback now: if we add a
VLAN on the CPU port and it fails, we can't do the rollback by simply
deleting it from the user port, because the switchdev API is not so nice
with us: it could have simply been there already, even with the same
flags. So we don't even attempt to rollback anything on addition error,
just leave whatever VLANs managed to get offloaded right where they are.
This should not be a problem at all in practice.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
For many drivers, the .port_mdb_prepare callback was not a good opportunity
to avoid any error condition, and they would suppress errors found during
the actual commit phase.
Where a logical separation between the prepare and the commit phase
existed, the function that used to implement the .port_mdb_prepare
callback still exists, but now it is called directly from .port_mdb_add,
which was modified to return an int code.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de> # hellcreek
Reviewed-by: Linus Wallei <linus.walleij@linaro.org> # RTL8366
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Since the introduction of the switchdev API, port attributes were
transmitted to drivers for offloading using a two-step transactional
model, with a prepare phase that was supposed to catch all errors, and a
commit phase that was supposed to never fail.
Some classes of failures can never be avoided, like hardware access, or
memory allocation. In the latter case, merely attempting to move the
memory allocation to the preparation phase makes it impossible to avoid
memory leaks, since commit 91cf8eceff ("switchdev: Remove unused
transaction item queue") which has removed the unused mechanism of
passing on the allocated memory between one phase and another.
It is time we admit that separating the preparation from the commit
phase is something that is best left for the driver to decide, and not
something that should be baked into the API, especially since there are
no switchdev callers that depend on this.
This patch removes the struct switchdev_trans member from switchdev port
attribute notifier structures, and converts drivers to not look at this
member.
In part, this patch contains a revert of my previous commit 2e554a7a5d
("net: dsa: propagate switchdev vlan_filtering prepare phase to
drivers").
For the most part, the conversion was trivial except for:
- Rocker's world implementation based on Broadcom OF-DPA had an odd
implementation of ofdpa_port_attr_bridge_flags_set. The conversion was
done mechanically, by pasting the implementation twice, then only
keeping the code that would get executed during prepare phase on top,
then only keeping the code that gets executed during the commit phase
on bottom, then simplifying the resulting code until this was obtained.
- DSA's offloading of STP state, bridge flags, VLAN filtering and
multicast router could be converted right away. But the ageing time
could not, so a shim was introduced and this was left for a further
commit.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de> # hellcreek
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> # RTL8366RB
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
mv88e6xxx apparently has a problem offloading VID 0, which the 8021q
module tries to install as part of commit ad1afb0039 ("vlan_dev: VLAN
0 should be treated as "no vlan tag" (802.1p packet)"). That mv88e6xxx
restriction seems to have been introduced by the "VTU GetNext VID-1
trick to retrieve a single entry" - see commit 2fb5ef09de ("net: dsa:
mv88e6xxx: extract single VLAN retrieval").
There is one more problem. The mv88e6xxx CPU port and DSA links do not
report properly in the prepare phase what are the VLANs that they can
offload. They'll say they can offload everything:
mv88e6xxx_port_vlan_prepare
-> mv88e6xxx_port_check_hw_vlan:
/* DSA and CPU ports have to be members of multiple vlans */
if (dsa_is_dsa_port(ds, port) || dsa_is_cpu_port(ds, port))
return 0;
Except that if you actually try to commit to it, they'll error out and
print this message:
[ 32.802438] mv88e6085 d0032004.mdio-mii:12: p9: failed to add VLAN 0t
which comes from:
mv88e6xxx_port_vlan_add
-> mv88e6xxx_port_vlan_join:
if (!vid)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
What prevents this condition from triggering in real life? The fact that
when a DSA_NOTIFIER_VLAN_ADD is emitted, it never targets a DSA link
directly. Instead, the notifier will always target either a user port or
a CPU port. DSA links just happen to get dragged in by:
static bool dsa_switch_vlan_match(struct dsa_switch *ds, int port,
struct dsa_notifier_vlan_info *info)
{
...
if (dsa_is_dsa_port(ds, port))
return true;
...
}
So for every DSA VLAN notifier, during the prepare phase, it will just
so happen that there will be somebody to say "no, don't do that".
This will become a problem when the switchdev prepare/commit transactional
model goes away. Every port needs to think on its own. DSA links can no
longer bluff and rely on the fact that the prepare phase will not go
through to the end, because there will be no prepare phase any longer.
Fix this issue before it becomes a problem, by having the "vid == 0"
check earlier than the check whether we are a CPU port / DSA link or not.
Also, the "vid == 0" check becomes unnecessary in the .port_vlan_add
callback, so we can remove it.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The call path of a switchdev VLAN addition to the bridge looks something
like this today:
nbp_vlan_init
| __br_vlan_set_default_pvid
| | |
| | br_afspec |
| | | |
| | v |
| | br_process_vlan_info |
| | | |
| | v |
| | br_vlan_info |
| | / \ /
| | / \ /
| | / \ /
| | / \ /
v v v v v
nbp_vlan_add br_vlan_add ------+
| ^ ^ | |
| / | | |
| / / / |
\ br_vlan_get_master/ / v
\ ^ / / br_vlan_add_existing
\ | / / |
\ | / / /
\ | / / /
\ | / / /
\ | / / /
v | | v /
__vlan_add /
/ | /
/ | /
v | /
__vlan_vid_add | /
\ | /
v v v
br_switchdev_port_vlan_add
The ranges UAPI was introduced to the bridge in commit bdced7ef78
("bridge: support for multiple vlans and vlan ranges in setlink and
dellink requests") (Jan 10 2015). But the VLAN ranges (parsed in br_afspec)
have always been passed one by one, through struct bridge_vlan_info
tmp_vinfo, to br_vlan_info. So the range never went too far in depth.
Then Scott Feldman introduced the switchdev_port_bridge_setlink function
in commit 47f8328bb1 ("switchdev: add new switchdev bridge setlink").
That marked the introduction of the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN, which made
full use of the range. But switchdev_port_bridge_setlink was called like
this:
br_setlink
-> br_afspec
-> switchdev_port_bridge_setlink
Basically, the switchdev and the bridge code were not tightly integrated.
Then commit 41c498b935 ("bridge: restore br_setlink back to original")
came, and switchdev drivers were required to implement
.ndo_bridge_setlink = switchdev_port_bridge_setlink for a while.
In the meantime, commits such as 0944d6b5a2 ("bridge: try switchdev op
first in __vlan_vid_add/del") finally made switchdev penetrate the
br_vlan_info() barrier and start to develop the call path we have today.
But remember, br_vlan_info() still receives VLANs one by one.
Then Arkadi Sharshevsky refactored the switchdev API in 2017 in commit
29ab586c3d ("net: switchdev: Remove bridge bypass support from
switchdev") so that drivers would not implement .ndo_bridge_setlink any
longer. The switchdev_port_bridge_setlink also got deleted.
This refactoring removed the parallel bridge_setlink implementation from
switchdev, and left the only switchdev VLAN objects to be the ones
offloaded from __vlan_vid_add (basically RX filtering) and __vlan_add
(the latter coming from commit 9c86ce2c1a ("net: bridge: Notify about
bridge VLANs")).
That is to say, today the switchdev VLAN object ranges are not used in
the kernel. Refactoring the above call path is a bit complicated, when
the bridge VLAN call path is already a bit complicated.
Let's go off and finish the job of commit 29ab586c3d by deleting the
bogus iteration through the VLAN ranges from the drivers. Some aspects
of this feature never made too much sense in the first place. For
example, what is a range of VLANs all having the BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_PVID
flag supposed to mean, when a port can obviously have a single pvid?
This particular configuration _is_ denied as of commit 6623c60dc2
("bridge: vlan: enforce no pvid flag in vlan ranges"), but from an API
perspective, the driver still has to play pretend, and only offload the
vlan->vid_end as pvid. And the addition of a switchdev VLAN object can
modify the flags of another, completely unrelated, switchdev VLAN
object! (a VLAN that is PVID will invalidate the PVID flag from whatever
other VLAN had previously been offloaded with switchdev and had that
flag. Yet switchdev never notifies about that change, drivers are
supposed to guess).
Nonetheless, having a VLAN range in the API makes error handling look
scarier than it really is - unwinding on errors and all of that.
When in reality, no one really calls this API with more than one VLAN.
It is all unnecessary complexity.
And despite appearing pretentious (two-phase transactional model and
all), the switchdev API is really sloppy because the VLAN addition and
removal operations are not paired with one another (you can add a VLAN
100 times and delete it just once). The bridge notifies through
switchdev of a VLAN addition not only when the flags of an existing VLAN
change, but also when nothing changes. There are switchdev drivers out
there who don't like adding a VLAN that has already been added, and
those checks don't really belong at driver level. But the fact that the
API contains ranges is yet another factor that prevents this from being
addressed in the future.
Of the existing switchdev pieces of hardware, it appears that only
Mellanox Spectrum supports offloading more than one VLAN at a time,
through mlxsw_sp_port_vlan_set. I have kept that code internal to the
driver, because there is some more bookkeeping that makes use of it, but
I deleted it from the switchdev API. But since the switchdev support for
ranges has already been de facto deleted by a Mellanox employee and
nobody noticed for 4 years, I'm going to assume it's not a biggie.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> # switchdev and mlxsw
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de> # hellcreek
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
BCM4908 family SoCs come with integrated Starfighter 2 switch. Its
registers layout it a mix of BCM7278 and BCM7445. It has 5 integrated
PHYs and 8 ports. It also supports RGMII and SerDes.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210106213202.17459-3-zajec5@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Exclude RMII from modes that report 1 GbE support. Reduced MII supports
up to 100 MbE.
Fixes: 14fceff477 ("net: dsa: Add Lantiq / Intel DSA driver for vrx200")
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <olek2@wp.pl>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210107195818.3878-1-olek2@wp.pl
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Given the following setup:
ip link add br0 type bridge
ip link set eno0 master br0
ip link set swp0 master br0
ip link set swp1 master br0
ip link set swp2 master br0
ip link set swp3 master br0
Currently, packets received on a DSA slave interface (such as swp0)
which should be routed by the software bridge towards a non-switch port
(such as eno0) are also flooded towards the other switch ports (swp1,
swp2, swp3) because the destination is unknown to the hardware switch.
This patch addresses the issue by monitoring the addresses learnt by the
software bridge on eno0, and adding/deleting them as static FDB entries
on the CPU port accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Fix build errors when LEDS_CLASS=m and NET_DSA_HIRSCHMANN_HELLCREEK=y.
This limits the latter to =m when LEDS_CLASS=m.
microblaze-linux-ld: drivers/net/dsa/hirschmann/hellcreek_ptp.o: in function `hellcreek_ptp_setup':
(.text+0xf80): undefined reference to `led_classdev_register_ext'
microblaze-linux-ld: (.text+0xf94): undefined reference to `led_classdev_register_ext'
microblaze-linux-ld: drivers/net/dsa/hirschmann/hellcreek_ptp.o: in function `hellcreek_ptp_free':
(.text+0x1018): undefined reference to `led_classdev_unregister'
microblaze-linux-ld: (.text+0x1024): undefined reference to `led_classdev_unregister'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Link: lore.kernel.org/r/202101060655.iUvMJqS2-lkp@intel.com
Cc: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210106021815.31796-1-rdunlap@infradead.org
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Use kzalloc rather than kcalloc(1,...)
The semantic patch that makes this change is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
@@
- kcalloc(1,
+ kzalloc(
...)
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Zheng Yongjun <zhengyongjun3@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is one GSWIP_MII_CFG register for each switch-port except the CPU
port. The register offset for the first port is 0x0, 0x02 for the
second, 0x04 for the third and so on.
Update the driver to not only restrict the GSWIP_MII_CFG registers to
ports 0, 1 and 5. Handle ports 0..5 instead but skip the CPU port. This
means we are not overwriting the configuration for the third port (port
two since we start counting from zero) with the settings for the sixth
port (with number five) anymore.
The GSWIP_MII_PCDU(p) registers are not updated because there's really
only three (one for each of the following ports: 0, 1, 5).
Fixes: 14fceff477 ("net: dsa: Add Lantiq / Intel DSA driver for vrx200")
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Enable GSWIP_MII_CFG_EN also for internal PHYs to make traffic flow.
Without this the PHY link is detected properly and ethtool statistics
for TX are increasing but there's no RX traffic coming in.
Fixes: 14fceff477 ("net: dsa: Add Lantiq / Intel DSA driver for vrx200")
Suggested-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The 6220 and 6250 switches do not have a learn2all bit in global1, ATU
control register; bit 3 is reserverd.
On the switches that do have that bit, it is used to control whether
learning frames are sent out the ports that have the message_port bit
set. So rather than adding yet another chip method, use the existence
of the ->port_setup_message_port method as a proxy for determining
whether the learn2all bit exists (and should be set).
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201210110645.27765-1-rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
MT7530 has a global RX length register, so we are actually changing its
MRU.
Enable MTU normalization for this reason.
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Landen Chao <landen.chao@mediatek.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201210170322.3433-1-dqfext@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
xdp_return_frame_bulk() needs to pass a xdp_buff
to __xdp_return().
strlcpy got converted to strscpy but here it makes no
functional difference, so just keep the right code.
Conflicts:
net/netfilter/nf_tables_api.c
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Simplify the return expression.
Signed-off-by: Zheng Yongjun <zhengyongjun3@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace a comma between expression statements by a semicolon.
Signed-off-by: Zheng Yongjun <zhengyongjun3@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MT7530 has a global address age control register, so use it to set
ageing time.
The applied timer is (AGE_CNT + 1) * (AGE_UNIT + 1) seconds
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current assumption is that the felix DSA driver has flooding knobs
per traffic class, while ocelot switchdev has a single flooding knob.
This was correct for felix VSC9959 and ocelot VSC7514, but with the
introduction of seville VSC9953, we see a switch driven by felix.c which
has a single flooding knob.
So it is clear that we must do what should have been done from the
beginning, which is not to overwrite the configuration done by ocelot.c
in felix, but instead to teach the common ocelot library about the
differences in our switches, and set up the flooding PGIDs centrally.
The effect that the bogus iteration through FELIX_NUM_TC has upon
seville is quite dramatic. ANA_FLOODING is located at 0x00b548, and
ANA_FLOODING_IPMC is located at 0x00b54c. So the bogus iteration will
actually overwrite ANA_FLOODING_IPMC when attempting to write
ANA_FLOODING[1]. There is no ANA_FLOODING[1] in sevile, just ANA_FLOODING.
And when ANA_FLOODING_IPMC is overwritten with a bogus value, the effect
is that ANA_FLOODING_IPMC gets the value of 0x0003CF7D:
MC6_DATA = 61,
MC6_CTRL = 61,
MC4_DATA = 60,
MC4_CTRL = 0.
Because MC4_CTRL is zero, this means that IPv4 multicast control packets
are not flooded, but dropped. An invalid configuration, and this is how
the issue was actually spotted.
Reported-by: Eldar Gasanov <eldargasanov2@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Maxim Kochetkov <fido_max@inbox.ru>
Tested-by: Eldar Gasanov <eldargasanov2@gmail.com>
Fixes: 84705fc165 ("net: dsa: felix: introduce support for Seville VSC9953 switch")
Fixes: 3c7b51bd39 ("net: dsa: felix: allow flooding for all traffic classes")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201204175416.1445937-1-vladimir.oltean@nxp.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The value of the define VLAN_TABLE_ENTRIES can be derived from
num_vlans. This patch is using the variable num_vlans instead and
removes the extra define.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Grzeschik <m.grzeschik@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
To get the driver working with other chips using different port counts
the dyn_mac_table should be flushed depending on the amount of available
ports. This patch remove the extra define TOTOAL_PORT_NUM and is
making use of the dynamic port_cnt variable instead.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Grzeschik <m.grzeschik@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The variable mib_port_cnt has the same meaning as port_cnt.
This driver removes the extra variable and is using port_cnt
everywhere instead.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Grzeschik <m.grzeschik@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The ksz8795 driver is using port_cnt differently to the other microchip
DSA drivers. It sets it to the external physical port count, than the
whole port count (including the cpu port). This patch is aligning the
variables purpose with the other microchip drivers.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Grzeschik <m.grzeschik@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The variable num_ports is already assigned in the init function. The
drivers individual init function already handles the different purpose
of port_cnt vs port_cnt + 1. This patch removes the extra assignment of
the variable.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Grzeschik <m.grzeschik@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The driver is currently hard coded to SWITCH_PORT_NUM being
(TOTAL_PORT_NUM - 1) which is limited to 4 user ports for the ksz8795.
The phy_port_cnt is referring to its user ports. The patch removes the
extra define and use the assigned variable phy_port_cnt instead so the
driver can be used on different switches.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Grzeschik <m.grzeschik@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The variable mib_cnt is assigned with TOTAL_SWITCH_COUNTER_NUM. This
value can also be derived from the array size of mib_names. This patch
uses this calculated value instead, removes the extra define and uses
mib_cnt everywhere possible instead of the static define
TOTAL_SWITCH_COUNTER_NUM. Keeping it in a separate variable instead of
using ARRAY_SIZE everywhere instead makes the driver more flexible for
future use of devices with different amount of counters.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Grzeschik <m.grzeschik@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The extra define SWITCH_COUNTER_NUM is a copy of the KSZ8795_COUNTER_NUM
define. This patch initializes reg_mib_cnt with KSZ8795_COUNTER_NUM,
makes use of reg_mib_cnt everywhere instead and removes the extra
define.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Grzeschik <m.grzeschik@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This patch moves all variable assignments to the init function. It
leaves the detect function for its single purpose to detect which chip
version is found.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Grzeschik <m.grzeschik@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The port_cnt assignment will be done again in the init function.
This patch removes the previous assignment in the detect function.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Grzeschik <m.grzeschik@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The variable last_port is not used anywhere, this patch removes it.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Grzeschik <m.grzeschik@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
If the underlying read operation failed we would end up writing stale
data to the supplied buffer. This would end up with the last
successfully read value repeating. Fix this by only writing the data
when we know the read was good. This will mean that failed values will
return 0xffff.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <chris.packham@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The MV88E6097 presents the serdes interrupts for ports 8 and 9 via the
Switch Global 2 registers. There is no additional layer of
enablinh/disabling the serdes interrupts like other mv88e6xxx switches.
Even though most of the serdes behaviour is the same as the MV88E6185
that chip does not provide interrupts for serdes events so unlike
earlier commits the functions added here are specific to the MV88E6097.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <chris.packham@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Implement serdes_power, serdes_get_lane and serdes_pcs_get_state ops for
the MV88E6097/6095/6185 so that ports 8 & 9 can be supported as serdes
ports and directly connected to other network interfaces or to SFPs
without a PHY.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <chris.packham@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
When a port is configured with 'managed = "in-band-status"' switch chips
like the 88E6390 need to propagate the SERDES link state to the MAC
because the link state is not correctly detected. This causes problems
on the 88E6185/88E6097 where the link partner won't see link state
changes because we're forcing the link.
To address this introduce a new device specific op port_sync_link() and
push the logic from mv88e6xxx_mac_link_up() into that. Provide an
implementation for the 88E6185 like devices which doesn't force the
link.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <chris.packham@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This should be done in the device driver instead of the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Christian Eggers <ceggers@arri.de>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This should be done in the device driver instead of the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Christian Eggers <ceggers@arri.de>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The dsa.yaml device tree binding allows "ethernet-ports" (preferred) and
"ports".
Signed-off-by: Christian Eggers <ceggers@arri.de>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
When DSA is not loaded when the driver is probed an error message is
printed. But, that's not really an error, just a defer. Use dev_err_probe()
instead.
Signed-off-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
When the switch is hardware reset, it reads the contents of the
EEPROM. This can contain instructions for programming values into
registers and to perform waits between such programming. Reading the
EEPROM can take longer than the 100ms mv88e6xxx_hardware_reset() waits
after deasserting the reset GPIO. So poll the EEPROM done bit to
ensure it is complete.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Ruslan Sushko <rus@sushko.dev>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201116164301.977661-1-rus@sushko.dev
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
A user reports (slightly shortened from the original message):
libphy: lantiq,xrx200-mdio: probed
mdio_bus 1e108000.switch-mii: MDIO device at address 17 is missing.
gswip 1e108000.switch lan: no phy at 2
gswip 1e108000.switch lan: failed to connect to port 2: -19
lantiq,xrx200-net 1e10b308.eth eth0: error -19 setting up slave phy
This is a single-port board using the internal Fast Ethernet PHY. The
user reports that switching to PHY scanning instead of configuring the
PHY within device-tree works around this issue.
The documentation for the standalone variant of the PHY11G (which is
probably very similar to what is used inside the xRX200 SoCs but having
the firmware burnt onto that standalone chip in the factory) states that
the PHY needs 300ms to be ready for MDIO communication after releasing
the reset.
Add a 300ms delay after initializing all GPHYs to ensure that the GPHY
firmware had enough time to initialize and to appear on the MDIO bus.
Unfortunately there is no (known) documentation on what the minimum time
to wait after releasing the reset on an internal PHY so play safe and
take the one for the external variant. Only wait after the last GPHY
firmware is loaded to not slow down the initialization too much (
xRX200 has two GPHYs but newer SoCs have at least three GPHYs).
Fixes: 14fceff477 ("net: dsa: Add Lantiq / Intel DSA driver for vrx200")
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201115165757.552641-1-martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
As soon as you add the second port to a VLAN, all other port
membership configuration is overwritten with zeroes. The HW interprets
this as all ports being "unmodified members" of the VLAN.
In the simple case when all ports belong to the same VLAN, switching
will still work. But using multiple VLANs or trying to set multiple
ports as tagged members will not work.
On the 6352, doing a VTU GetNext op, followed by an STU GetNext op
will leave you with both the member- and state- data in the VTU/STU
data registers. But on the 6097 (which uses the same implementation),
the STU GetNext will override the information gathered from the VTU
GetNext.
Separate the two stages, parsing the result of the VTU GetNext before
doing the STU GetNext.
We opt to update the existing implementation for all applicable chips,
as opposed to creating a separate callback for 6097, because although
the previous implementation did work for (at least) 6352, the
datasheet does not mention the masking behavior.
Fixes: ef6fcea37f ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: get STU entry on VTU GetNext")
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201112114335.27371-1-tobias@waldekranz.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Most of the other chip info constants have helpers to get at them; add
one for max_vid to keep things consistent.
Suggested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201110185720.18228-1-tobias@waldekranz.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
When mv88e6xxx_fid_map return error, we lost free the table.
Fix it.
Fixes: bfb2554289 ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Add devlink regions")
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: zhangxiaoxu <zhangxiaoxu5@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201109144416.1540867-1-zhangxiaoxu5@huawei.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The left shift of u16 variable high is promoted to the type int and
then sign extended to a 64 bit u64 value. If the top bit of high is
set then the upper 32 bits of the result end up being set by the
sign extension. Fix this by explicitly casting the value in high to
a u64 before left shifting by 16 places.
Also, remove the initialisation of variable value to 0 at the start
of each loop iteration as the value is never read and hence the
assignment it is redundant.
Addresses-Coverity: ("Unintended sign extension")
Fixes: e4b27ebc78 ("net: dsa: Add DSA driver for Hirschmann Hellcreek switches")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201109124008.2079873-1-colin.king@canonical.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Export the raw VTU data and related registers in a devlink region so
that it can be inspected from userspace and compared to the current
bridge configuration.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201109082927.8684-1-tobias@waldekranz.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The switch has two controllable I/Os which are usually connected to LEDs. This
is useful to immediately visually see the PTP status.
These provide two signals:
* is_gm
This LED can be activated if the current device is the grand master in that
PTP domain.
* sync_good
This LED can be activated if the current device is in sync with the network
time.
Expose these via the LED framework to be controlled via user space
e.g. linuxptp.
Signed-off-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The switch has the ability to take hardware generated time stamps per port for
PTPv2 event messages in Rx and Tx direction. That is useful for achieving needed
time synchronization precision for TSN devices/switches. So add support for it.
There are two directions:
* RX
The switch has a single register per port to capture a timestamp. That
mechanism is not used due to correlation problems. If the software processing
is too slow and a PTPv2 event message is received before the previous one has
been processed, false timestamps will be captured. Therefore, the switch can
do "inline" timestamping which means it can insert the nanoseconds part of
the timestamp directly into the PTPv2 event message. The reserved field (4
bytes) is leveraged for that. This might not be in accordance with (older)
PTP standards, but is the only way to get reliable results.
* TX
In Tx direction there is no correlation problem, because the software and the
driver has to ensure that only one event message is "on the fly". However,
the switch provides also a mechanism to check whether a timestamp is
lost. That can only happen when a timestamp is read and at this point another
message is timestamped. So, that lost bit is checked just in case to indicate
to the user that the driver or the software is somewhat buggy.
Signed-off-by: Kamil Alkhouri <kamil.alkhouri@hs-offenburg.de>
Signed-off-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The switch has internal PTP hardware clocks. Add support for it. There are three
clocks:
* Synchronized
* Syntonized
* Free running
Currently the synchronized clock is exported to user space which is a good
default for the beginning. The free running clock might be exported later
e.g. for implementing 802.1AS-2011/2020 Time Aware Bridges (TAB). The switch
also supports cross time stamping for that purpose.
The implementation adds support setting/getting the time as well as offset and
frequency adjustments. However, the clock only holds a partial timeofday
timestamp. This is why we track the seconds completely in software (see overflow
work and last_ts).
Furthermore, add the PTP multicast addresses into the FDB to forward that
packages only to the CPU port where they are processed by a PTP program.
Signed-off-by: Kamil Alkhouri <kamil.alkhouri@hs-offenburg.de>
Signed-off-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Add a basic DSA driver for Hirschmann Hellcreek switches. Those switches are
implementing features needed for Time Sensitive Networking (TSN) such as support
for the Time Precision Protocol and various shapers like the Time Aware Shaper.
This driver includes basic support for networking:
* VLAN handling
* FDB handling
* Port statistics
* STP
* Phylink
Signed-off-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
MT7530/7531 has a global RX packet length register, which can be used
to set MTU.
Supported packet length values are 1522 (1518 if untagged), 1536,
1552, and multiple of 1024 (from 2048 to 15360).
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201103050618.11419-1-dqfext@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
After the good discussion with Florian from here:
https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20200911000337.htwr366ng3nc3a7d@skbuf/
I realized that the VLAN settings on the NPI port (the hardware "CPU port",
in DSA parlance) don't actually make any difference, because that port
is hardcoded in hardware to use what mv88e6xxx would call "unmodified"
egress policy for VLANs.
So earlier patch 183be6f967 ("net: dsa: felix: send VLANs on CPU port
as egress-tagged") was incorrect in the sense that it didn't actually
make the VLANs be sent on the NPI port as egress-tagged. It only made
ocelot_port_set_native_vlan shut up.
Now that we have moved the check from ocelot_port_set_native_vlan to
ocelot_vlan_prepare, we can simply shunt ocelot_vlan_prepare from DSA,
and avoid calling it. This is the correct way to deal with things,
because the NPI port configuration is DSA-specific, so the ocelot switch
library should not have the check for multiple native VLANs refined in
any way, it is correct the way it is.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Put the preparation phase of switchdev VLAN objects to some good use,
and move the check we already had, for preventing the existence of more
than one egress-untagged VLAN per port, to the preparation phase of the
addition.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The qca8k only supports a switch-wide MTU setting, and the code to take
the max of all ports was only looking at the port currently being set.
Fix to examine all ports.
Reported-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Fixes: f58d2598cf ("net: dsa: qca8k: implement the port MTU callbacks")
Signed-off-by: Jonathan McDowell <noodles@earth.li>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201030183315.GA6736@earth.li
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
DSA assumes that a bridge which has vlan filtering disabled is not
vlan aware, and ignores all vlan configuration. However, the kernel
software bridge code allows configuration in this state.
This causes the kernel's idea of the bridge vlan state and the
hardware state to disagree, so "bridge vlan show" indicates a correct
configuration but the hardware lacks all configuration. Even worse,
enabling vlan filtering on a DSA bridge immediately blocks all traffic
which, given the output of "bridge vlan show", is very confusing.
Allow the VLAN configuration to be updated on Marvell DSA bridges,
otherwise we end up cutting all traffic when enabling vlan filtering.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/E1kYAU3-00071C-1G@rmk-PC.armlinux.org.uk
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Don't populate the const array rate_table on the stack but instead it
static. Makes the object code smaller by 46 bytes.
Before:
text data bss dec hex filename
29812 3824 192 33828 8424 drivers/net/dsa/bcm_sf2.o
After:
text data bss dec hex filename
29670 3920 192 33782 83f6 drivers/net/dsa/bcm_sf2.o
(gcc version 10.2.0)
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201020165029.56383-1-colin.king@canonical.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The VSC9953 Seville switch has 2 megabits of buffer split into 4360
words of 60 bytes each. 2048 * 1024 is 2 megabytes instead of 2 megabits.
2 megabits is (2048 / 8) * 1024 = 256 * 1024.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Kochetkov <fido_max@inbox.ru>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Fixes: a63ed92d21 ("net: dsa: seville: fix buffer size of the queue system")
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201019050625.21533-1-fido_max@inbox.ru
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Minor conflicts in net/mptcp/protocol.h and
tools/testing/selftests/net/Makefile.
In both cases code was added on both sides in the same place
so just keep both.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Between queuing the delayed work and finishing the setup of the dsa
ports, the process may sleep in request_module() (via
phy_device_create()) and the queued work may be executed prior to the
switch net devices being registered. In ksz_mib_read_work(), a NULL
dereference will happen within netof_carrier_ok(dp->slave).
Not queuing the delayed work in ksz_init_mib_timer() makes things even
worse because the work will now be queued for immediate execution
(instead of 2000 ms) in ksz_mac_link_down() via
dsa_port_link_register_of().
Call tree:
ksz9477_i2c_probe()
\--ksz9477_switch_register()
\--ksz_switch_register()
+--dsa_register_switch()
| \--dsa_switch_probe()
| \--dsa_tree_setup()
| \--dsa_tree_setup_switches()
| +--dsa_switch_setup()
| | +--ksz9477_setup()
| | | \--ksz_init_mib_timer()
| | | |--/* Start the timer 2 seconds later. */
| | | \--schedule_delayed_work(&dev->mib_read, msecs_to_jiffies(2000));
| | \--__mdiobus_register()
| | \--mdiobus_scan()
| | \--get_phy_device()
| | +--get_phy_id()
| | \--phy_device_create()
| | |--/* sleeping, ksz_mib_read_work() can be called meanwhile */
| | \--request_module()
| |
| \--dsa_port_setup()
| +--/* Called for non-CPU ports */
| +--dsa_slave_create()
| | +--/* Too late, ksz_mib_read_work() may be called beforehand */
| | \--port->slave = ...
| ...
| +--Called for CPU port */
| \--dsa_port_link_register_of()
| \--ksz_mac_link_down()
| +--/* mib_read must be initialized here */
| +--/* work is already scheduled, so it will be executed after 2000 ms */
| \--schedule_delayed_work(&dev->mib_read, 0);
\-- /* here port->slave is setup properly, scheduling the delayed work should be safe */
Solution:
1. Do not queue (only initialize) delayed work in ksz_init_mib_timer().
2. Only queue delayed work in ksz_mac_link_down() if init is completed.
3. Queue work once in ksz_switch_register(), after dsa_register_switch()
has completed.
Fixes: 7c6ff470aa ("net: dsa: microchip: add MIB counter reading support")
Signed-off-by: Christian Eggers <ceggers@arri.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The MTU setting for this DSA switch is global so we need
to keep track of the MTU set for each port, then as soon
as any MTU changes, roof the MTU to the biggest common
denominator and poke that into the switch MTU setting.
To achieve this we need a per-chip-variant state container
for the RTL8366RB to use for the RTL8366RB-specific
stuff. Other SMI switches does seem to have per-port
MTU setting capabilities.
Fixes: 5f4a8ef384 ("net: dsa: rtl8366rb: Support setting MTU")
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Add support for the KSZ9563 3-Port Gigabit Ethernet Switch to the
ksz9477 driver. The KSZ9563 supports both SPI (already in) and I2C. The
ksz9563 is already in the device tree binding documentation.
Signed-off-by: Christian Eggers <ceggers@arri.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Small conflict around locking in rxrpc_process_event() -
channel_lock moved to bundle in next, while state lock
needs _bh() from net.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
There is an upper bound to the value that a watermark may hold. That
upper bound is not immediately obvious during configuration, and it
might be possible to have accidental truncation.
Actually this has happened already, add a warning to prevent it from
happening again.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rejecting non-native endian BTF overlapped with the addition
of support for it.
The rest were more simple overlapping changes, except the
renesas ravb binding update, which had to follow a file
move as well as a YAML conversion.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A driver may refuse to enable VLAN filtering for any reason beyond what
the DSA framework cares about, such as:
- having tc-flower rules that rely on the switch being VLAN-aware
- the particular switch does not support VLAN, even if the driver does
(the DSA framework just checks for the presence of the .port_vlan_add
and .port_vlan_del pointers)
- simply not supporting this configuration to be toggled at runtime
Currently, when a driver rejects a configuration it cannot support, it
does this from the commit phase, which triggers various warnings in
switchdev.
So propagate the prepare phase to drivers, to give them the ability to
refuse invalid configurations cleanly and avoid the warnings.
Since we need to modify all function prototypes and check for the
prepare phase from within the drivers, take that opportunity and move
the existing driver restrictions within the prepare phase where that is
possible and easy.
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Cc: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Cc: Woojung Huh <woojung.huh@microchip.com>
Cc: Microchip Linux Driver Support <UNGLinuxDriver@microchip.com>
Cc: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Cc: Landen Chao <Landen.Chao@mediatek.com>
Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Cc: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Cc: Jonathan McDowell <noodles@earth.li>
Cc: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Cc: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Cc: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a devlink region to return the per port registers.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a strictly cosmetic change that renames some macros in
sja1105_dynamic_config.c. They were copy-pasted in haste and this has
resulted in them having the driver prefix twice.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
VCAP IS1 is a VCAP module which can filter on the most common L2/L3/L4
Ethernet keys, and modify the results of the basic QoS classification
and VLAN classification based on those flow keys.
There are 3 VCAP IS1 lookups, mapped over chains 10000, 11000 and 12000.
Currently the driver is hardcoded to use IS1_ACTION_TYPE_NORMAL half
keys.
Note that the VLAN_MANGLE has been omitted for now. In hardware, the
VCAP_IS1_ACT_VID_REPLACE_ENA field replaces the classified VLAN
(metadata associated with the frame) and not the VLAN from the header
itself. There are currently some issues which need to be addressed when
operating in standalone, or in bridge with vlan_filtering=0 modes,
because in those cases the switch ports have VLAN awareness disabled,
and changing the classified VLAN to anything other than the pvid causes
the packets to be dropped. Another issue is that on egress, we expect
port tagging to push the classified VLAN, but port tagging is disabled
in the modes mentioned above, so although the classified VLAN is
replaced, it is not visible in the packet transmitted by the switch.
Signed-off-by: Xiaoliang Yang <xiaoliang.yang_1@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the mscc_ocelot_switch_lib is common between a pure switchdev and
a DSA driver, the procedure of retrieving a net_device for a certain
port index differs, as those are registered by their individual
front-ends.
Up to now that has been dealt with by always passing the port index to
the switch library, but now, we're going to need to work with net_device
pointers from the tc-flower offload, for things like indev, or mirred.
It is not desirable to refactor that, so let's make sure that the flower
offload core has the ability to translate between a net_device and a
port index properly.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Indicate to the DSA receive path that we need to untage the bridge PVID,
this allows us to remove the dsa_untag_bridge_pvid() calls from
net/dsa/tag_brcm.c.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we are deriving these from the constants exposed by the
hardware, we can delete the static info we're keeping in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The numbers in struct vcap_props are not intuitive to derive, because
they are not a straightforward copy-and-paste from the reference manual
but instead rely on a fairly detailed level of understanding of the
layout of an entry in the TCAM and in the action RAM. For this reason,
bugs are very easy to introduce here.
Ease the work of hardware porters and read from hardware the constants
that were exported for this particular purpose. Note that this implies
that struct vcap_props can no longer be const.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As a preparation step for the offloading to ES0, let's create the
infrastructure for talking with this hardware block.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As a preparation step for the offloading to IS1, let's create the
infrastructure for talking with this hardware block.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the Ocelot switches there are 3 TCAMs: VCAP ES0, IS1 and IS2, which
have the same configuration interface, but different sets of keys and
actions. The driver currently only supports VCAP IS2.
In preparation of VCAP IS1 and ES0 support, the existing code must be
generalized to work with any VCAP.
In that direction, we should move the structures that depend upon VCAP
instantiation, like vcap_is2_keys and vcap_is2_actions, out of struct
ocelot and into struct vcap_props .keys and .actions, a structure that
is replicated 3 times, once per VCAP. We'll pass that structure as an
argument to each function that does the key and action packing - only
the control logic needs to distinguish between ocelot->vcap[VCAP_IS2]
or IS1 or ES0.
Another change is to make use of the newly introduced ocelot_target_read
and ocelot_target_write API, since the 3 VCAPs have the same registers
but put at different addresses.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the actions are packed together in the action RAM, an incorrect
action width means that no action except the first one would behave
correctly.
The tc-flower offload has probably not been tested on this hardware
since its introduction.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The port mask width was larger than the actual number of ports, and
therefore, all fields following this one were also shifted by the number
of excess bits. But the driver doesn't use the REW_OP, SMAC_REPLACE_ENA
or ACL_ID bits from the action vector, so the bug was inconsequential.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are 2 goals that we follow:
- Reduce the header size
- Make the header size equal between RX and TX
The issue that required long prefix on RX was the fact that the ocelot
DSA tag, being put before Ethernet as it is, would overlap with the area
that a DSA master uses for RX filtering (destination MAC address
mainly).
Now that we can ask DSA to put the master in promiscuous mode, in theory
we could remove the prefix altogether and call it a day, but it looks
like we can't. Using no prefix on ingress, some packets (such as ICMP)
would be received, while others (such as PTP) would not be received.
This is because the DSA master we use (enetc) triggers parse errors
("MAC rx frame errors") presumably because it sees Ethernet frames with
a bad length. And indeed, when using no prefix, the EtherType (bytes
12-13 of the frame, bits 96-111) falls over the REW_VAL field from the
extraction header, aka the PTP timestamp.
When turning the short (32-bit) prefix on, the EtherType overlaps with
bits 64-79 of the extraction header, which are a reserved area
transmitted as zero by the switch. The packets are not dropped by the
DSA master with a short prefix. Actually, the frames look like this in
tcpdump (below is a PTP frame, with an extra dsa_8021q tag - dadb 0482 -
added by a downstream sja1105).
89:0c:a9:f2:01:00 > 88:80:00:0a:00:1d, 802.3, length 0: LLC, \
dsap Unknown (0x10) Individual, ssap ProWay NM (0x0e) Response, \
ctrl 0x0004: Information, send seq 2, rcv seq 0, \
Flags [Response], length 78
0x0000: 8880 000a 001d 890c a9f2 0100 0000 100f ................
0x0010: 0400 0000 0180 c200 000e 001f 7b63 0248 ............{c.H
0x0020: dadb 0482 88f7 1202 0036 0000 0000 0000 .........6......
0x0030: 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 001f 7bff fe63 ............{..c
0x0040: 0248 0001 1f81 0500 0000 0000 0000 0000 .H..............
0x0050: 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 ............
So the short prefix is our new default: we've shortened our RX frames by
12 octets, increased TX by 4, and headers are now equal between RX and
TX. Note that we still need promiscuous mode for the DSA master to not
drop it.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the ocelot_configure_cpu() function, which was in fact bringing
up 2 ports: the CPU port module, which both switchdev and DSA have, and
the NPI port, which only DSA has.
The (non-Ethernet) CPU port module is at a fixed index in the analyzer,
whereas the NPI port is selected through the "ethernet" property in the
device tree.
Therefore, the function to set up an NPI port is DSA-specific, so we
move it there, simplifying the ocelot switch library a little bit.
Cc: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Cc: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Cc: UNGLinuxDriver <UNGLinuxDriver@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return the driver name and ASIC ID so that generic user space
application are able to know they're looking at sja1105 devlink regions
when pretty-printing them.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As explained in Documentation/networking/dsa/sja1105.rst, this switch
has a static config held in the driver's memory and re-uploaded from
time to time into the device (after any major change).
The format of this static config is in fact described in UM10944.pdf and
it contains all the switch's settings (it also contains device ID, table
CRCs, etc, just like in the manual). So it is a useful and universal
devlink region to expose to user space, for debugging purposes.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We'll have more devlink code soon. Group it together in a separate
translation object.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The previous implementation failed to account for the "ports" node. The
actual port nodes are not child nodes of the switch node, but a "ports"
node sits in between.
Fixes: edecfa98f6 ("net: dsa: microchip: look for phy-mode in port nodes")
Signed-off-by: Helmut Grohne <helmut.grohne@intenta.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
state->speed holds a value of 10, 100, 1000 or 2500, but
QSYS_TAG_CONFIG_LINK_SPEED expects a value of 0, 1, 2, 3. So convert the
speed to a proper value.
Fixes: de143c0e27 ("net: dsa: felix: Configure Time-Aware Scheduler via taprio offload")
Signed-off-by: Xiaoliang Yang <xiaoliang.yang_1@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, ocelot switchdev passes the skb directly to the function that
enqueues it to the list of skb's awaiting a TX timestamp. Whereas the
felix DSA driver first clones the skb, then passes the clone to this
queue.
This matters because in the case of felix, the common IRQ handler, which
is ocelot_get_txtstamp(), currently clones the clone, and frees the
original clone. This is useless and can be simplified by using
skb_complete_tx_timestamp() instead of skb_tstamp_tx().
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update the B53 driver to support VLANs while not filtering. This
requires us to enable VLAN globally within the switch upon driver
initial configuration (dev->vlan_enabled).
We also need to remove the code that dealt with PVID re-configuration in
b53_vlan_filtering() since that function worked under the assumption
that it would only be called to make a bridge VLAN filtering, or not
filtering, and we would attempt to move the port's PVID accordingly.
Now that VLANs are programmed all the time, even in the case of a
non-VLAN filtering bridge, we would be programming a default_pvid for
the bridged switch ports.
We need the DSA receive path to pop the VLAN tag if it is the bridge's
default_pvid because the CPU port is always programmed tagged in the
programmed VLANs. In order to do so we utilize the
dsa_untag_bridge_pvid() helper introduced in the commit before within
net/dsa/tag_brcm.c.
Acked-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to include MDIO address 0, which is how our Device Tree blobs
indicate where to find the external BCM53125 switches.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While the switch driver is written such that port 5 or 8 could be CPU
ports, the use case on Broadcom STB chips is to use port 8 exclusively.
The platform firmware does make port 5 comply to a proper DSA CPU port
binding by specifiying an "ethernet" phandle. This is undesirable for
now until we have an user-space configuration mechanism (such as
devlink) which could support dynamically changing the port flavor at
run time.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two minor conflicts:
1) net/ipv4/route.c, adding a new local variable while
moving another local variable and removing it's
initial assignment.
2) drivers/net/dsa/microchip/ksz9477.c, overlapping changes.
One pretty prints the port mode differently, whilst another
changes the driver to try and obtain the port mode from
the port node rather than the switch node.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since these were copied from the Felix VCAP IS2 code, and only the
offsets were adjusted, the order of the bit fields is still wrong.
Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some of the IS2 IP4_TCP_UDP keys are not correct, like L4_DPORT,
L4_SPORT and other L4 keys. This prevents offloaded tc-flower rules from
matching on src_port and dst_port for TCP and UDP packets.
Signed-off-by: Xiaoliang Yang <xiaoliang.yang_1@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is an off-by-one error in rtl8366rb_is_vlan_valid()
making VLANs 0..4094 valid while it should be 1..4095.
Fix it.
Fixes: d8652956cf ("net: dsa: realtek-smi: Add Realtek SMI driver")
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In mt7531_cpu_port_config(), if the variable port is neither 5 nor 6,
then variable interface will be used uninitialised. Change the function
to return -EINVAL in this case.
As the return value of mt7531_cpu_port_config() is never checked
(even though it returns an int) add a check in the correct place so that
the error can be passed up the call stack. Now that we correctly handle
errors thrown in this function, also check the return value of
mt7531_mac_config() in case an error occurs here. Also add misisng
checks to mt7530_setup() and mt7531_setup(), which are another level
further up the call stack.
Fixes: c288575f78 ("net: dsa: mt7530: Add the support of MT7531 switch")
Addresses-Coverity: 1496993 ("Uninitialized variables")
Signed-off-by: Alex Dewar <alex.dewar90@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The whole purpose of tag_8021q is to send VLAN-tagged traffic to the
CPU, from which the driver can decode the source port and switch id.
Currently this only works if the VLAN filtering on the master is
disabled. Change that by explicitly adding code to tag_8021q.c to add
the VLANs corresponding to the tags to the filter of the master
interface.
Because we now need to call vlan_vid_add, then we also need to hold the
RTNL mutex. Propagate that requirement to the callers of dsa_8021q_setup
and modify the existing call sites as appropriate. Note that one call
path, sja1105_best_effort_vlan_filtering_set -> sja1105_vlan_filtering
-> sja1105_setup_8021q_tagging, was already holding this lock.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We go to lengths to determine whether the PVID should be set
for this port or not, and then fail to take it into account.
Fix this oversight.
Fixes: d8652956cf ("net: dsa: realtek-smi: Add Realtek SMI driver")
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return the driver name and the asic.id with the switch name.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow the global registers, and the ATU to be snapshot via devlink
regions. It is later planned to add support for the port registers.
v2:
Remove left over debug prints
Comment ATU format is generic for mv88e6xxx, not wider
v3:
Make use of ops structure passed to snapshot function
Remove port regions
v4:
Make use of enum mv88e6xxx_region_id
Fix global2/global1 read typ0
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor the code in mv88e6xxx_atu_new() which builds a bitmaps of
FIDs in use into a helper function. This will be reused by the devlink
code when dumping the ATU.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There will soon be more devlink code. Move the existing code into a
file of its own, before we start adding this new code.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Seville does not need to depend on PCI or on the ENETC MDIO controller.
There will also be other compile-time differences in the future.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Not only does Sevile not have a PTP clock, but with separate modules,
this structure cannot even live in felix.c, due to the .owner =
THIS_MODULE assignment causing this link time error:
drivers/net/dsa/ocelot/felix.o:(.data+0x0): undefined reference to `__this_module'
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While we don't plan on making any changes to this function, currently
this is the only remaining dependency between felix and seville, after
the PCS has been refactored out into pcs-lynx.c.
Duplicate this function in seville to break the dependency completely.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Over the time, some patches have introduced structures aligned with
spaces, near structures aligned with tabs. Fix the inconsistencies.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reindent these definitions to be in line with the rest of the driver.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some definitions were likely copied from
drivers/net/mdio/mdio-mscc-miim.c.
They are not necessary, remove them.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The overall idea (issue soft reset, enable memories, initialize
memories, enable core) is the same, so it would make sense that an
attempt is made to unify the procedures.
It is not immediately obvious that the fields are not part of the same
register targets, though. So add a comment.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As per documentation, proper startup sequence is:
* Enable memories
* Initialize memories
* Enable core
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is another one of these right above the readx_poll_status.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since these helpers for regmap fields are available, use them.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently mscc_ocelot_init_ports() will skip initializing a port when it
doesn't have a phy-handle, so the ocelot->ports[port] pointer will be
NULL. Take this into consideration when tearing down the driver, and add
a new function ocelot_deinit_port() to the switch library, mirror of
ocelot_init_port(), which needs to be called by the driver for all ports
it has initialized.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ocelot_init() allocates memory, resets the switch and polls for a status
register, things which can fail. Stop probing the driver in that case,
and propagate the error result.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The VSC9953 Seville switch has 2 megabits of buffer split into 4360
words of 60 bytes each.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The KSZ9477 and KSZ8795 use the port_cnt field differently: For the
KSZ9477, it includes the CPU port(s), while for the KSZ8795, it doesn't.
It would be a good cleanup to make the handling of both drivers match,
but as a first step, fix the recently broken assignment of num_ports in
the KSZ8795 driver (which completely broke probing, as the CPU port
index was always failing the num_ports check).
Fixes: af199a1a9c ("net: dsa: microchip: set the correct number of ports")
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <matthias.schiffer@ew.tq-group.com>
Reviewed-by: Codrin Ciubotariu <codrin.ciubotariu@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new support for MT7531:
MT7531 is the next generation of MT7530. It is also a 7-ports switch with
5 giga embedded phys, 2 cpu ports, and the same MAC logic of MT7530. Cpu
port 6 only supports SGMII interface. Cpu port 5 supports either RGMII
or SGMII in different HW sku, but cannot be muxed to PHY of port 0/4 like
mt7530. Due to SGMII interface support, pll, and pad setting are different
from MT7530. This patch adds different initial setting, and SGMII phylink
handlers of MT7531.
MT7531 SGMII interface can be configured in following mode:
- 'SGMII AN mode' with in-band negotiation capability
which is compatible with PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_SGMII.
- 'SGMII force mode' without in-band negotiation
which is compatible with 10B/8B encoding of
PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_1000BASEX with fixed full-duplex and fixed pause.
- 2.5 times faster clocked 'SGMII force mode' without in-band negotiation
which is compatible with 10B/8B encoding of
PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_2500BASEX with fixed full-duplex and fixed pause.
Signed-off-by: Landen Chao <landen.chao@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a structure holding required operations for each device such as device
initialization, PHY port read or write, a checker whether PHY interface is
supported on a certain port, MAC port setup for either bus pad or a
specific PHY interface.
The patch is done for ready adding a new hardware MT7531, and keep the
same setup logic of existing hardware.
Signed-off-by: Landen Chao <landen.chao@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refine message in Kconfig with fixing typo and an explicit MT7621 support.
Signed-off-by: Landen Chao <landen.chao@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While working on another tag_8021q driver implementation, some things
became apparent:
- It is not mandatory for a DSA driver to offload the tag_8021q VLANs by
using the VLAN table per se. For example, it can add custom TCAM rules
that simply encapsulate RX traffic, and redirect & decapsulate rules
for TX traffic. For such a driver, it makes no sense to receive the
tag_8021q configuration through the same callback as it receives the
VLAN configuration from the bridge and the 8021q modules.
- Currently, sja1105 (the only tag_8021q user) sets a
priv->expect_dsa_8021q variable to distinguish between the bridge
calling, and tag_8021q calling. That can be improved, to say the
least.
- The crosschip bridging operations are, in fact, stateful already. The
list of crosschip_links must be kept by the caller and passed to the
relevant tag_8021q functions.
So it would be nice if the tag_8021q configuration was more
self-contained. This patch attempts to do that.
Create a struct dsa_8021q_context which encapsulates a struct
dsa_switch, and has 2 function pointers for adding and deleting a VLAN.
These will replace the previous channel to the driver, which was through
the .port_vlan_add and .port_vlan_del callbacks of dsa_switch_ops.
Also put the list of crosschip_links into this dsa_8021q_context.
Drivers that don't support cross-chip bridging can simply omit to
initialize this list, as long as they dont call any cross-chip function.
The sja1105_vlan_add and sja1105_vlan_del functions are refactored into
a smaller sja1105_vlan_add_one, which now has 2 entry points:
- sja1105_vlan_add, from struct dsa_switch_ops
- sja1105_dsa_8021q_vlan_add, from the tag_8021q ops
But even this change is fairly trivial. It just reflects the fact that
for sja1105, the VLANs from these 2 channels end up in the same hardware
table. However that is not necessarily true in the general sense (and
that's the reason for making this change).
The rest of the patch is mostly plain refactoring of "ds" -> "ctx". The
dsa_8021q_context structure needs to be propagated because adding a VLAN
is now done through the ops function pointers inside of it.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no point in calling dsa_port_setup_8021q_tagging for each
individual port. Additionally, it will become more difficult to do that
when we'll have a context structure to tag_8021q (next patch). So
refactor this now.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/dsa.txt says that the phy-mode
property should be specified on port nodes. However, the microchip
drivers read it from the switch node.
Let the driver use the per-port property and fall back to the old
location with a warning.
Fix in-tree users.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Grohne <helmut.grohne@intenta.de>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20200617082235.GA1523@laureti-dev/
Acked-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We already maintain an array of VLANs used by the switch so we can
simply iterate over it to report the occupancy via devlink.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The datasheet for the ksz9893 and ksz9477 switches recommend waiting at
least 100us after the de-assertion of reset before trying to program the
device through any interface.
Also switch the existing msleep() call to usleep_range() as recommended
in Documentation/timers/timers-howto.rst. The 2ms range used here is
somewhat arbitrary, as long as the reset is asserted for at least 10ms
we should be ok.
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <pbarker@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can't assume that the link partner supports the in-band status
reporting which is enabled by default on the KSZ9893 when using RGMII
for the upstream port.
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <pbarker@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Always print the selected phy mode for the CPU port when using the
ksz9477 driver. If the phy mode was changed, also print the previous
mode to aid in debugging.
To make the message more clear, prefix it with the port number which it
applies to and improve the language a little.
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <pbarker@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To make switch detection more informative print the result of the
ksz9477/ksz9893 compatibility check. With debug output enabled also
print the contents of the Chip ID registers as a 40-bit hex string.
As this detection is the first communication with the switch performed
by the driver, making it easy to see any errors here will help identify
issues with SPI data corruption or reset sequencing.
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <pbarker@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This switches the RTL8366RB over to using phylink callbacks
instead of .adjust_link(). This is a pretty template
switchover. All we adjust is the CPU port so that is why
the code only inspects this port.
We enhance by adding proper error messages, also disabling
the CPU port on the way down and moving dev_info() to
dev_dbg().
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
When removing a port from a VLAN we are just erasing the
member config for the VLAN, which is wrong: other ports
can be using it.
Just mask off the port and only zero out the rest of the
member config once ports using of the VLAN are removed
from it.
Reported-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Fixes: d8652956cf ("net: dsa: realtek-smi: Add Realtek SMI driver")
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This implements the missing MTU setting for the RTL8366RB
switch.
Apart from supporting jumboframes, this rids us of annoying
boot messages like this:
realtek-smi switch: nonfatal error -95 setting MTU on port 0
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Registering our slave MDIO bus outside of the OF infrastructure is
necessary in order to avoid creating double references of the same
Device Tree nodes, however it is not sufficient to guarantee that the
MDIO bus diversion is used because of_phy_connect() will still resolve
to a valid PHY phandle and it will connect to the PHY using its parent
MDIO bus which is still the SF2 master MDIO bus. The reason for that is
because BCM7445 systems were already shipped with a Device Tree blob
looking like this (irrelevant parts omitted for simplicity):
ports {
#address-cells = <1>;
#size-cells = <0>;
port@1 {
phy-mode = "rgmii-txid";
phy-handle = <&phy0>;
reg = <1>;
label = "rgmii_1";
};
...
mdio@403c0 {
...
phy0: ethernet-phy@0 {
broken-turn-around;
device_type = "ethernet-phy";
max-speed = <0x3e8>;
reg = <0>;
compatible = "brcm,bcm53125", "ethernet-phy-ieee802.3-c22";
};
};
There is a hardware issue with chip revisions (Dx) that lead to the
development of the following commits:
461cd1b03e ("net: dsa: bcm_sf2: Register our slave MDIO bus")
536fab5bf5 ("net: dsa: bcm_sf2: Do not register slave MDIO bus with OF")
b8c6cd1d31 ("net: dsa: bcm_sf2: do not use indirect reads and writes for 7445E0")
There should have been an internal MDIO bus node created for the chip
revision (Dx) that suffers from this problem, but it did not happen back
then.
Had that happen, that we should have correctly parented phy@0 (bcm53125
below) as child node of the internal MDIO bus, but the production Device
Tree blob that was shipped with the firmware targeted the fixed version
of the chip, despite both the affected and corrected chips being shipped
into production.
The problem is that of_phy_connect() for port@1 will happily resolve the
'phy-handle' from the mdio@403c0 node, which bypasses the diversion
completely. This results in this double programming that the diversion
refers to and aims to avoid. In order to force of_phy_connect() to fail,
and have DSA call to dsa_slave_phy_connect(), we must deactivate
ethernet-phy@0 from mdio@403c0, and the best way to do that is by
removing the phandle property completely.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
We got slightly different patches removing a double word
in a comment in net/ipv4/raw.c - picked the version from net.
Simple conflict in drivers/net/ethernet/ibm/ibmvnic.c. Use cached
values instead of VNIC login response buffer (following what
commit 507ebe6444 ("ibmvnic: Fix use-after-free of VNIC login
response buffer") did).
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Use netif_rx_ni() when necessary in batman-adv stack, from Jussi
Kivilinna.
2) Fix loss of RTT samples in rxrpc, from David Howells.
3) Memory leak in hns_nic_dev_probe(), from Dignhao Liu.
4) ravb module cannot be unloaded, fix from Yuusuke Ashizuka.
5) We disable BH for too lokng in sctp_get_port_local(), add a
cond_resched() here as well, from Xin Long.
6) Fix memory leak in st95hf_in_send_cmd, from Dinghao Liu.
7) Out of bound access in bpf_raw_tp_link_fill_link_info(), from
Yonghong Song.
8) Missing of_node_put() in mt7530 DSA driver, from Sumera
Priyadarsini.
9) Fix crash in bnxt_fw_reset_task(), from Michael Chan.
10) Fix geneve tunnel checksumming bug in hns3, from Yi Li.
11) Memory leak in rxkad_verify_response, from Dinghao Liu.
12) In tipc, don't use smp_processor_id() in preemptible context. From
Tuong Lien.
13) Fix signedness issue in mlx4 memory allocation, from Shung-Hsi Yu.
14) Missing clk_disable_prepare() in gemini driver, from Dan Carpenter.
15) Fix ABI mismatch between driver and firmware in nfp, from Louis
Peens.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net: (110 commits)
net/smc: fix sock refcounting in case of termination
net/smc: reset sndbuf_desc if freed
net/smc: set rx_off for SMCR explicitly
net/smc: fix toleration of fake add_link messages
tg3: Fix soft lockup when tg3_reset_task() fails.
doc: net: dsa: Fix typo in config code sample
net: dp83867: Fix WoL SecureOn password
nfp: flower: fix ABI mismatch between driver and firmware
tipc: fix shutdown() of connectionless socket
ipv6: Fix sysctl max for fib_multipath_hash_policy
drivers/net/wan/hdlc: Change the default of hard_header_len to 0
net: gemini: Fix another missing clk_disable_unprepare() in probe
net: bcmgenet: fix mask check in bcmgenet_validate_flow()
amd-xgbe: Add support for new port mode
net: usb: dm9601: Add USB ID of Keenetic Plus DSL
vhost: fix typo in error message
net: ethernet: mlx4: Fix memory allocation in mlx4_buddy_init()
pktgen: fix error message with wrong function name
net: ethernet: ti: am65-cpsw: fix rmii 100Mbit link mode
cxgb4: fix thermal zone device registration
...
Whenever a port gets enabled/disabled, recalcultate the required switch
clock rate to make sure it always gets set to the expected rate
targeting our switch use case. This is only done for the BCM7445 switch
as there is no clocking profile available for BCM7278.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fetch the corresponding clock resource and enable/disable it during
suspend/resume if and only if we have no ports defined for Wake-on-LAN.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows us to differentiate between the possible failure modes of
b53_switch_reset() by looking at the dmesg output.
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <pbarker@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change allows us to see which device the err or info messages are
referring to if we have multiple b53 compatible devices on a board.
As this removes the only pr_*() calls in this file we can drop the
definition of pr_fmt().
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <pbarker@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The VLANs and PVIDs on the RTL8366 utilizes a "member
configuration" (MC) which is largely unexplained in the
code.
This set-up requires a special ordering: rtl8366_set_pvid()
must be called first, followed by rtl8366_set_vlan(),
else the MC will not be properly allocated. Relax this
by factoring out the code obtaining an MC and reuse
the helper in both rtl8366_set_pvid() and
rtl8366_set_vlan() so we remove this strict ordering
requirement.
In the process, add some better comments and debug prints
so people who read the code understand what is going on.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The rtl8366_set_vlan() and rtl8366_set_pvid() get invalid
VLANs tossed at it, especially VLAN0, something the hardware
and driver cannot handle. Check validity and bail out like
we do in the other callbacks.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When building on platforms without device tree, e.g. amd64, W=1 gives
a warning about mv88e6xxx_mdio_external_match being unused. Replace
of_match_node() with of_device_is_compatible() to prevent this
warning.
Suggested-by: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the helper functions introduced by the newly added
Lynx PCS MDIO module in the Felix VSC9959 and Seville VSC9953.
Instead of representing the PCS as a phy_device, a mdio_device structure
will be passed to the Lynx module which is now actually implementing all
the PCS configuration and status reporting.
All code previously used for PCS monitoring and runtime configuration
is removed and replaced will calls to the Lynx PCS operations.
Tested on the following SERDES protocols of LS1028A: 0x7777
(2500Base-X), 0x85bb (QSGMII), 0x9999 (SGMII) and 0x13bb (USXGMII).
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove 1000baseT_Half to advertise correct hardware capability in
phylink_validate() callback function.
Fixes: 38f790a805 ("net: dsa: mt7530: Add support for port 5")
Signed-off-by: Landen Chao <landen.chao@mediatek.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Every iteration of for_each_child_of_node() decrements
the reference count of the previous node, however when control
is transferred from the middle of the loop, as in the case of
a return or break or goto, there is no decrement thus ultimately
resulting in a memory leak.
Fix a potential memory leak in mt7530.c by inserting of_node_put()
before the break and return statements.
Issue found with Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Sumera Priyadarsini <sylphrenadin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Every iteration of for_each_available_child_of_node() decrements
the reference count of the previous node, however when control
is transferred from the middle of the loop, as in the case of
a return or break or goto, there is no decrement thus ultimately
resulting in a memory leak.
Fix a potential memory leak in felix.c by inserting of_node_put()
before the return statement.
Issue found with Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Sumera Priyadarsini <sylphrenadin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clang warns:
drivers/net/dsa/sja1105/sja1105_main.c:3418:38: warning: address of
array 'match->compatible' will always evaluate to 'true'
[-Wpointer-bool-conversion]
for (match = sja1105_dt_ids; match->compatible; match++) {
~~~ ~~~~~~~^~~~~~~~~~
1 warning generated.
We should check the value of the first character in compatible to see if
it is empty or not. This matches how the rest of the tree iterates over
IDs.
Fixes: 0b0e299720 ("net: dsa: sja1105: use detected device id instead of DT one on mismatch")
Link: https://github.com/ClangBuiltLinux/linux/issues/1139
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
clang static analysis reports this problem
b53_common.c:1583:13: warning: The left expression of the compound
assignment is an uninitialized value. The computed value will
also be garbage
ent.port &= ~BIT(port);
~~~~~~~~ ^
ent is set by a successful call to b53_arl_read(). Unsuccessful
calls are caught by an switch statement handling specific returns.
b32_arl_read() calls b53_arl_op_wait() which fails with the
unhandled -ETIMEDOUT.
So add -ETIMEDOUT to the switch statement. Because
b53_arl_op_wait() already prints out a message, do not add another
one.
Fixes: 1da6df85c6 ("net: dsa: b53: Implement ARL add/del/dump operations")
Signed-off-by: Tom Rix <trix@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to reduce code duplication between ptp drivers, generic helper
functions were introduced. Use them.
Signed-off-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Tested-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We return the VLAN table size through devlink as a simple parameter, we
do not support altering it at runtime:
devlink resource show mdio_bus/fixed-0:1f
mdio_bus/fixed-0:1f:
name VTU size 4096 occ 0 unit entry dpipe_tables none
and after configure a bridge with VLAN filtering:
devlink resource show mdio_bus/fixed-0:1f
mdio_bus/fixed-0:1f:
name VTU size 4096 occ 1 unit entry dpipe_tables none
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since this is a mock-up driver with no real data path for now, but we
will have one at some point, enable VLANs while not filtering.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Kconfig help text contains the phrase "the the" in the help
text. Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Although we can detect the chip revision 100% at runtime, it is useful
to specify it in the device tree compatible string too, because
otherwise there would be no way to assess the correctness of device tree
bindings statically, without booting a board (only some switch versions
have internal RGMII delays and/or an SGMII port).
But for testing the P/Q/R/S support, what I have is a reworked board
with the SJA1105T replaced by a pin-compatible SJA1105Q, and I don't
want to keep a separate device tree blob just for this one-off board.
Since just the chip has been replaced, its RGMII delay setup is
inherently the same (meaning: delays added by the PHY on the slave
ports, and by PCB traces on the fixed-link CPU port).
For this board, I'd rather have the driver shout at me, but go ahead and
use what it found even if it doesn't match what it's been told is there.
[ 2.970826] sja1105 spi0.1: Device tree specifies chip SJA1105T but found SJA1105Q, please fix it!
[ 2.980010] sja1105 spi0.1: Probed switch chip: SJA1105Q
[ 3.005082] sja1105 spi0.1: Enabled switch tagging
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We only support DSA_LOOP_NUM_PORTS in the switch, do not tell the DSA
core to allocate up to DSA_MAX_PORTS which is nearly the double (6 vs.
11).
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For now we simply store the port MTU into a per-port member.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for adding support for a mockup data path, move the
driver data structures to include/linux/dsa/loop.h such that we can
share them between net/dsa/ and drivers/net/dsa/ later on.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allocate a 4K array of VLANs instead of limiting ourselves to just 5
which is arbitrary.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PVID should be per-port, this is a preliminary change to support a
802.1Q data path in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current poll interval is enough to ensure that rising and falling
edge events are not lost for a 1 PPS signal with 50% duty cycle.
But when we deliver the events to user space, it will try to infer if
they were corresponding to a rising or to a falling edge (the kernel
driver doesn't know that either). User space will try to make that
inference based on the time at which the PPS master had emitted the
pulse (i.e. if it's a .0 time, it's rising edge, if it's .5 time, it's
falling edge).
But there is no in-kernel API for retrieving the precise timestamp
corresponding to a PPS master (aka perout) pulse. So user space has to
guess even that. It will read the PTP time on the PPS master right after
we've delivered the extts event, and declare that the PPS master time
was just the closest integer second, based on 2 thresholds (lower than
.25, or higher than .75, and ignore anything else).
Except that, if we poll for extts events (and our hardware doesn't
really help us, by not providing an interrupt), then there is a risk
that the poll period (and therefore the time at which the event is
delivered) might confuse user space.
Because we are always scheduling the next extts poll at
SJA1105_EXTTS_INTERVAL "from now" (that's the only thing that the
schedule_delayed_work() API gives us), it means that the start time of
the next delayed workqueue will always be shifted to the right a little
bit (shifted with the SPI access duration of this workqueue run).
In turn, because user space sees extts events that are non-periodic
compared to the PPS master's time, this means that it might start making
wrong guesses about rising/falling edge.
To understand the effect, here is the output of ts2phc currently. Notice
the 'src' timestamps of the 'SKIP extts' events, and how they have a
large wander. They keep increasing until the upper limit for the ignore
threshold (.75 seconds), after which the application starts ignoring the
_other_ edge.
ts2phc[26.624]: /dev/ptp3 SKIP extts index 0 at 21.449898912 src 21.657784518
ts2phc[27.133]: adding tstamp 21.949894240 to clock /dev/ptp3
ts2phc[27.133]: adding tstamp 22.000000000 to clock /dev/ptp1
ts2phc[27.133]: /dev/ptp3 offset 640 s2 freq +5112
ts2phc[27.636]: /dev/ptp3 SKIP extts index 0 at 22.449889360 src 22.669398022
ts2phc[28.140]: adding tstamp 22.949884376 to clock /dev/ptp3
ts2phc[28.140]: adding tstamp 23.000000000 to clock /dev/ptp1
ts2phc[28.140]: /dev/ptp3 offset 96 s2 freq +4760
ts2phc[28.644]: /dev/ptp3 SKIP extts index 0 at 23.449879504 src 23.677420422
ts2phc[29.153]: adding tstamp 23.949874704 to clock /dev/ptp3
ts2phc[29.153]: adding tstamp 24.000000000 to clock /dev/ptp1
ts2phc[29.153]: /dev/ptp3 offset -264 s2 freq +4429
ts2phc[29.656]: /dev/ptp3 SKIP extts index 0 at 24.449870008 src 24.689407238
ts2phc[30.160]: adding tstamp 24.949865376 to clock /dev/ptp3
ts2phc[30.160]: adding tstamp 25.000000000 to clock /dev/ptp1
ts2phc[30.160]: /dev/ptp3 offset -280 s2 freq +4334
ts2phc[30.664]: /dev/ptp3 SKIP extts index 0 at 25.449860760 src 25.697449926
ts2phc[31.168]: adding tstamp 25.949856176 to clock /dev/ptp3
ts2phc[31.168]: adding tstamp 26.000000000 to clock /dev/ptp1
ts2phc[31.168]: /dev/ptp3 offset -176 s2 freq +4354
ts2phc[31.672]: /dev/ptp3 SKIP extts index 0 at 26.449851584 src 26.705433606
ts2phc[32.180]: adding tstamp 26.949846992 to clock /dev/ptp3
ts2phc[32.180]: adding tstamp 27.000000000 to clock /dev/ptp1
ts2phc[32.180]: /dev/ptp3 offset -80 s2 freq +4397
ts2phc[32.684]: /dev/ptp3 SKIP extts index 0 at 27.449842384 src 27.717415110
ts2phc[33.192]: adding tstamp 27.949837768 to clock /dev/ptp3
ts2phc[33.192]: adding tstamp 28.000000000 to clock /dev/ptp1
ts2phc[33.192]: /dev/ptp3 offset 0 s2 freq +4453
ts2phc[33.696]: /dev/ptp3 SKIP extts index 0 at 28.449833128 src 28.729412902
ts2phc[34.200]: adding tstamp 28.949828472 to clock /dev/ptp3
ts2phc[34.200]: adding tstamp 29.000000000 to clock /dev/ptp1
ts2phc[34.200]: /dev/ptp3 offset 8 s2 freq +4461
ts2phc[34.704]: /dev/ptp3 SKIP extts index 0 at 29.449823816 src 29.737416038
ts2phc[35.208]: adding tstamp 29.949819152 to clock /dev/ptp3
ts2phc[35.208]: adding tstamp 30.000000000 to clock /dev/ptp1
ts2phc[35.208]: /dev/ptp3 offset -8 s2 freq +4447
ts2phc[35.712]: /dev/ptp3 SKIP extts index 0 at 30.449814496 src 30.745554982
ts2phc[36.216]: adding tstamp 30.949809840 to clock /dev/ptp3
ts2phc[36.216]: adding tstamp 31.000000000 to clock /dev/ptp1
ts2phc[36.216]: /dev/ptp3 offset -8 s2 freq +4445
ts2phc[36.468]: /dev/ptp3 SKIP extts index 0 at 31.449805184 src 31.501109446
ts2phc[36.972]: adding tstamp 31.949800536 to clock /dev/ptp3
ts2phc[36.972]: adding tstamp 32.000000000 to clock /dev/ptp1
ts2phc[36.972]: /dev/ptp3 offset -8 s2 freq +4442
ts2phc[37.480]: /dev/ptp3 SKIP extts index 0 at 32.449795896 src 32.513320070
ts2phc[37.984]: adding tstamp 32.949791248 to clock /dev/ptp3
ts2phc[37.984]: adding tstamp 33.000000000 to clock /dev/ptp1
ts2phc[37.984]: /dev/ptp3 offset 0 s2 freq +4448
Fix that by taking the following measures:
- Schedule the poll from a timer. Because we are really scheduling the
timer periodically, the extts events delivered to user space are
periodic too, and don't suffer from the "shift-to-the-right" effect.
- Increase the poll period to 6 times a second. This imposes a smaller
upper bound to the shift that can occur to the delivery time of extts
events, and makes user space (ts2phc) to always interpret correctly
which events should be skipped and which shouldn't.
- Move the SPI readout itself to the main PTP kernel thread, instead of
the generic workqueue. This is because the timer runs in atomic
context, but is also better than before, because if needed, we can
chrt & taskset this kernel thread, to ensure it gets enough priority
under load.
After this patch, one can notice that the wander is greatly reduced, and
that the latencies of one extts poll are not propagated to the next. The
'src' timestamp that is skipped is never larger than .65 seconds (which
means .15 seconds larger than the time at which the real event occurred
at, and .10 seconds smaller than the .75 upper threshold for ignoring
the falling edge):
ts2phc[40.076]: adding tstamp 34.949261296 to clock /dev/ptp3
ts2phc[40.076]: adding tstamp 35.000000000 to clock /dev/ptp1
ts2phc[40.076]: /dev/ptp3 offset 48 s2 freq +4631
ts2phc[40.568]: /dev/ptp3 SKIP extts index 0 at 35.449256496 src 35.595791078
ts2phc[41.064]: adding tstamp 35.949251744 to clock /dev/ptp3
ts2phc[41.064]: adding tstamp 36.000000000 to clock /dev/ptp1
ts2phc[41.064]: /dev/ptp3 offset -224 s2 freq +4374
ts2phc[41.552]: /dev/ptp3 SKIP extts index 0 at 36.449247088 src 36.579825574
ts2phc[42.044]: adding tstamp 36.949242456 to clock /dev/ptp3
ts2phc[42.044]: adding tstamp 37.000000000 to clock /dev/ptp1
ts2phc[42.044]: /dev/ptp3 offset -240 s2 freq +4290
ts2phc[42.536]: /dev/ptp3 SKIP extts index 0 at 37.449237848 src 37.563828774
ts2phc[43.028]: adding tstamp 37.949233264 to clock /dev/ptp3
ts2phc[43.028]: adding tstamp 38.000000000 to clock /dev/ptp1
ts2phc[43.028]: /dev/ptp3 offset -144 s2 freq +4314
ts2phc[43.520]: /dev/ptp3 SKIP extts index 0 at 38.449228656 src 38.547823238
ts2phc[44.012]: adding tstamp 38.949224048 to clock /dev/ptp3
ts2phc[44.012]: adding tstamp 39.000000000 to clock /dev/ptp1
ts2phc[44.012]: /dev/ptp3 offset -80 s2 freq +4335
ts2phc[44.508]: /dev/ptp3 SKIP extts index 0 at 39.449219432 src 39.535846118
ts2phc[44.996]: adding tstamp 39.949214816 to clock /dev/ptp3
ts2phc[44.996]: adding tstamp 40.000000000 to clock /dev/ptp1
ts2phc[44.996]: /dev/ptp3 offset -32 s2 freq +4359
ts2phc[45.488]: /dev/ptp3 SKIP extts index 0 at 40.449210192 src 40.515824678
ts2phc[45.980]: adding tstamp 40.949205568 to clock /dev/ptp3
ts2phc[45.980]: adding tstamp 41.000000000 to clock /dev/ptp1
ts2phc[45.980]: /dev/ptp3 offset 8 s2 freq +4390
ts2phc[46.636]: /dev/ptp3 SKIP extts index 0 at 41.449200928 src 41.664176902
ts2phc[47.132]: adding tstamp 41.949196288 to clock /dev/ptp3
ts2phc[47.132]: adding tstamp 42.000000000 to clock /dev/ptp1
ts2phc[47.132]: /dev/ptp3 offset 0 s2 freq +4384
ts2phc[47.620]: /dev/ptp3 SKIP extts index 0 at 42.449191656 src 42.648117190
ts2phc[48.112]: adding tstamp 42.949187016 to clock /dev/ptp3
ts2phc[48.112]: adding tstamp 43.000000000 to clock /dev/ptp1
ts2phc[48.112]: /dev/ptp3 offset 0 s2 freq +4384
ts2phc[48.604]: /dev/ptp3 SKIP extts index 0 at 43.449182384 src 43.632112582
ts2phc[49.100]: adding tstamp 43.949177736 to clock /dev/ptp3
ts2phc[49.100]: adding tstamp 44.000000000 to clock /dev/ptp1
ts2phc[49.100]: /dev/ptp3 offset -8 s2 freq +4376
ts2phc[49.588]: /dev/ptp3 SKIP extts index 0 at 44.449173096 src 44.616136774
ts2phc[50.080]: adding tstamp 44.949168464 to clock /dev/ptp3
ts2phc[50.080]: adding tstamp 45.000000000 to clock /dev/ptp1
ts2phc[50.080]: /dev/ptp3 offset 8 s2 freq +4390
ts2phc[50.572]: /dev/ptp3 SKIP extts index 0 at 45.449163816 src 45.600134662
ts2phc[51.064]: adding tstamp 45.949159160 to clock /dev/ptp3
ts2phc[51.064]: adding tstamp 46.000000000 to clock /dev/ptp1
ts2phc[51.064]: /dev/ptp3 offset -8 s2 freq +4376
ts2phc[51.556]: /dev/ptp3 SKIP extts index 0 at 46.449154528 src 46.584588550
ts2phc[52.048]: adding tstamp 46.949149896 to clock /dev/ptp3
ts2phc[52.048]: adding tstamp 47.000000000 to clock /dev/ptp1
ts2phc[52.048]: /dev/ptp3 offset 0 s2 freq +4382
ts2phc[52.540]: /dev/ptp3 SKIP extts index 0 at 47.449145256 src 47.568132198
ts2phc[53.032]: adding tstamp 47.949140616 to clock /dev/ptp3
ts2phc[53.032]: adding tstamp 48.000000000 to clock /dev/ptp1
ts2phc[53.032]: /dev/ptp3 offset 0 s2 freq +4382
ts2phc[53.524]: /dev/ptp3 SKIP extts index 0 at 48.449135968 src 48.552121446
ts2phc[54.016]: adding tstamp 48.949131320 to clock /dev/ptp3
ts2phc[54.016]: adding tstamp 49.000000000 to clock /dev/ptp1
ts2phc[54.016]: /dev/ptp3 offset 0 s2 freq +4382
ts2phc[54.512]: /dev/ptp3 SKIP extts index 0 at 49.449126680 src 49.540147014
ts2phc[55.000]: adding tstamp 49.949122040 to clock /dev/ptp3
ts2phc[55.000]: adding tstamp 50.000000000 to clock /dev/ptp1
ts2phc[55.000]: /dev/ptp3 offset 0 s2 freq +4382
ts2phc[55.492]: /dev/ptp3 SKIP extts index 0 at 50.449117400 src 50.520119078
ts2phc[55.988]: adding tstamp 50.949112768 to clock /dev/ptp3
ts2phc[55.988]: adding tstamp 51.000000000 to clock /dev/ptp1
ts2phc[55.988]: /dev/ptp3 offset 8 s2 freq +4390
ts2phc[56.476]: /dev/ptp3 SKIP extts index 0 at 51.449108120 src 51.504175910
ts2phc[57.132]: adding tstamp 51.949103480 to clock /dev/ptp3
ts2phc[57.132]: adding tstamp 52.000000000 to clock /dev/ptp1
ts2phc[57.132]: /dev/ptp3 offset 0 s2 freq +4384
ts2phc[57.624]: /dev/ptp3 SKIP extts index 0 at 52.449098840 src 52.651833574
ts2phc[58.116]: adding tstamp 52.949094200 to clock /dev/ptp3
ts2phc[58.116]: adding tstamp 53.000000000 to clock /dev/ptp1
ts2phc[58.116]: /dev/ptp3 offset 8 s2 freq +4392
ts2phc[58.612]: /dev/ptp3 SKIP extts index 0 at 53.449089560 src 53.639826918
ts2phc[59.100]: adding tstamp 53.949084920 to clock /dev/ptp3
ts2phc[59.100]: adding tstamp 54.000000000 to clock /dev/ptp1
ts2phc[59.100]: /dev/ptp3 offset 8 s2 freq +4394
ts2phc[59.592]: /dev/ptp3 SKIP extts index 0 at 54.449080272 src 54.619842278
ts2phc[60.084]: adding tstamp 54.949075624 to clock /dev/ptp3
ts2phc[60.084]: adding tstamp 55.000000000 to clock /dev/ptp1
ts2phc[60.084]: /dev/ptp3 offset 8 s2 freq +4397
ts2phc[60.576]: /dev/ptp3 SKIP extts index 0 at 55.449070968 src 55.603885542
ts2phc[61.068]: adding tstamp 55.949066312 to clock /dev/ptp3
ts2phc[61.068]: adding tstamp 56.000000000 to clock /dev/ptp1
ts2phc[61.068]: /dev/ptp3 offset 0 s2 freq +4391
ts2phc[61.560]: /dev/ptp3 SKIP extts index 0 at 56.449061680 src 56.587885798
ts2phc[62.052]: adding tstamp 56.949057032 to clock /dev/ptp3
ts2phc[62.052]: adding tstamp 57.000000000 to clock /dev/ptp1
ts2phc[62.052]: /dev/ptp3 offset -8 s2 freq +4383
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds full 802.1q VLAN support to the qca8k, allowing the use of
vlan_filtering and more complicated bridging setups than allowed by
basic port VLAN support.
Tested with a number of untagged ports with separate VLANs and then a
trunk port with all the VLANs tagged on it.
v3:
- Pull QCA8K_PORT_VID_DEF changes into separate cleanup patch
- Reverse Christmas tree notation for variable definitions
- Use untagged instead of tagged for consistency
v2:
- Return sensible errnos on failure rather than -1 (rmk)
- Style cleanups based on Florian's feedback
- Silently allow VLAN 0 as device correctly treats this as no tag
Signed-off-by: Jonathan McDowell <noodles@earth.li>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rather than using a magic value of 1 when configuring the port VIDs add
a QCA8K_PORT_VID_DEF define and use that instead. Also fix up the
bitmask in the process; the top 4 bits are reserved so this wasn't a
problem, but only masking 12 bits is the correct approach.
Signed-off-by: Jonathan McDowell <noodles@earth.li>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alter the rtl8366_vlan_add() to call rtl8366_set_vlan()
inside the loop that goes over all VIDs since we now
properly support calling that function more than once.
Augment the loop to postincrement as this is more
intuitive.
The loop moved past the last VID but called
rtl8366_set_vlan() with the port number instead of
the VID, assuming a 1-to-1 correspondence between
ports and VIDs. This was also a bug.
Cc: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Cc: Mauri Sandberg <sandberg@mailfence.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Fixes: d8652956cf ("net: dsa: realtek-smi: Add Realtek SMI driver")
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The RTL8366 would not handle adding new members (ports) to
a VLAN: the code assumed that ->port_vlan_add() was only
called once for a single port. When intializing the
switch with .configure_vlan_while_not_filtering set to
true, the function is called numerous times for adding
all ports to VLAN1, which was something the code could
not handle.
Alter rtl8366_set_vlan() to just |= new members and
untagged flags to 4k and MC VLAN table entries alike.
This makes it possible to just add new ports to a
VLAN.
Put in some helpful debug code that can be used to find
any further bugs here.
Cc: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Cc: Mauri Sandberg <sandberg@mailfence.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Fixes: d8652956cf ("net: dsa: realtek-smi: Add Realtek SMI driver")
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The UDP reuseport conflict was a little bit tricky.
The net-next code, via bpf-next, extracted the reuseport handling
into a helper so that the BPF sk lookup code could invoke it.
At the same time, the logic for reuseport handling of unconnected
sockets changed via commit efc6b6f6c3
which changed the logic to carry on the reuseport result into the
rest of the lookup loop if we do not return immediately.
This requires moving the reuseport_has_conns() logic into the callers.
While we are here, get rid of inline directives as they do not belong
in foo.c files.
The other changes were cases of more straightforward overlapping
modifications.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some of the chips in the mv88e6xxx family don't support jumbo
configuration per port. But they do have a chip-wide max frame size that
can be used. Use this to approximate the behaviour of configuring a port
based MTU.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <chris.packham@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MV88E6190 and MV88E6190X both support per port jumbo configuration
just like the other GE switches. Install the appropriate ops.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <chris.packham@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MV88E6097 chip does not support configuring jumbo frames. Prior to
commit 5f4366660d only the 6352, 6351, 6165 and 6320 chips configured
jumbo mode. The refactor accidentally added the function for the 6097.
Remove the erroneous function pointer assignment.
Fixes: 5f4366660d ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Refactor setting of jumbo frames")
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <chris.packham@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When doing "ip link set dev ... up" for a ksz9477 backed link,
ksz9477_phy_setup is called and it calls phy_remove_link_mode to remove
1000baseT HDX. During phy_remove_link_mode, phy_advertise_supported is
called. Doing so reverts any previous change to advertised link modes
e.g. using a udevd .link file.
phy_remove_link_mode is not meant to be used while opening a link and
should be called during phy probe when the link is not yet available to
userspace.
Therefore move the phy_remove_link_mode calls into
ksz9477_switch_register. It indirectly calls dsa_register_switch, which
creates the relevant struct phy_devices and we update the link modes
right after that. At that time dev->features is already initialized by
ksz9477_switch_detect.
Remove phy_setup from ksz_dev_ops as no users remain.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20200715192722.GD1256692@lunn.ch/
Fixes: 42fc6a4c61 ("net: dsa: microchip: prepare PHY for proper advertisement")
Signed-off-by: Helmut Grohne <helmut.grohne@intenta.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This switch has a single max frame size configuration register, so we
track the requested MTU for each port and apply the largest.
v2:
- Address review feedback from Vladimir Oltean
Signed-off-by: Jonathan McDowell <noodles@earth.li>
Acked-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If in-band negotiation or fixed-link modes are specified for a DSA
port, the DSA code will force the link down during initialisation. For
fixed-link mode, this is fine, as phylink will manage the link state.
However, for in-band mode, phylink expects the PCS to detect link,
which will not happen if the link is forced down.
There is a related issue that in in-band mode, the link could come up
while we are making configuration changes, so we should force the link
down prior to reconfiguring the interface mode.
This patch addresses both issues.
Fixes: 3be98b2d5f ("net: dsa: Down cpu/dsa ports phylink will control")
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that there are USXGMII constants available, drop the old definitions
and reuse the generic ones.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Having the users of MSCC_OCELOT_SWITCH_LIB depend on REGMAP_MMIO was a
bad idea, since that symbol is not user-selectable. So we should have
kept a 'select REGMAP_MMIO'.
When we do that, we run into 2 more problems:
- By depending on GENERIC_PHY, we are causing a recursive dependency.
But it looks like GENERIC_PHY has no other dependencies, and other
drivers select it, so we can select it too:
drivers/of/Kconfig:69:error: recursive dependency detected!
drivers/of/Kconfig:69: symbol OF_IRQ depends on IRQ_DOMAIN
kernel/irq/Kconfig:68: symbol IRQ_DOMAIN is selected by REGMAP
drivers/base/regmap/Kconfig:7: symbol REGMAP default is visible depending on REGMAP_MMIO
drivers/base/regmap/Kconfig:39: symbol REGMAP_MMIO is selected by MSCC_OCELOT_SWITCH_LIB
drivers/net/ethernet/mscc/Kconfig:15: symbol MSCC_OCELOT_SWITCH_LIB is selected by MSCC_OCELOT_SWITCH
drivers/net/ethernet/mscc/Kconfig:22: symbol MSCC_OCELOT_SWITCH depends on GENERIC_PHY
drivers/phy/Kconfig:8: symbol GENERIC_PHY is selected by PHY_BCM_NS_USB3
drivers/phy/broadcom/Kconfig:41: symbol PHY_BCM_NS_USB3 depends on MDIO_BUS
drivers/net/phy/Kconfig:13: symbol MDIO_BUS depends on MDIO_DEVICE
drivers/net/phy/Kconfig:6: symbol MDIO_DEVICE is selected by PHYLIB
drivers/net/phy/Kconfig:254: symbol PHYLIB is selected by ARC_EMAC_CORE
drivers/net/ethernet/arc/Kconfig:19: symbol ARC_EMAC_CORE is selected by ARC_EMAC
drivers/net/ethernet/arc/Kconfig:25: symbol ARC_EMAC depends on OF_IRQ
- By depending on PHYLIB, we are causing a recursive dependency. PHYLIB
only has a single dependency, "depends on NETDEVICES", which we are
already depending on, so we can again hack our way into conformance by
turning the PHYLIB dependency into a select.
drivers/of/Kconfig:69:error: recursive dependency detected!
drivers/of/Kconfig:69: symbol OF_IRQ depends on IRQ_DOMAIN
kernel/irq/Kconfig:68: symbol IRQ_DOMAIN is selected by REGMAP
drivers/base/regmap/Kconfig:7: symbol REGMAP default is visible depending on REGMAP_MMIO
drivers/base/regmap/Kconfig:39: symbol REGMAP_MMIO is selected by MSCC_OCELOT_SWITCH_LIB
drivers/net/ethernet/mscc/Kconfig:15: symbol MSCC_OCELOT_SWITCH_LIB is selected by MSCC_OCELOT_SWITCH
drivers/net/ethernet/mscc/Kconfig:22: symbol MSCC_OCELOT_SWITCH depends on PHYLIB
drivers/net/phy/Kconfig:254: symbol PHYLIB is selected by ARC_EMAC_CORE
drivers/net/ethernet/arc/Kconfig:19: symbol ARC_EMAC_CORE is selected by ARC_EMAC
drivers/net/ethernet/arc/Kconfig:25: symbol ARC_EMAC depends on OF_IRQ
Fixes: f4d0323bae ("net: mscc: ocelot: convert MSCC_OCELOT_SWITCH into a library")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This is another switch from Vitesse / Microsemi / Microchip, that has
10 ports (8 external, 2 internal) and is integrated into the Freescale /
NXP T1040 PowerPC SoC. It is very similar to Felix from NXP LS1028A,
except that this is a platform device and Felix is a PCI device, and it
doesn't support IEEE 1588 and TSN.
Like Felix, this driver configures its own PCS on the internal MDIO bus
using a phy_device abstraction for it (yes, it will be refactored to use
a raw mdio_device, like other phylink drivers do, but let's keep it like
that for now). But unlike Felix, the MDIO bus and the PCS are not from
the same vendor. The PCS is the same QorIQ/Layerscape PCS as found in
Felix/ENETC/DPAA*, but the internal MDIO bus that is used to access it
is actually an instantiation of drivers/net/phy/mdio-mscc-miim.c. But it
would be difficult to reuse that driver (it doesn't even use regmap, and
it's less than 200 lines of code), so we hand-roll here some internal
MDIO bus accessors within seville_vsc9953.c, which serves the purpose of
driving the PCS absolutely fine.
Also, same as Felix, the PCS doesn't support dynamic reconfiguration of
SerDes protocol, so we need to do pre-validation of PHY mode from device
tree and not let phylink change it.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Kochetkov <fido_max@inbox.ru>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Felix is not actually meant to be a DSA driver only for the switch
inside NXP LS1028A, but an umbrella for all Vitesse / Microsemi /
Microchip switches that are register-compatible with Ocelot and that are
using in DSA mode (with an NPI Ethernet port).
For the dsa_switch_ops exported by the felix driver to be generic enough
to be used by other non-PCI switches, we need to move the PCI-specific
probing to the low-level translation module felix_vsc9959.c. This way,
other switches can have their own probing functions, as platform devices
or otherwise.
This patch also removes the "Felix instance table", which did not stand
the test of time and is unnecessary at this point.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ocelot_wm_encode function deals with setting thresholds for pause
frame start and stop. In Ocelot and Felix the register layout is the
same, but for Seville, it isn't. The easiest way to accommodate Seville
hardware configuration is to introduce a function pointer for setting
this up.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Kochetkov <fido_max@inbox.ru>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Seville has a different bitwise layout than Ocelot and Felix.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Kochetkov <fido_max@inbox.ru>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With this patch we try to kill 2 birds with 1 stone.
First of all, some switches that use tag_ocelot.c don't have the exact
same bitfield layout for the DSA tags. The destination ports field is
different for Seville VSC9953 for example. So the choices are to either
duplicate tag_ocelot.c into a new tag_seville.c (sub-optimal) or somehow
take into account a supposed ocelot->dest_ports_offset when packing this
field into the DSA injection header (again not ideal).
Secondly, tag_ocelot.c already needs to memset a 128-bit area to zero
and call some packing() functions of dubious performance in the
fastpath. And most of the values it needs to pack are pretty much
constant (BYPASS=1, SRC_PORT=CPU, DEST=port index). So it would be good
if we could improve that.
The proposed solution is to allocate a memory area per port at probe
time, initialize that with the statically defined bits as per chip
hardware revision, and just perform a simpler memcpy in the fastpath.
Other alternatives have been analyzed, such as:
- Create a separate tag_seville.c: too much code duplication for just 1
bit field difference.
- Create a separate DSA_TAG_PROTO_SEVILLE under tag_ocelot.c, just like
tag_brcm.c, which would have a separate .xmit function. Again, too
much code duplication for just 1 bit field difference.
- Allocate the template from the init function of the tag_ocelot.c
module, instead of from the driver: couldn't figure out a method of
accessing the correct port template corresponding to the correct
tagger in the .xmit function.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently Felix and Ocelot share the same bit layout in these per-port
registers, but Seville does not. So we need reg_fields for that.
Actually since these are per-port registers, we need to also specify the
number of ports, and register size per port, and use the regmap API for
multiple ports.
There's a more subtle point to be made about the other 2 register
fields:
- QSYS_SWITCH_PORT_MODE_SCH_NEXT_CFG
- QSYS_SWITCH_PORT_MODE_INGRESS_DROP_MODE
which we are not writing any longer, for 2 reasons:
- Using the previous API (ocelot_write_rix), we were only writing 1 for
Felix and Ocelot, which was their hardware-default value, and which
there wasn't any intention in changing.
- In the case of SCH_NEXT_CFG, in fact Seville does not have this
register field at all, and therefore, if we want to have common code
we would be required to not write to it.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the register definitions for the MSCC MIIM MDIO controller in
preparation for seville_vsc9959.c to create its accessors for the
internal MDIO bus.
Since we've introduced elements to ocelot_regfields that are not
instantiated by felix and ocelot, we need to define the size of the
regfields arrays explicitly, otherwise ocelot_regfields_init, which
iterates up to REGFIELD_MAX, will fault on the undefined regfield
entries (if we're lucky).
Signed-off-by: Maxim Kochetkov <fido_max@inbox.ru>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
At the moment, there are some minimal register differences between
VSC7514 Ocelot and VSC9959 Felix. To be precise, the PCS1G registers are
missing from Felix because it was integrated with an NXP PCS.
But with VSC9953 Seville (not yet introduced), the register differences
are more pronounced. The MAC registers are located at different offsets
within the DEV_GMII target. So we need to refactor the driver to keep a
regmap even for per-port registers. The callers of the ocelot_port_readl
and ocelot_port_writel were kept unchanged, only the implementation is
now more generic.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Marvell Switches support jumbo packages. So implement the
callbacks needed for changing the MTU.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This activates the support to use the CPU tag to properly
direct ingress traffic to the right port.
Bit 15 in register RTL8368RB_CPU_CTRL_REG can be set to
1 to disable the insertion of the CPU tag which is what
the code currently does. The bit 15 define calls this
setting RTL8368RB_CPU_INSTAG which is confusing since the
inverse meaning is implied: programmers may think that
setting this bit to 1 will *enable* inserting the tag
rather than disabling it, so rename this setting in
bit 15 to RTL8368RB_CPU_NO_TAG which is more to the
point.
After this e.g. ping works out-of-the-box with the
RTL8366RB.
Cc: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Cc: Mauri Sandberg <sandberg@mailfence.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We have a number of error conditions that can lead to the driver not
probing successfully, move the print when we are sure
dsa_register_switch() has suceeded. This avoids repeated prints in case
of probe deferral for instance.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The comments before struct vsc73xx_platform and struct vsc73xx_spi use
kerneldoc format, but then fail to document the members of these
structures. All the structure members are self evident, and the driver
has not other kerneldoc comments, so change these to plain comments to
avoid warnings.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since lan9303_adjust_link() is a void function, there is no option to
return an error. So just remove the variable and lets any errors be
discarded.
Cc: Egil Hjelmeland <privat@egil-hjelmeland.no>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Oddly, GENMASK() requires signed bit numbers, so that it can compare
them for < 0. If passed an unsigned type, we get warnings about the
test never being true.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Oddly, GENMASK() requires signed bit numbers, so that it can compare
them for < 0. If passed an unsigned type, we get warnings about the
test never being true. There is no danger of overflow here, udf is
always a u8, so there is plenty of space when expanding to an int.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A __be16 variable should be initialised with a __be16 value. So add a
htons(). In this case it is pointless, given the value being assigned
is 0xffff, but it stops sparse from warnings.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
leX_to_cpu() expects to be passed an __leX type.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We don't act on any errors reading registers while handling watchdog
interrupt. Since this is an interrupt handler, we cannot return such
errors. So just remove the variable.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The flow spec member vlan_tci is in network order. Hence comparisons
should be made again network order values.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Oddly, GENMASK() requires signed bit numbers, so that it can compare
them for < 0. If passed an unsigned type, we get warnings about the
test never being true.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Phylink now requires that parameters established through
auto-negotiation be written into the MAC at the time of the
mac_link_up() callback. In the case of felix, that means taking the port
out of reset, setting the correct timers for PAUSE frames, and
enabling/disabling TX flow control.
This patch also splits the inband and noinband configuration of the
vsc9959 PCS (currently found in a function called "init") into 2
different functions, which have a nomenclature closer to phylink:
"config", for inband setup, and "link_up", for noinband (forced) setup.
This is necessary as a preparation step for giving up control of the PCS
to phylink, which will be done in further patch series.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Phylink uses the .mac_an_restart method to offer the user an
implementation of the "ethtool -r" behavior, when the media-side auto
negotiation can be restarted by the local MAC PCS. This is the case for
fiber modes 1000Base-X and 2500Base-X (IEEE clause 37) that don't have
an Ethernet PHY connected locally, and the media is connected to the MAC
PCS directly.
On the other hand, the Cisco SGMII and USXGMII standards also have an
auto negotiation mechanism based on IEEE 802.3 clause 37 (their
respective specs require a MAC PCS and a PHY PCS to implement the same
state machine, which is described in IEEE 802.3 "Auto-Negotiation Figure
37-6"), so the ability to restart auto-negotiation is intrinsically
symmetrical (the MAC PCS can do it too).
However, it appears that not all SGMII/USXGMII PHYs have logic to
restart the MDI-side auto-negotiation process when they detect a
transition of the SGMII link from data mode to configuration mode.
Some do (VSC8234) and some don't (AR8033, MV88E1111). IEEE and/or Cisco
specification wordings to not help to prove whether propagating the "AN
restart" event from MII side ("mr_restart_an") to MDI side
("mr_restart_negotiation") is required behavior - neither of them
specifies any mandatory interaction between the clause 37 AN state
machine from Figure 37-6 and the clause 28 AN state machine from Figure
28-18.
Therefore, even if a certain behavior could be proven as being required,
real-life SGMII/USXGMII PHYs are inconsistent enough that a clause 37 AN
restart cannot be used by phylink to reliably trigger a media-side
renegotiation, when the user requests it via ethtool.
The only remaining use that the .mac_an_restart callback might possibly
have, given what we know now, is to implement some silicon quirks, but
so far that has proven to not be necessary.
So remove this code for now, since it never gets called and we don't
foresee any circumstance in which it might be, either.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
state->speed holds a value of 10, 100, 1000 or 2500, but
SYS_MAC_FC_CFG_FC_LINK_SPEED expects a value in the range 0, 1, 2 or 3.
So set the correct speed encoding into this register.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In VSC9959, the PCS is the one who performs rate adaptation (symbol
duplication) to the speed negotiated by the PHY. The MAC is unaware of
that and must remain configured for gigabit. If it is configured at
OCELOT_SPEED_10 or OCELOT_SPEED_100, it'll start transmitting PAUSE
frames out of control and never recover, _even if_ we then reconfigure
it at OCELOT_SPEED_1000 afterwards.
This patch fixes a bug that luckily did not have any functional impact.
We were writing 10, 100, 1000 etc into this 2-bit field in
DEV_CLOCK_CFG, but the hardware expects values in the range 0, 1, 2, 3.
So all speed values were getting truncated to 0, which is
OCELOT_SPEED_2500, and which also appears to be fine.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ping tested:
[ 11.808455] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp0: Link is Up - 1Gbps/Full - flow control rx/tx
[ 11.816497] IPv6: ADDRCONF(NETDEV_CHANGE): swp0: link becomes ready
[root@LS1028ARDB ~] # ethtool -s swp0 advertise 0x4
[ 18.844591] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp0: Link is Down
[ 22.048337] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp0: Link is Up - 100Mbps/Half - flow control off
[root@LS1028ARDB ~] # ip addr add 192.168.1.1/24 dev swp0
[root@LS1028ARDB ~] # ping 192.168.1.2
PING 192.168.1.2 (192.168.1.2): 56 data bytes
(...)
^C--- 192.168.1.2 ping statistics ---
3 packets transmitted, 3 packets received, 0% packet loss
round-trip min/avg/max = 0.383/0.611/1.051 ms
[root@LS1028ARDB ~] # ethtool -s swp0 advertise 0x10
[ 355.637747] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp0: Link is Down
[ 358.788034] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp0: Link is Up - 1Gbps/Half - flow control off
[root@LS1028ARDB ~] # ping 192.168.1.2
PING 192.168.1.2 (192.168.1.2): 56 data bytes
(...)
^C
--- 192.168.1.2 ping statistics ---
16 packets transmitted, 16 packets received, 0% packet loss
round-trip min/avg/max = 0.301/0.384/1.138 ms
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver appears to write to BMCR_SPEED and BMCR_DUPLEX, fields which
are read-only, since they are actually configured through the
vendor-specific IF_MODE (0x14) register.
But the reason we're writing back the read-only values of MII_BMCR is to
alter these writable fields:
BMCR_RESET
BMCR_LOOPBACK
BMCR_ANENABLE
BMCR_PDOWN
BMCR_ISOLATE
BMCR_ANRESTART
In particular, the only field which is really relevant to this driver is
BMCR_ANENABLE. Clarify that intention by spelling it out, using
phy_set_bits and phy_clear_bits.
The driver also made a few writes to BMCR_RESET and BMCR_ANRESTART which
are unnecessary and may temporarily disrupt the link to the PHY. Remove
them.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Private structure members live_ports, on_ports, rx_ports, tx_ports are
initialized but not used anywhere. Let's remove them.
Suggested-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Codrin Ciubotariu <codrin.ciubotariu@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA subsystem moved to phylink and adjust_link() became deprecated in
the process. This patch removes adjust_link from the KSZ DSA switches and
adds phylink_mac_link_up() and phylink_mac_link_down().
Signed-off-by: Codrin Ciubotariu <codrin.ciubotariu@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The number of ports is incorrectly set to the maximum available for a DSA
switch. Even if the extra ports are not used, this causes some functions
to be called later, like port_disable() and port_stp_state_set(). If the
driver doesn't check the port index, it will end up modifying unknown
registers.
Fixes: b987e98e50 ("dsa: add DSA switch driver for Microchip KSZ9477")
Signed-off-by: Codrin Ciubotariu <codrin.ciubotariu@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The KSZ9893 3-Port Gigabit Ethernet Switch can be controlled via SPI,
I²C or MDIO (very limited and not supported by this driver). While there
is already a compatible entry for the SPI bus, it was missing for I²C.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Grohne <helmut.grohne@intenta.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bcm_sf2 only appears to support pause modes on RGMII interfaces (the
enable bits are in the RGMII control register.) Setup the pause modes
for RGMII connections.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert the bcm_sf2 to use the finalised speed and duplex in its
mac_link_up() call rather than the parameters in mac_config().
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
state->link has never been valid in mac_config() implementations -
while it may be correct in some calls, it is not true that it can be
relied upon.
Fix bcm_sf2 to use the correct method of handling forced link status.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert the B53 driver to use the finalised link parameters in
mac_link_up() rather than the parameters in mac_config(). This is
just a matter of moving the call to b53_force_port_config().
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace the b53_force_port_config() pause argument, which is based on
phylink's MLO_PAUSE_* definitions, to use a pair of booleans. This
will allow us to move b53_force_port_config() from
b53_phylink_mac_config() to b53_phylink_mac_link_up().
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since 'tcfp_burst' with TICK factor, driver side always need to recover
it to the original value, this patch moves the generic calculation and
recover to the 'burst' original value before offloading to device driver.
Signed-off-by: Po Liu <po.liu@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Minor overlapping changes in xfrm_device.c, between the double
ESP trailing bug fix setting the XFRM_INIT flag and the changes
in net-next preparing for bonding encryption support.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sja1105_gating_cfg_time_to_interval function does this, as per the
comments:
/* The gate entries contain absolute times in their e->interval field. Convert
* that to proper intervals (i.e. "0, 5, 10, 15" to "5, 5, 5, 5").
*/
To perform that task, it iterates over gating_cfg->entries, at each step
updating the interval of the _previous_ entry. So one interval remains
to be updated at the end of the loop: the last one (since it isn't
"prev" for anyone else).
But there was an erroneous check, that the last element's interval
should not be updated if it's also the only element. I'm not quite sure
why that check was there, but it's clearly incorrect, as a tc-gate
schedule with a single element would get an e->interval of zero,
regardless of the duration requested by the user. The switch wouldn't
even consider this configuration as valid: it will just drop all traffic
that matches the rule.
Fixes: 834f8933d5 ("net: dsa: sja1105: implement tc-gate using time-triggered virtual links")
Reported-by: Xiaoliang Yang <xiaoliang.yang_1@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, tas_data->enabled would remain true even after deleting all
tc-gate rules from the switch ports, which would cause the
sja1105_tas_state_machine to get unnecessarily scheduled.
Also, if there were any errors which would prevent the hardware from
enabling the gating schedule, the sja1105_tas_state_machine would
continuously detect and print that, spamming the kernel log, even if the
rules were subsequently deleted.
The rules themselves are _not_ active, because sja1105_init_scheduling
does enough of a job to not install the gating schedule in the static
config. But the virtual link rules themselves are still present.
So call the functions that remove the tc-gate configuration from
priv->tas_data.gating_cfg, so that tas_data->enabled can be set to
false, and sja1105_tas_state_machine will stop from being scheduled.
Fixes: 834f8933d5 ("net: dsa: sja1105: implement tc-gate using time-triggered virtual links")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently sja1105_compose_gating_subschedule is not prepared to be
called for the case where we want to recompute the global tc-gate
configuration after we've deleted those actions on a port.
After deleting the tc-gate actions on the last port, max_cycle_time
would become zero, and that would incorrectly prevent
sja1105_free_gating_config from getting called.
So move the freeing function above the check for the need to apply a new
configuration.
Fixes: 834f8933d5 ("net: dsa: sja1105: implement tc-gate using time-triggered virtual links")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It turns out that sja1105_compose_gating_subschedule must also be called
from sja1105_vl_delete, to recalculate the overall tc-gate
configuration. Currently this is not possible without introducing a
forward declaration. So move the function at the top of the file, along
with its dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert the ar9331 DSA driver to use the finalised link parameters in
mac_link_up() rather than the parameters in mac_config().
Tested-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds the mdb hooks in felix and exports the mdb functions from
ocelot.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since struct sja1105_private only holds a const pointer to one of these
structures based on device tree compatible string, the structures
themselves can be made const.
Also add an empty line between each structure definition, to appease
checkpatch.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The per-chip instantiations of struct sja1105_table_ops and struct
sja1105_dynamic_table_ops can be made constant, so do that.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sparse is complaining and giving the following warning message:
'Using plain integer as NULL pointer'.
This is not what's going on, instead {0} is used as a zero initializer
for the structure members, to indicate that the particular chip revision
does not support those particular config tables.
But since the config tables are declared globally, the unpopulated
elements are zero-initialized anyway. So, to make sparse shut up, let's
remove the zero initializers.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch improves the handling of the SGMII interface on the QCA8K
devices. Previously the driver did no configuration of the port, even if
it was selected. We now configure it up in the appropriate
PHY/MAC/Base-X mode depending on what phylink tells us we are connected
to and ensure it is enabled.
Tested with a device where the CPU connection is RGMII (i.e. the common
current use case) + one where the CPU connection is SGMII. I don't have
any devices where the SGMII interface is brought out to something other
than the CPU.
Signed-off-by: Jonathan McDowell <noodles@earth.li>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update the driver to use the new PHYLINK callbacks, removing the
legacy adjust_link callback.
Signed-off-by: Jonathan McDowell <noodles@earth.li>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hide the CONFIG_MSCC_OCELOT_SWITCH option from users. It is meant to be
only a hardware library which is selected by the drivers that use it
(ocelot, felix).
Since it is "selected" from Kconfig, all its dependencies are manually
transferred to the driver that selects it. This is because "select" in
Kconfig language is a bit of a mess, and doesn't handle dependencies of
selected options quite right.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make use of the struct_size() helper instead of an open-coded version
in order to avoid any potential type mistakes.
This code was detected with the help of Coccinelle and, audited and
fixed manually.
Addresses-KSPP-ID: https://github.com/KSPP/linux/issues/83
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavoars@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a drop frames counter to tc flower offloading.
Reporting h/w dropped frames is necessary for some actions.
Some actions like police action and the coming introduced stream gate
action would produce dropped frames which is necessary for user. Status
update shows how many filtered packets increasing and how many dropped
in those packets.
v2: Changes
- Update commit comments suggest by Jiri Pirko.
Signed-off-by: Po Liu <Po.Liu@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This action requires the VLAN awareness state of the switch to be of the
same type as the key that's being added:
- If the switch is unaware of VLAN, then the tc filter key must only
contain the destination MAC address.
- If the switch is VLAN-aware, the key must also contain the VLAN ID and
PCP.
But this check doesn't work unless we verify the VLAN awareness state on
both the "if" and the "else" branches.
Fixes: 834f8933d5 ("net: dsa: sja1105: implement tc-gate using time-triggered virtual links")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This action requires the VLAN awareness state of the switch to be of the
same type as the key that's being added:
- If the switch is unaware of VLAN, then the tc filter key must only
contain the destination MAC address.
- If the switch is VLAN-aware, the key must also contain the VLAN ID and
PCP.
But this check doesn't work unless we verify the VLAN awareness state on
both the "if" and the "else" branches.
Fixes: dfacc5a23e ("net: dsa: sja1105: support flow-based redirection via virtual links")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This shouldn't be there.
Fixes: 834f8933d5 ("net: dsa: sja1105: implement tc-gate using time-triggered virtual links")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It isn't actually described clearly at all in UM10944.pdf, but on TX of
a management frame (such as PTP), this needs to happen:
- The destination MAC address (i.e. 01-80-c2-00-00-0e), along with the
desired destination port, need to be installed in one of the 4
management slots of the switch, over SPI.
- The host can poll over SPI for that management slot's ENFPORT field.
That gets unset when the switch has matched the slot to the frame.
And therein lies the problem. ENFPORT does not mean that the packet has
been transmitted. Just that it has been received over the CPU port, and
that the mgmt slot is yet again available.
This is relevant because of what we are doing in sja1105_ptp_txtstamp_skb,
which is called right after sja1105_mgmt_xmit. We are in a hard
real-time deadline, since the hardware only gives us 24 bits of TX
timestamp, so we need to read the full PTP clock to reconstruct it.
Because we're in a hurry (in an attempt to make sure that we have a full
64-bit PTP time which is as close as possible to the actual transmission
time of the frame, to avoid 24-bit wraparounds), first we read the PTP
clock, then we poll for the TX timestamp to become available.
But of course, we don't know for sure that the frame has been
transmitted when we read the full PTP clock. We had assumed that ENFPORT
means it has, but the assumption is incorrect. And while in most
real-life scenarios this has never been caught due to software delays,
nowhere is this fact more obvious than with a tc-taprio offload, where
PTP traffic gets a small timeslot very rarely (example: 1 packet per 10
ms). In that case, we will be reading the PTP clock for timestamp
reconstruction too early (before the packet has been transmitted), and
this renders the reconstruction procedure incorrect (see the assumptions
described in the comments found on function sja1105_tstamp_reconstruct).
So the PTP TX timestamps will be off by 1<<24 clock ticks, or 135 ms
(1 tick is 8 ns).
So fix this case of premature optimization by simply reordering the
sja1105_ptpegr_ts_poll and the sja1105_ptpclkval_read function calls. It
turns out that in practice, the 135 ms hard deadline for PTP timestamp
wraparound is not so hard, since even the most bandwidth-intensive PTP
profiles, such as 802.1AS-2011, have a sync frame interval of 125 ms.
So if we couldn't deliver a timestamp in 135 ms (which we can), we're
toast and have much bigger problems anyway.
Fixes: 47ed985e97 ("net: dsa: sja1105: Add logic for TX timestamping")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 84af7a6194 ("checkpatch: kconfig: prefer 'help' over
'---help---'"), the number of '---help---' has been gradually
decreasing, but there are still more than 2400 instances.
This commit finishes the conversion. While I touched the lines,
I also fixed the indentation.
There are a variety of indentation styles found.
a) 4 spaces + '---help---'
b) 7 spaces + '---help---'
c) 8 spaces + '---help---'
d) 1 space + 1 tab + '---help---'
e) 1 tab + '---help---' (correct indentation)
f) 1 tab + 1 space + '---help---'
g) 1 tab + 2 spaces + '---help---'
In order to convert all of them to 1 tab + 'help', I ran the
following commend:
$ find . -name 'Kconfig*' | xargs sed -i 's/^[[:space:]]*---help---/\thelp/'
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <masahiroy@kernel.org>
While trying to use the lantiq_gswip driver on one of my boards I made
a mistake when specifying the phy-mode (because the out-of-tree driver
wants phy-mode "gmii" or "mii" for the internal PHYs). In this case the
following error is printed multiple times:
Unsupported interface: 3
While it gives at least a hint at what may be wrong it is not very user
friendly. Print the human readable phy-mode and also which port is
configured incorrectly (this hardware supports ports 0..6) to improve
the cases where someone made a mistake.
Fixes: 14fceff477 ("net: dsa: Add Lantiq / Intel DSA driver for vrx200")
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
